SQLite compiling for dos!

.gitignore

@@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ obj/
 retired/
 test/
 doors/
+client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/build
 
 */out/
 

LICENSE

@@ -58,6 +58,11 @@ SHA256
 https://github.com/ilvn/SHA256
 MIT
 
+SQLite 3.4.2
+------------
+https://www.ibiblio.org/pub/micro/pc-stuff/freedos/files/distributions/1.2/repos/pkg-html/sqlite.html
+Public Domain
+
 stb_ds.h
 --------
 https://github.com/nothings/stb

Makefile.djgpp

@@ -35,10 +35,10 @@ BINDIR		= bin
 CFLAGS		:= $(DEBUG)
 #CFLAGS      += -DALLEGRONOTAVAIL -DALLEGRONOTPROGS -DDZCOMM_SRC
 CFLAGS      += -I$(SRCDIR)/client/src -I$(SRCDIR)/client/src/system -I$(SRCDIR)/client/src/dos -I$(SRCDIR)/client/src/gui -I$(SRCDIR)/client/src/thirdparty
-CFLAGS      += -I$(SRCDIR)/shared -I$(SRCDIR)/shared/thirdparty
+CFLAGS      += -I$(SRCDIR)/client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/build -I$(SRCDIR)/shared -I$(SRCDIR)/shared/thirdparty
 #CFLAGS      += -I$(SRCDIR)/client/src/thirdparty/dzcomm -I$(SRCDIR)/client/src/thirdparty/dzcomm/include
 CPPFLAGS	:=
-LDFLAGS		:=
+LDFLAGS		:= -L$(SRCDIR)/client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/build/.libs -lsqlite3
 #LDFLAGS		+= -L$(SRCDIR)/client/src/thirdparty/dzcomm -ldzcom
 PREFIX		:= /usr/local
 TARGET_ARCH :=
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ ALL_LDLIBS		:= -lc
 
 
 # Source, Binaries, Dependencies
-SRC			:= $(shell find $(SRCDIR) -type f -name '*.c' | grep -v '/linux/' | grep -v '/server/' | grep -v '/primes/' | grep -v '/font/' | grep -v '/precache/' | grep -v '/retired/' | grep -v '/test/')
+SRC			:= $(shell find $(SRCDIR) -type f -name '*.c' | grep -v '/linux/' | grep -v '/server/' | grep -v '/primes/' | grep -v '/font/' | grep -v '/precache/' | grep -v '/retired/' | grep -v '/test/' | grep -v '/sqlite-3.4.2/')
 OBJ			:= $(patsubst $(SRCDIR)/%,$(OBJDIR)/%,$(SRC:.c=.o))
 DEP			:= $(OBJ:.o=.d)
 BIN			:= $(BINDIR)/$(TARGET)
@@ -126,4 +126,3 @@ install: $(BIN)
 clean:
 	$(RM) $(OBJ) $(DEP) $(BIN)
 	$(RMDIR) $(OBJDIR) $(BINDIR) 2> /dev/null; true
-

buildPrerequisites.sh

@@ -78,11 +78,22 @@ function outputLicense() {
 }
 
 
-pushd font/data
+# Include DJGPP into the path for this script
-createEmbeddedBinary vga8x14 dat ../../client/src/embedded
+PATH=/opt/cross/djgpp/bin:$PATH
-popd
 
-pushd client/data
+#pushd font/data
-createEmbeddedBinary mouse png ../../client/src/embedded
+#createEmbeddedBinary vga8x14 dat ../../client/src/embedded
-popd
+#popd
 
+# Build SQLite
+pushd client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2
+[[ -d build ]] && rm -rf build
+mkdir -p build
+cd build
+sh ../configure \
+	--disable-tcl \
+	--disable-threadsafe\
+	--build=x86_64-linux-gnu \
+	--host=i586-pc-msdosdjgpp
+make
+popd

client/src/browser.c

@@ -29,6 +29,7 @@
 #include "listbox.h"
 
 #include "network.h"
+#include "util.h"
 
 
 static WindowT     *_winBrowser        = NULL;
@@ -62,6 +63,8 @@ static void packetHandler(PacketDecodeDataT *packet);
 
 void browserShow(void) {
 
+	char **lines = NULL;
+
 	TagItemT uiBrowser[] = {
 		T_START,
 			T_WINDOW, O(_winBrowser),
@@ -200,19 +203,18 @@ void browserShow(void) {
 	guiDebugAreaShow(W(_btnBoxTab));
 	guiDebugAreaShow(W(_btnInfoTab));
 
-	//                               123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567
+	lines = utilWrapText(
-	listboxItemAdd(_lstDescription, "The Post-Terran Minerals Corporation (PTMC) digs up");
+		"The Post-Terran Minerals Corporation (PTMC) digs up minerals on all nine planets of the solar system, "
-	listboxItemAdd(_lstDescription, "minerals on all nine planets of the solar system,");
+		"employing humans and robots to do its job. Unfortunately, the mining robots are now being controlled by a hacker, "
-	listboxItemAdd(_lstDescription, "employing humans and robots to do its job. Unfortunately,");
+		"and have taken the human workers hostage. The PTMC has tried to get the robots back under their control, but "
-	listboxItemAdd(_lstDescription, "the mining robots are now being controlled by a hacker,");
+		"communication with the mining stations has been lost. In desperation, the PTMC modifies a Pyro-GX ship for combat "
-	listboxItemAdd(_lstDescription, "and have taken the human workers hostage. The PTMC has");
+		"and hires a mercenary, codenamed 'Material Defender', to fly it. The mission is to destroy the infected mines and "
-	listboxItemAdd(_lstDescription, "tried to get the robots back under their control, but");
+		"rescue human hostages, destroying any hostile robot that gets in the way.", 57);
-	listboxItemAdd(_lstDescription, "communication with the mining stations has been lost. In");
+	while (arrlen(lines) > 0) {
-	listboxItemAdd(_lstDescription, "desperation, the PTMC modifies a Pyro-GX ship for combat");
+		listboxItemAdd(_lstDescription, lines[0]);
-	listboxItemAdd(_lstDescription, "and hires a mercenary, codenamed 'Material Defender', to");
+		DEL(lines[0]);
-	listboxItemAdd(_lstDescription, "fly it. The mission is to destroy the infected mines and");
+		arrdel(lines, 0);
-	listboxItemAdd(_lstDescription, "rescue human hostages, destroying any hostile robot that");
+	}
-	listboxItemAdd(_lstDescription, "gets in the way.");
 
 	listboxItemAdd(_lstInfo, "123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567");
 	listboxItemAdd(_lstInfo, "2");

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1,629 @@
+#!/usr/make
+#
+# Makefile for SQLITE
+#
+# This makefile is suppose to be configured automatically using the
+# autoconf.  But if that does not work for you, you can configure
+# the makefile manually.  Just set the parameters below to values that
+# work well for your system.
+#
+# If the configure script does not work out-of-the-box, you might
+# be able to get it to work by giving it some hints.  See the comment
+# at the beginning of configure.in for additional information.
+#
+
+# The toplevel directory of the source tree.  This is the directory
+# that contains this "Makefile.in" and the "configure.in" script.
+#
+TOP = .
+
+# C Compiler and options for use in building executables that
+# will run on the platform that is doing the build.
+#
+BCC = gcc -g -O2
+
+# C Compile and options for use in building executables that 
+# will run on the target platform.  (BCC and TCC are usually the
+# same unless your are cross-compiling.)
+#
+TCC = gcc -g -O2 -I. -I${TOP}/src
+
+# Define -DNDEBUG to compile without debugging (i.e., for production usage)
+# Omitting the define will cause extra debugging code to be inserted and
+# includes extra comments when "EXPLAIN stmt" is used.
+#
+TCC += -DNDEBUG 
+
+# Compiler options needed for programs that use the TCL library.
+#
+TCC += 
+
+# The library that programs using TCL must link against.
+#
+LIBTCL =  
+
+# Compiler options needed for programs that use the readline() library.
+#
+READLINE_FLAGS = -DHAVE_READLINE=0 
+
+# The library that programs using readline() must link against.
+#
+LIBREADLINE = 
+
+# Should the database engine be compiled threadsafe
+#
+TCC += -DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=0
+
+# The pthreads library if needed
+#
+LIBPTHREAD=
+
+# Do threads override each others locks by default (1), or do we test (-1)
+#
+TCC += -DSQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK=-1
+
+# The fdatasync library
+TLIBS = 
+
+# Flags controlling use of the in memory btree implementation
+#
+# TEMP_STORE is 0 to force temporary tables to be in a file, 1 to
+# default to file, 2 to default to memory, and 3 to force temporary
+# tables to always be in memory.
+#
+TEMP_STORE = -DTEMP_STORE=1
+
+# Version numbers and release number for the SQLite being compiled.
+#
+VERSION = 3.5
+VERSION_NUMBER = 3005006
+RELEASE = 3.5.6
+
+# Filename extensions
+#
+BEXE = .exe
+TEXE = .exe
+
+# The following variable is "1" if the configure script was able to locate
+# the tclConfig.sh file.  It is an empty string otherwise.  When this
+# variable is "1", the TCL extension library (libtclsqlite3.so) is built
+# and installed.
+#
+HAVE_TCL = 
+
+# The suffix used on shared libraries.  Ex:  ".dll", ".so", ".dylib"
+#
+SHLIB_SUFFIX = @TCL_SHLIB_SUFFIX@
+
+# The directory into which to store package information for
+
+# Some standard variables and programs
+#
+prefix = /dev/env/DJDIR
+exec_prefix = ${prefix}
+libdir = ${exec_prefix}/lib
+INSTALL = /dev/env/DJDIR/bin/ginstall -c
+LIBTOOL = ./libtool
+ALLOWRELEASE = 
+
+# libtool compile/link/install
+LTCOMPILE = $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile --tag=CC $(TCC)
+LTLINK = $(LIBTOOL) --mode=link $(TCC) 
+LTINSTALL = $(LIBTOOL) --mode=install $(INSTALL)
+
+# nawk compatible awk.
+NAWK = gawk
+
+# You should not have to change anything below this line
+###############################################################################
+TCC += -DSQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION=1
+
+# Object files for the SQLite library.
+#
+LIBOBJ = alter.lo analyze.lo attach.lo auth.lo btmutex.lo btree.lo build.lo \
+         callback.lo complete.lo date.lo \
+         delete.lo expr.lo fault.lo func.lo \
+         hash.lo journal.lo insert.lo loadext.lo \
+         main.lo malloc.lo mem1.lo mem2.lo mem3.lo mem4.lo mutex.lo \
+         mutex_os2.lo mutex_unix.lo mutex_w32.lo \
+         opcodes.lo os.lo os_unix.lo os_win.lo os_os2.lo \
+         pager.lo parse.lo pragma.lo prepare.lo printf.lo random.lo \
+         select.lo table.lo tokenize.lo trigger.lo update.lo \
+         util.lo vacuum.lo \
+         vdbe.lo vdbeapi.lo vdbeaux.lo vdbeblob.lo vdbefifo.lo vdbemem.lo \
+         where.lo utf.lo legacy.lo vtab.lo
+
+# All of the source code files.
+#
+SRC = \
+  $(TOP)/src/alter.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/analyze.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/attach.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/auth.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/btmutex.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/btree.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/btree.h \
+  $(TOP)/src/build.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/callback.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/complete.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/date.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/delete.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/expr.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/fault.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/func.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/hash.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/hash.h \
+  $(TOP)/src/insert.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/journal.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/legacy.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/loadext.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/main.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/malloc.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/mem1.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/mem2.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/mem3.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/mem4.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/mutex.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/mutex_os2.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/mutex_unix.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/mutex_w32.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/os.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/os_unix.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/os_win.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/os_os2.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/pager.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/pager.h \
+  $(TOP)/src/parse.y \
+  $(TOP)/src/pragma.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/prepare.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/printf.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/random.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/select.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/shell.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/sqlite.h.in \
+  $(TOP)/src/sqliteInt.h \
+  $(TOP)/src/table.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/tokenize.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/trigger.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/utf.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/update.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/util.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vacuum.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbe.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbe.h \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbeapi.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbeaux.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbeblob.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbefifo.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbemem.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbeInt.h \
+  $(TOP)/src/vtab.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/where.c
+
+# Source code for extensions
+#
+SRC += \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts1/fts1.c \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts1/fts1.h \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts1/fts1_hash.c \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts1/fts1_hash.h \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts1/fts1_porter.c \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts1/fts1_tokenizer.h \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts1/fts1_tokenizer1.c
+
+
+# Source code to the test files.
+#
+TESTSRC = \
+  $(TOP)/src/attach.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/btree.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/build.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/date.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/expr.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/func.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/insert.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/malloc.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/os.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/os_os2.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/os_unix.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/os_win.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/pager.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/pragma.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/prepare.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/printf.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/random.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/select.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test1.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test2.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test3.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test4.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test5.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test6.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test7.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test8.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test9.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test_autoext.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test_async.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test_btree.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test_config.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test_devsym.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test_hexio.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test_malloc.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test_md5.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test_onefile.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test_schema.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test_server.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test_tclvar.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test_thread.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/tokenize.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/utf.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/util.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbe.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbeapi.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbeaux.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbemem.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/where.c \
+  parse.c
+
+# Header files used by all library source files.
+#
+HDR = \
+   sqlite3.h  \
+   $(TOP)/src/btree.h \
+   $(TOP)/src/btreeInt.h \
+   $(TOP)/src/hash.h \
+   $(TOP)/src/sqliteLimit.h \
+   $(TOP)/src/mutex.h \
+   opcodes.h \
+   $(TOP)/src/os.h \
+   $(TOP)/src/os_common.h \
+   $(TOP)/src/sqlite3ext.h \
+   $(TOP)/src/sqliteInt.h  \
+   $(TOP)/src/vdbe.h \
+   parse.h
+
+# Header files used by extensions
+#
+HDR += \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts1/fts1.h \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts1/fts1_hash.h \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts1/fts1_tokenizer.h
+
+# Header files used by the VDBE submodule
+#
+VDBEHDR = \
+   $(HDR) \
+   $(TOP)/src/vdbeInt.h
+
+# This is the default Makefile target.  The objects listed here
+# are what get build when you type just "make" with no arguments.
+#
+all:	sqlite3.h libsqlite3.la sqlite3$(TEXE) $(HAVE_TCL:1=libtclsqlite3.la)
+
+Makefile: $(TOP)/Makefile.in
+	./config.status
+
+# Generate the file "last_change" which contains the date of change
+# of the most recently modified source code file
+#
+last_change:	$(SRC)
+	cat $(SRC) | grep '$$Id: ' | sort -k 5 | tail -1 \
+          | $(NAWK) '{print $$5,$$6}' >last_change
+
+libsqlite3.la:	$(LIBOBJ)
+	$(LTLINK) -o libsqlite3.la $(LIBOBJ) $(LIBPTHREAD) \
+		${ALLOWRELEASE} -rpath $(libdir) -version-info "8:6:8"
+
+libtclsqlite3.la:	tclsqlite.lo libsqlite3.la
+	$(LTLINK) -o libtclsqlite3.la tclsqlite.lo \
+		$(LIBOBJ)  $(LIBPTHREAD) \
+                -rpath $(libdir)/sqlite \
+		-version-info "8:6:8"
+
+sqlite3$(TEXE):	$(TOP)/src/shell.c libsqlite3.la sqlite3.h
+	$(LTLINK) $(READLINE_FLAGS) $(LIBPTHREAD) \
+		-o $@ $(TOP)/src/shell.c libsqlite3.la \
+		$(LIBREADLINE) $(TLIBS)
+
+# This target creates a directory named "tsrc" and fills it with
+# copies of all of the C source code and header files needed to
+# build on the target system.  Some of the C source code and header
+# files are automatically generated.  This target takes care of
+# all that automatic generation.
+#
+target_source:	$(SRC) parse.c opcodes.c keywordhash.h $(VDBEHDR) 
+	rm -rf tsrc
+	mkdir -p tsrc
+	cp $(SRC) $(VDBEHDR) tsrc
+	rm tsrc/sqlite.h.in tsrc/parse.y
+	cp parse.c opcodes.c keywordhash.h tsrc
+
+sqlite3.c:	target_source $(TOP)/tool/mksqlite3c.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/tool/mksqlite3c.tcl
+
+# Rules to build the LEMON compiler generator
+#
+lemon$(BEXE):	$(TOP)/tool/lemon.c $(TOP)/tool/lempar.c
+	$(BCC) -o lemon$(BEXE) $(TOP)/tool/lemon.c
+	cp $(TOP)/tool/lempar.c .
+
+
+# Rules to build individual files
+#
+alter.lo:	$(TOP)/src/alter.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/alter.c
+
+analyze.lo:	$(TOP)/src/analyze.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/analyze.c
+
+attach.lo:	$(TOP)/src/attach.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/attach.c
+
+auth.lo:	$(TOP)/src/auth.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/auth.c
+
+btmutex.lo:	$(TOP)/src/btmutex.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/btmutex.c
+
+btree.lo:	$(TOP)/src/btree.c $(HDR) $(TOP)/src/pager.h
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/btree.c
+
+build.lo:	$(TOP)/src/build.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/build.c
+
+callback.lo:	$(TOP)/src/callback.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/callback.c
+
+complete.lo:	$(TOP)/src/complete.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/complete.c
+
+date.lo:	$(TOP)/src/date.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/date.c
+
+delete.lo:	$(TOP)/src/delete.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/delete.c
+
+expr.lo:	$(TOP)/src/expr.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/expr.c
+
+fault.lo:	$(TOP)/src/fault.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/fault.c
+
+func.lo:	$(TOP)/src/func.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/func.c
+
+hash.lo:	$(TOP)/src/hash.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/hash.c
+
+insert.lo:	$(TOP)/src/insert.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/insert.c
+
+journal.lo:	$(TOP)/src/journal.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/journal.c
+
+legacy.lo:	$(TOP)/src/legacy.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/legacy.c
+
+loadext.lo:	$(TOP)/src/loadext.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/loadext.c
+
+main.lo:	$(TOP)/src/main.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) $(TEMP_STORE) -c $(TOP)/src/main.c
+
+malloc.lo:	$(TOP)/src/malloc.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) $(TEMP_STORE) -c $(TOP)/src/malloc.c
+
+mem1.lo:	$(TOP)/src/mem1.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) $(TEMP_STORE) -c $(TOP)/src/mem1.c
+
+mem2.lo:	$(TOP)/src/mem2.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) $(TEMP_STORE) -c $(TOP)/src/mem2.c
+
+mem3.lo:	$(TOP)/src/mem3.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) $(TEMP_STORE) -c $(TOP)/src/mem3.c
+
+mem4.lo:	$(TOP)/src/mem4.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) $(TEMP_STORE) -c $(TOP)/src/mem4.c
+
+mutex.lo:	$(TOP)/src/mutex.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) $(TEMP_STORE) -c $(TOP)/src/mutex.c
+
+mutex_os2.lo:	$(TOP)/src/mutex_os2.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) $(TEMP_STORE) -c $(TOP)/src/mutex_os2.c
+
+mutex_unix.lo:	$(TOP)/src/mutex_unix.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) $(TEMP_STORE) -c $(TOP)/src/mutex_unix.c
+
+mutex_w32.lo:	$(TOP)/src/mutex_w32.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) $(TEMP_STORE) -c $(TOP)/src/mutex_w32.c
+
+pager.lo:	$(TOP)/src/pager.c $(HDR) $(TOP)/src/pager.h
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/pager.c
+
+opcodes.lo:	opcodes.c
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c opcodes.c
+
+opcodes.c:	opcodes.h $(TOP)/mkopcodec.awk
+	sort -n -b -k 3 opcodes.h | $(NAWK) -f $(TOP)/mkopcodec.awk >opcodes.c
+
+opcodes.h:	parse.h $(TOP)/src/vdbe.c $(TOP)/mkopcodeh.awk
+	cat parse.h $(TOP)/src/vdbe.c | $(NAWK) -f $(TOP)/mkopcodeh.awk >opcodes.h
+
+os.lo:	$(TOP)/src/os.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/os.c
+
+os_unix.lo:	$(TOP)/src/os_unix.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/os_unix.c
+
+os_win.lo:	$(TOP)/src/os_win.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/os_win.c
+
+os_os2.lo:	$(TOP)/src/os_os2.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/os_os2.c
+
+parse.lo:	parse.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c parse.c
+
+parse.h:	parse.c
+
+parse.c:	$(TOP)/src/parse.y lemon$(BEXE) $(TOP)/addopcodes.awk
+	cp $(TOP)/src/parse.y .
+	./lemon$(BEXE) $(OPTS) parse.y
+	mv parse.h parse.h.temp
+	$(NAWK) -f $(TOP)/addopcodes.awk parse.h.temp >parse.h
+
+pragma.lo:	$(TOP)/src/pragma.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/pragma.c
+
+prepare.lo:	$(TOP)/src/prepare.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) $(TEMP_STORE) -c $(TOP)/src/prepare.c
+
+printf.lo:	$(TOP)/src/printf.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/printf.c
+
+random.lo:	$(TOP)/src/random.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/random.c
+
+select.lo:	$(TOP)/src/select.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/select.c
+
+sqlite3.h:	$(TOP)/src/sqlite.h.in 
+	sed -e s/--VERS--/$(RELEASE)/ $(TOP)/src/sqlite.h.in | \
+	sed -e s/--VERSION-NUMBER--/$(VERSION_NUMBER)/ >sqlite3.h
+
+table.lo:	$(TOP)/src/table.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/table.c
+
+tclsqlite.lo:	$(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c
+
+tokenize.lo:	$(TOP)/src/tokenize.c keywordhash.h $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/tokenize.c
+
+keywordhash.h:	$(TOP)/tool/mkkeywordhash.c
+	$(BCC) -o mkkeywordhash$(BEXE) $(OPTS) $(TOP)/tool/mkkeywordhash.c
+	./mkkeywordhash$(BEXE) >keywordhash.h
+
+trigger.lo:	$(TOP)/src/trigger.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/trigger.c
+
+update.lo:	$(TOP)/src/update.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/update.c
+
+utf.lo:	$(TOP)/src/utf.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/utf.c
+
+util.lo:	$(TOP)/src/util.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/util.c
+
+vacuum.lo:	$(TOP)/src/vacuum.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/vacuum.c
+
+vdbe.lo:	$(TOP)/src/vdbe.c $(VDBEHDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/vdbe.c
+
+vdbeapi.lo:	$(TOP)/src/vdbeapi.c $(VDBEHDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/vdbeapi.c
+
+vdbeaux.lo:	$(TOP)/src/vdbeaux.c $(VDBEHDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/vdbeaux.c
+
+vdbeblob.lo:	$(TOP)/src/vdbeblob.c $(VDBEHDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/vdbeblob.c
+
+vdbefifo.lo:	$(TOP)/src/vdbefifo.c $(VDBEHDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/vdbefifo.c
+
+vdbemem.lo:	$(TOP)/src/vdbemem.c $(VDBEHDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/vdbemem.c
+
+vtab.lo:	$(TOP)/src/vtab.c $(VDBEHDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/vtab.c
+
+where.lo:	$(TOP)/src/where.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/where.c
+
+tclsqlite-shell.lo:	$(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -DTCLSH=1 -o $@ -c $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c
+
+tclsqlite-stubs.lo:	$(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -DTCL_USE_STUBS=1 -o $@ -c $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c
+
+tclsqlite3:	tclsqlite-shell.lo libsqlite3.la
+	$(LTLINK) -o tclsqlite3 tclsqlite-shell.lo \
+		 libsqlite3.la $(LIBTCL)
+
+testfixture$(TEXE):	$(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c libsqlite3.la $(TESTSRC)
+	$(LTLINK) -DTCLSH=1 -DSQLITE_TEST=1 -DSQLITE_CRASH_TEST=1 \
+                -DSQLITE_NO_SYNC=1 $(TEMP_STORE) \
+		-o testfixture $(TESTSRC) $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c \
+		libsqlite3.la $(LIBTCL)
+
+
+fulltest:	testfixture$(TEXE) sqlite3$(TEXE)
+	./testfixture $(TOP)/test/all.test
+
+test:	testfixture$(TEXE) sqlite3$(TEXE)
+	./testfixture $(TOP)/test/quick.test
+
+sqlite3_analyzer$(TEXE):	$(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c libtclsqlite3.la \
+				$(TESTSRC) $(TOP)/tool/spaceanal.tcl
+	sed \
+	  -e '/^#/d' \
+	  -e 's,\\,\\\\,g' \
+	  -e 's,",\\",g' \
+	  -e 's,^,",' \
+	  -e 's,$$,\\n",' \
+	  $(TOP)/tool/spaceanal.tcl >spaceanal_tcl.h
+	$(LTLINK) -DTCLSH=2 -DSQLITE_TEST=1 $(TEMP_STORE)\
+                -o sqlite3_analyzer$(EXE) $(TESTSRC) $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c \
+		libtclsqlite3.la $(LIBTCL)
+
+
+install:	sqlite3$(BEXE) libsqlite3.la sqlite3.h ${HAVE_TCL:1=tcl_install}
+	$(INSTALL) -d $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)
+	$(LTINSTALL) libsqlite3.la $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)
+	$(INSTALL) -d $(DESTDIR)$(exec_prefix)/bin
+	$(LTINSTALL) sqlite3$(BEXE) $(DESTDIR)$(exec_prefix)/bin
+	$(INSTALL) -d $(DESTDIR)$(prefix)/include
+	$(INSTALL) -m 0644 sqlite3.h $(DESTDIR)$(prefix)/include
+	$(INSTALL) -m 0644 $(TOP)/src/sqlite3ext.h $(DESTDIR)$(prefix)/include
+	$(INSTALL) -d $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/pkgconfig; 
+	$(INSTALL) -m 0644 sqlite3.pc $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/pkgconfig; 
+
+tcl_install:	libtclsqlite3.la
+	tclsh $(TOP)/tclinstaller.tcl $(VERSION)
+
+clean:	
+	rm -f *.lo *.la *.o sqlite3$(TEXE) libsqlite3.la
+	rm -f sqlite3.h opcodes.*
+	rm -rf .libs .deps 
+	rm -f lemon$(BEXE) lempar.c parse.* sqlite*.tar.gz
+	rm -f mkkeywordhash$(BEXE) keywordhash.h
+	rm -f $(PUBLISH)
+	rm -f *.da *.bb *.bbg gmon.out
+	rm -f testfixture$(TEXE) test.db
+	rm -f common.tcl
+	rm -f sqlite3.dll sqlite3.lib sqlite3.def
+
+distclean:	clean
+	rm -f config.log config.status libtool Makefile config.h sqlite3.pc
+
+#
+# Windows section
+#
+dll: sqlite3.dll
+
+REAL_LIBOBJ = $(LIBOBJ:%.lo=.libs/%.o)
+
+$(REAL_LIBOBJ): $(LIBOBJ)
+
+sqlite3.def: $(REAL_LIBOBJ)
+	echo 'EXPORTS' >sqlite3.def
+	nm $(REAL_LIBOBJ) | grep ' T ' | grep ' _sqlite3_' \
+		| sed 's/^.* _//' >>sqlite3.def
+
+sqlite3.dll: $(REAL_LIBOBJ) sqlite3.def
+	$(TCC) -shared -o sqlite3.dll sqlite3.def \
+		-Wl,"--strip-all" $(REAL_LIBOBJ)

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/Makefile.arm

@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+#!/usr/make
+#
+# Makefile for SQLITE
+#
+# This is a template makefile for SQLite.  Most people prefer to
+# use the autoconf generated "configure" script to generate the
+# makefile automatically.  But that does not work for everybody
+# and in every situation.  If you are having problems with the
+# "configure" script, you might want to try this makefile as an
+# alternative.  Create a copy of this file, edit the parameters
+# below and type "make".
+#
+
+#### The directory where to find the mingw32ce tools
+MINGW32CE = /opt/mingw32ce/bin
+
+#### The target prefix of the mingw32ce tools
+TARGET = arm-wince-mingw32ce
+
+#### The toplevel directory of the source tree.  This is the directory
+#    that contains this "Makefile.in" and the "configure.in" script.
+#
+TOP = ../sqlite
+
+#### C Compiler and options for use in building executables that
+#    will run on the platform that is doing the build.
+#
+BCC = gcc -g -O2
+#BCC = /opt/ancic/bin/c89 -0
+
+#### If the target operating system supports the "usleep()" system
+#    call, then define the HAVE_USLEEP macro for all C modules.
+#
+USLEEP = 
+#USLEEP = -DHAVE_USLEEP=1
+
+#### If you want the SQLite library to be safe for use within a 
+#    multi-threaded program, then define the following macro
+#    appropriately:
+#
+THREADSAFE = -DTHREADSAFE=1
+#THREADSAFE = -DTHREADSAFE=0
+
+#### Specify any extra linker options needed to make the library
+#    thread safe
+#
+#THREADLIB = -lpthread
+THREADLIB = 
+
+#### Specify any extra libraries needed to access required functions.
+#
+#TLIBS = -lrt    # fdatasync on Solaris 8
+TLIBS = 
+
+#### Leave SQLITE_DEBUG undefined for maximum speed.  Use SQLITE_DEBUG=1
+#    to check for memory leaks.  Use SQLITE_DEBUG=2 to print a log of all
+#    malloc()s and free()s in order to track down memory leaks.
+#    
+#    SQLite uses some expensive assert() statements in the inner loop.
+#    You can make the library go almost twice as fast if you compile
+#    with -DNDEBUG=1
+#
+#OPTS = -DSQLITE_DEBUG=2
+#OPTS = -DSQLITE_DEBUG=1
+#OPTS = 
+OPTS = -DNDEBUG=1 -DOS_WIN=1 -D_WIN32_WCE=1
+#OPTS += -DHAVE_FDATASYNC=1
+
+#### The suffix to add to executable files.  ".exe" for windows.
+#    Nothing for unix.
+#
+EXE = .exe
+#EXE =
+
+#### C Compile and options for use in building executables that 
+#    will run on the target platform.  This is usually the same
+#    as BCC, unless you are cross-compiling.
+#
+#TCC = gcc -O6
+#TCC = gcc -g -O0 -Wall
+#TCC = gcc -g -O0 -Wall -fprofile-arcs -ftest-coverage
+#TCC = /opt/mingw/bin/i386-mingw32-gcc -O6
+TCC = $(MINGW32CE)/$(TARGET)-gcc -O2
+#TCC = /opt/ansic/bin/c89 -O +z -Wl,-a,archive
+
+#### Tools used to build a static library.
+#
+#AR = ar cr
+#AR = /opt/mingw/bin/i386-mingw32-ar cr
+AR = $(MINGW32CE)/$(TARGET)-ar cr
+#RANLIB = ranlib
+#RANLIB = /opt/mingw/bin/i386-mingw32-ranlib
+RANLIB = $(MINGW32CE)/$(TARGET)-ranlib
+
+#MKSHLIB = gcc -shared
+#SO = so
+#SHPREFIX = lib
+MKSHLIB = $(MINGW32CE)/$(TARGET)-gcc -shared
+SO = dll
+SHPREFIX =
+
+#### Extra compiler options needed for programs that use the TCL library.
+#
+#TCL_FLAGS =
+#TCL_FLAGS = -DSTATIC_BUILD=1
+TCL_FLAGS = -I/home/drh/tcltk/8.4linux
+#TCL_FLAGS = -I/home/drh/tcltk/8.4win -DSTATIC_BUILD=1
+#TCL_FLAGS = -I/home/drh/tcltk/8.3hpux
+
+#### Linker options needed to link against the TCL library.
+#
+#LIBTCL = -ltcl -lm -ldl
+LIBTCL = /home/drh/tcltk/8.4linux/libtcl8.4g.a -lm -ldl
+#LIBTCL = /home/drh/tcltk/8.4win/libtcl84s.a -lmsvcrt
+#LIBTCL = /home/drh/tcltk/8.3hpux/libtcl8.3.a -ldld -lm -lc
+
+#### Additional objects for SQLite library when TCL support is enabled.
+TCLOBJ =
+#TCLOBJ = tclsqlite.o
+
+#### Compiler options needed for programs that use the readline() library.
+#
+READLINE_FLAGS =
+#READLINE_FLAGS = -DHAVE_READLINE=1 -I/usr/include/readline
+
+#### Linker options needed by programs using readline() must link against.
+#
+LIBREADLINE =
+#LIBREADLINE = -static -lreadline -ltermcap
+
+#### Which "awk" program provides nawk compatibilty
+#
+# NAWK = nawk
+NAWK = awk
+
+# You should not have to change anything below this line
+###############################################################################
+include $(TOP)/main.mk

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/Makefile.in

@@ -0,0 +1,629 @@
+#!/usr/make
+#
+# Makefile for SQLITE
+#
+# This makefile is suppose to be configured automatically using the
+# autoconf.  But if that does not work for you, you can configure
+# the makefile manually.  Just set the parameters below to values that
+# work well for your system.
+#
+# If the configure script does not work out-of-the-box, you might
+# be able to get it to work by giving it some hints.  See the comment
+# at the beginning of configure.in for additional information.
+#
+
+# The toplevel directory of the source tree.  This is the directory
+# that contains this "Makefile.in" and the "configure.in" script.
+#
+TOP = @srcdir@
+
+# C Compiler and options for use in building executables that
+# will run on the platform that is doing the build.
+#
+BCC = @BUILD_CC@ @BUILD_CFLAGS@
+
+# C Compile and options for use in building executables that 
+# will run on the target platform.  (BCC and TCC are usually the
+# same unless your are cross-compiling.)
+#
+TCC = @CC@ @CFLAGS@ -I. -I${TOP}/src
+
+# Define -DNDEBUG to compile without debugging (i.e., for production usage)
+# Omitting the define will cause extra debugging code to be inserted and
+# includes extra comments when "EXPLAIN stmt" is used.
+#
+TCC += @TARGET_DEBUG@ @XTHREADCONNECT@
+
+# Compiler options needed for programs that use the TCL library.
+#
+TCC += @TCL_INCLUDE_SPEC@
+
+# The library that programs using TCL must link against.
+#
+LIBTCL = @TCL_LIB_SPEC@ @TCL_LIBS@
+
+# Compiler options needed for programs that use the readline() library.
+#
+READLINE_FLAGS = -DHAVE_READLINE=@TARGET_HAVE_READLINE@ @TARGET_READLINE_INC@
+
+# The library that programs using readline() must link against.
+#
+LIBREADLINE = @TARGET_READLINE_LIBS@
+
+# Should the database engine be compiled threadsafe
+#
+TCC += -DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=@SQLITE_THREADSAFE@
+
+# The pthreads library if needed
+#
+LIBPTHREAD=@TARGET_THREAD_LIB@
+
+# Do threads override each others locks by default (1), or do we test (-1)
+#
+TCC += -DSQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK=@THREADSOVERRIDELOCKS@
+
+# The fdatasync library
+TLIBS = @LIBS@
+
+# Flags controlling use of the in memory btree implementation
+#
+# TEMP_STORE is 0 to force temporary tables to be in a file, 1 to
+# default to file, 2 to default to memory, and 3 to force temporary
+# tables to always be in memory.
+#
+TEMP_STORE = -DTEMP_STORE=@TEMP_STORE@
+
+# Version numbers and release number for the SQLite being compiled.
+#
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+VERSION_NUMBER = @VERSION_NUMBER@
+RELEASE = @RELEASE@
+
+# Filename extensions
+#
+BEXE = @BUILD_EXEEXT@
+TEXE = @TARGET_EXEEXT@
+
+# The following variable is "1" if the configure script was able to locate
+# the tclConfig.sh file.  It is an empty string otherwise.  When this
+# variable is "1", the TCL extension library (libtclsqlite3.so) is built
+# and installed.
+#
+HAVE_TCL = @HAVE_TCL@
+
+# The suffix used on shared libraries.  Ex:  ".dll", ".so", ".dylib"
+#
+SHLIB_SUFFIX = @TCL_SHLIB_SUFFIX@
+
+# The directory into which to store package information for
+
+# Some standard variables and programs
+#
+prefix = @prefix@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+libdir = @libdir@
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+LIBTOOL = ./libtool
+ALLOWRELEASE = @ALLOWRELEASE@
+
+# libtool compile/link/install
+LTCOMPILE = $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile --tag=CC $(TCC)
+LTLINK = $(LIBTOOL) --mode=link $(TCC) @LDFLAGS@
+LTINSTALL = $(LIBTOOL) --mode=install $(INSTALL)
+
+# nawk compatible awk.
+NAWK = @AWK@
+
+# You should not have to change anything below this line
+###############################################################################
+TCC += -DSQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION=1
+
+# Object files for the SQLite library.
+#
+LIBOBJ = alter.lo analyze.lo attach.lo auth.lo btmutex.lo btree.lo build.lo \
+         callback.lo complete.lo date.lo \
+         delete.lo expr.lo fault.lo func.lo \
+         hash.lo journal.lo insert.lo loadext.lo \
+         main.lo malloc.lo mem1.lo mem2.lo mem3.lo mem4.lo mutex.lo \
+         mutex_os2.lo mutex_unix.lo mutex_w32.lo \
+         opcodes.lo os.lo os_unix.lo os_win.lo os_os2.lo \
+         pager.lo parse.lo pragma.lo prepare.lo printf.lo random.lo \
+         select.lo table.lo tokenize.lo trigger.lo update.lo \
+         util.lo vacuum.lo \
+         vdbe.lo vdbeapi.lo vdbeaux.lo vdbeblob.lo vdbefifo.lo vdbemem.lo \
+         where.lo utf.lo legacy.lo vtab.lo
+
+# All of the source code files.
+#
+SRC = \
+  $(TOP)/src/alter.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/analyze.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/attach.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/auth.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/btmutex.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/btree.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/btree.h \
+  $(TOP)/src/build.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/callback.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/complete.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/date.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/delete.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/expr.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/fault.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/func.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/hash.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/hash.h \
+  $(TOP)/src/insert.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/journal.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/legacy.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/loadext.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/main.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/malloc.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/mem1.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/mem2.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/mem3.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/mem4.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/mutex.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/mutex_os2.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/mutex_unix.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/mutex_w32.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/os.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/os_unix.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/os_win.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/os_os2.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/pager.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/pager.h \
+  $(TOP)/src/parse.y \
+  $(TOP)/src/pragma.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/prepare.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/printf.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/random.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/select.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/shell.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/sqlite.h.in \
+  $(TOP)/src/sqliteInt.h \
+  $(TOP)/src/table.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/tokenize.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/trigger.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/utf.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/update.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/util.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vacuum.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbe.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbe.h \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbeapi.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbeaux.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbeblob.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbefifo.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbemem.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbeInt.h \
+  $(TOP)/src/vtab.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/where.c
+
+# Source code for extensions
+#
+SRC += \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts1/fts1.c \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts1/fts1.h \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts1/fts1_hash.c \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts1/fts1_hash.h \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts1/fts1_porter.c \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts1/fts1_tokenizer.h \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts1/fts1_tokenizer1.c
+
+
+# Source code to the test files.
+#
+TESTSRC = \
+  $(TOP)/src/attach.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/btree.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/build.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/date.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/expr.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/func.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/insert.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/malloc.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/os.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/os_os2.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/os_unix.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/os_win.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/pager.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/pragma.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/prepare.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/printf.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/random.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/select.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test1.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test2.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test3.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test4.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test5.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test6.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test7.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test8.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test9.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test_autoext.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test_async.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test_btree.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test_config.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test_devsym.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test_hexio.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test_malloc.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test_md5.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test_onefile.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test_schema.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test_server.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test_tclvar.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test_thread.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/tokenize.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/utf.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/util.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbe.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbeapi.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbeaux.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbemem.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/where.c \
+  parse.c
+
+# Header files used by all library source files.
+#
+HDR = \
+   sqlite3.h  \
+   $(TOP)/src/btree.h \
+   $(TOP)/src/btreeInt.h \
+   $(TOP)/src/hash.h \
+   $(TOP)/src/sqliteLimit.h \
+   $(TOP)/src/mutex.h \
+   opcodes.h \
+   $(TOP)/src/os.h \
+   $(TOP)/src/os_common.h \
+   $(TOP)/src/sqlite3ext.h \
+   $(TOP)/src/sqliteInt.h  \
+   $(TOP)/src/vdbe.h \
+   parse.h
+
+# Header files used by extensions
+#
+HDR += \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts1/fts1.h \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts1/fts1_hash.h \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts1/fts1_tokenizer.h
+
+# Header files used by the VDBE submodule
+#
+VDBEHDR = \
+   $(HDR) \
+   $(TOP)/src/vdbeInt.h
+
+# This is the default Makefile target.  The objects listed here
+# are what get build when you type just "make" with no arguments.
+#
+all:	sqlite3.h libsqlite3.la sqlite3$(TEXE) $(HAVE_TCL:1=libtclsqlite3.la)
+
+Makefile: $(TOP)/Makefile.in
+	./config.status
+
+# Generate the file "last_change" which contains the date of change
+# of the most recently modified source code file
+#
+last_change:	$(SRC)
+	cat $(SRC) | grep '$$Id: ' | sort -k 5 | tail -1 \
+          | $(NAWK) '{print $$5,$$6}' >last_change
+
+libsqlite3.la:	$(LIBOBJ)
+	$(LTLINK) -o libsqlite3.la $(LIBOBJ) $(LIBPTHREAD) \
+		${ALLOWRELEASE} -rpath $(libdir) -version-info "8:6:8"
+
+libtclsqlite3.la:	tclsqlite.lo libsqlite3.la
+	$(LTLINK) -o libtclsqlite3.la tclsqlite.lo \
+		$(LIBOBJ) @TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC@ $(LIBPTHREAD) \
+                -rpath $(libdir)/sqlite \
+		-version-info "8:6:8"
+
+sqlite3$(TEXE):	$(TOP)/src/shell.c libsqlite3.la sqlite3.h
+	$(LTLINK) $(READLINE_FLAGS) $(LIBPTHREAD) \
+		-o $@ $(TOP)/src/shell.c libsqlite3.la \
+		$(LIBREADLINE) $(TLIBS)
+
+# This target creates a directory named "tsrc" and fills it with
+# copies of all of the C source code and header files needed to
+# build on the target system.  Some of the C source code and header
+# files are automatically generated.  This target takes care of
+# all that automatic generation.
+#
+target_source:	$(SRC) parse.c opcodes.c keywordhash.h $(VDBEHDR) 
+	rm -rf tsrc
+	mkdir -p tsrc
+	cp $(SRC) $(VDBEHDR) tsrc
+	rm tsrc/sqlite.h.in tsrc/parse.y
+	cp parse.c opcodes.c keywordhash.h tsrc
+
+sqlite3.c:	target_source $(TOP)/tool/mksqlite3c.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/tool/mksqlite3c.tcl
+
+# Rules to build the LEMON compiler generator
+#
+lemon$(BEXE):	$(TOP)/tool/lemon.c $(TOP)/tool/lempar.c
+	$(BCC) -o lemon$(BEXE) $(TOP)/tool/lemon.c
+	cp $(TOP)/tool/lempar.c .
+
+
+# Rules to build individual files
+#
+alter.lo:	$(TOP)/src/alter.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/alter.c
+
+analyze.lo:	$(TOP)/src/analyze.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/analyze.c
+
+attach.lo:	$(TOP)/src/attach.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/attach.c
+
+auth.lo:	$(TOP)/src/auth.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/auth.c
+
+btmutex.lo:	$(TOP)/src/btmutex.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/btmutex.c
+
+btree.lo:	$(TOP)/src/btree.c $(HDR) $(TOP)/src/pager.h
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/btree.c
+
+build.lo:	$(TOP)/src/build.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/build.c
+
+callback.lo:	$(TOP)/src/callback.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/callback.c
+
+complete.lo:	$(TOP)/src/complete.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/complete.c
+
+date.lo:	$(TOP)/src/date.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/date.c
+
+delete.lo:	$(TOP)/src/delete.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/delete.c
+
+expr.lo:	$(TOP)/src/expr.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/expr.c
+
+fault.lo:	$(TOP)/src/fault.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/fault.c
+
+func.lo:	$(TOP)/src/func.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/func.c
+
+hash.lo:	$(TOP)/src/hash.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/hash.c
+
+insert.lo:	$(TOP)/src/insert.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/insert.c
+
+journal.lo:	$(TOP)/src/journal.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/journal.c
+
+legacy.lo:	$(TOP)/src/legacy.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/legacy.c
+
+loadext.lo:	$(TOP)/src/loadext.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/loadext.c
+
+main.lo:	$(TOP)/src/main.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) $(TEMP_STORE) -c $(TOP)/src/main.c
+
+malloc.lo:	$(TOP)/src/malloc.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) $(TEMP_STORE) -c $(TOP)/src/malloc.c
+
+mem1.lo:	$(TOP)/src/mem1.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) $(TEMP_STORE) -c $(TOP)/src/mem1.c
+
+mem2.lo:	$(TOP)/src/mem2.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) $(TEMP_STORE) -c $(TOP)/src/mem2.c
+
+mem3.lo:	$(TOP)/src/mem3.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) $(TEMP_STORE) -c $(TOP)/src/mem3.c
+
+mem4.lo:	$(TOP)/src/mem4.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) $(TEMP_STORE) -c $(TOP)/src/mem4.c
+
+mutex.lo:	$(TOP)/src/mutex.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) $(TEMP_STORE) -c $(TOP)/src/mutex.c
+
+mutex_os2.lo:	$(TOP)/src/mutex_os2.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) $(TEMP_STORE) -c $(TOP)/src/mutex_os2.c
+
+mutex_unix.lo:	$(TOP)/src/mutex_unix.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) $(TEMP_STORE) -c $(TOP)/src/mutex_unix.c
+
+mutex_w32.lo:	$(TOP)/src/mutex_w32.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) $(TEMP_STORE) -c $(TOP)/src/mutex_w32.c
+
+pager.lo:	$(TOP)/src/pager.c $(HDR) $(TOP)/src/pager.h
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/pager.c
+
+opcodes.lo:	opcodes.c
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c opcodes.c
+
+opcodes.c:	opcodes.h $(TOP)/mkopcodec.awk
+	sort -n -b -k 3 opcodes.h | $(NAWK) -f $(TOP)/mkopcodec.awk >opcodes.c
+
+opcodes.h:	parse.h $(TOP)/src/vdbe.c $(TOP)/mkopcodeh.awk
+	cat parse.h $(TOP)/src/vdbe.c | $(NAWK) -f $(TOP)/mkopcodeh.awk >opcodes.h
+
+os.lo:	$(TOP)/src/os.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/os.c
+
+os_unix.lo:	$(TOP)/src/os_unix.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/os_unix.c
+
+os_win.lo:	$(TOP)/src/os_win.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/os_win.c
+
+os_os2.lo:	$(TOP)/src/os_os2.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/os_os2.c
+
+parse.lo:	parse.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c parse.c
+
+parse.h:	parse.c
+
+parse.c:	$(TOP)/src/parse.y lemon$(BEXE) $(TOP)/addopcodes.awk
+	cp $(TOP)/src/parse.y .
+	./lemon$(BEXE) $(OPTS) parse.y
+	mv parse.h parse.h.temp
+	$(NAWK) -f $(TOP)/addopcodes.awk parse.h.temp >parse.h
+
+pragma.lo:	$(TOP)/src/pragma.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/pragma.c
+
+prepare.lo:	$(TOP)/src/prepare.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) $(TEMP_STORE) -c $(TOP)/src/prepare.c
+
+printf.lo:	$(TOP)/src/printf.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/printf.c
+
+random.lo:	$(TOP)/src/random.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/random.c
+
+select.lo:	$(TOP)/src/select.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/select.c
+
+sqlite3.h:	$(TOP)/src/sqlite.h.in 
+	sed -e s/--VERS--/$(RELEASE)/ $(TOP)/src/sqlite.h.in | \
+	sed -e s/--VERSION-NUMBER--/$(VERSION_NUMBER)/ >sqlite3.h
+
+table.lo:	$(TOP)/src/table.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/table.c
+
+tclsqlite.lo:	$(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c
+
+tokenize.lo:	$(TOP)/src/tokenize.c keywordhash.h $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/tokenize.c
+
+keywordhash.h:	$(TOP)/tool/mkkeywordhash.c
+	$(BCC) -o mkkeywordhash$(BEXE) $(OPTS) $(TOP)/tool/mkkeywordhash.c
+	./mkkeywordhash$(BEXE) >keywordhash.h
+
+trigger.lo:	$(TOP)/src/trigger.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/trigger.c
+
+update.lo:	$(TOP)/src/update.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/update.c
+
+utf.lo:	$(TOP)/src/utf.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/utf.c
+
+util.lo:	$(TOP)/src/util.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/util.c
+
+vacuum.lo:	$(TOP)/src/vacuum.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/vacuum.c
+
+vdbe.lo:	$(TOP)/src/vdbe.c $(VDBEHDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/vdbe.c
+
+vdbeapi.lo:	$(TOP)/src/vdbeapi.c $(VDBEHDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/vdbeapi.c
+
+vdbeaux.lo:	$(TOP)/src/vdbeaux.c $(VDBEHDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/vdbeaux.c
+
+vdbeblob.lo:	$(TOP)/src/vdbeblob.c $(VDBEHDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/vdbeblob.c
+
+vdbefifo.lo:	$(TOP)/src/vdbefifo.c $(VDBEHDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/vdbefifo.c
+
+vdbemem.lo:	$(TOP)/src/vdbemem.c $(VDBEHDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/vdbemem.c
+
+vtab.lo:	$(TOP)/src/vtab.c $(VDBEHDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/vtab.c
+
+where.lo:	$(TOP)/src/where.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/where.c
+
+tclsqlite-shell.lo:	$(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -DTCLSH=1 -o $@ -c $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c
+
+tclsqlite-stubs.lo:	$(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -DTCL_USE_STUBS=1 -o $@ -c $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c
+
+tclsqlite3:	tclsqlite-shell.lo libsqlite3.la
+	$(LTLINK) -o tclsqlite3 tclsqlite-shell.lo \
+		 libsqlite3.la $(LIBTCL)
+
+testfixture$(TEXE):	$(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c libsqlite3.la $(TESTSRC)
+	$(LTLINK) -DTCLSH=1 -DSQLITE_TEST=1 -DSQLITE_CRASH_TEST=1 \
+                -DSQLITE_NO_SYNC=1 $(TEMP_STORE) \
+		-o testfixture $(TESTSRC) $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c \
+		libsqlite3.la $(LIBTCL)
+
+
+fulltest:	testfixture$(TEXE) sqlite3$(TEXE)
+	./testfixture $(TOP)/test/all.test
+
+test:	testfixture$(TEXE) sqlite3$(TEXE)
+	./testfixture $(TOP)/test/quick.test
+
+sqlite3_analyzer$(TEXE):	$(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c libtclsqlite3.la \
+				$(TESTSRC) $(TOP)/tool/spaceanal.tcl
+	sed \
+	  -e '/^#/d' \
+	  -e 's,\\,\\\\,g' \
+	  -e 's,",\\",g' \
+	  -e 's,^,",' \
+	  -e 's,$$,\\n",' \
+	  $(TOP)/tool/spaceanal.tcl >spaceanal_tcl.h
+	$(LTLINK) -DTCLSH=2 -DSQLITE_TEST=1 $(TEMP_STORE)\
+                -o sqlite3_analyzer$(EXE) $(TESTSRC) $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c \
+		libtclsqlite3.la $(LIBTCL)
+
+
+install:	sqlite3$(BEXE) libsqlite3.la sqlite3.h ${HAVE_TCL:1=tcl_install}
+	$(INSTALL) -d $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)
+	$(LTINSTALL) libsqlite3.la $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)
+	$(INSTALL) -d $(DESTDIR)$(exec_prefix)/bin
+	$(LTINSTALL) sqlite3$(BEXE) $(DESTDIR)$(exec_prefix)/bin
+	$(INSTALL) -d $(DESTDIR)$(prefix)/include
+	$(INSTALL) -m 0644 sqlite3.h $(DESTDIR)$(prefix)/include
+	$(INSTALL) -m 0644 $(TOP)/src/sqlite3ext.h $(DESTDIR)$(prefix)/include
+	$(INSTALL) -d $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/pkgconfig; 
+	$(INSTALL) -m 0644 sqlite3.pc $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/pkgconfig; 
+
+tcl_install:	libtclsqlite3.la
+	tclsh $(TOP)/tclinstaller.tcl $(VERSION)
+
+clean:	
+	rm -f *.lo *.la *.o sqlite3$(TEXE) libsqlite3.la
+	rm -f sqlite3.h opcodes.*
+	rm -rf .libs .deps 
+	rm -f lemon$(BEXE) lempar.c parse.* sqlite*.tar.gz
+	rm -f mkkeywordhash$(BEXE) keywordhash.h
+	rm -f $(PUBLISH)
+	rm -f *.da *.bb *.bbg gmon.out
+	rm -f testfixture$(TEXE) test.db
+	rm -f common.tcl
+	rm -f sqlite3.dll sqlite3.lib sqlite3.def
+
+distclean:	clean
+	rm -f config.log config.status libtool Makefile config.h sqlite3.pc
+
+#
+# Windows section
+#
+dll: sqlite3.dll
+
+REAL_LIBOBJ = $(LIBOBJ:%.lo=.libs/%.o)
+
+$(REAL_LIBOBJ): $(LIBOBJ)
+
+sqlite3.def: $(REAL_LIBOBJ)
+	echo 'EXPORTS' >sqlite3.def
+	nm $(REAL_LIBOBJ) | grep ' T ' | grep ' _sqlite3_' \
+		| sed 's/^.* _//' >>sqlite3.def
+
+sqlite3.dll: $(REAL_LIBOBJ) sqlite3.def
+	$(TCC) -shared -o sqlite3.dll sqlite3.def \
+		-Wl,"--strip-all" $(REAL_LIBOBJ)

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/Makefile.linux-gcc

@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+#!/usr/make
+#
+# Makefile for SQLITE
+#
+# This is a template makefile for SQLite.  Most people prefer to
+# use the autoconf generated "configure" script to generate the
+# makefile automatically.  But that does not work for everybody
+# and in every situation.  If you are having problems with the
+# "configure" script, you might want to try this makefile as an
+# alternative.  Create a copy of this file, edit the parameters
+# below and type "make".
+#
+
+#### The toplevel directory of the source tree.  This is the directory
+#    that contains this "Makefile.in" and the "configure.in" script.
+#
+TOP = ../sqlite
+
+#### C Compiler and options for use in building executables that
+#    will run on the platform that is doing the build.
+#
+BCC = gcc -g -O2
+#BCC = /opt/ancic/bin/c89 -0
+
+#### If the target operating system supports the "usleep()" system
+#    call, then define the HAVE_USLEEP macro for all C modules.
+#
+#USLEEP = 
+USLEEP = -DHAVE_USLEEP=1
+
+#### If you want the SQLite library to be safe for use within a 
+#    multi-threaded program, then define the following macro
+#    appropriately:
+#
+#THREADSAFE = -DTHREADSAFE=1
+THREADSAFE = -DTHREADSAFE=0
+
+#### Specify any extra linker options needed to make the library
+#    thread safe
+#
+#THREADLIB = -lpthread
+THREADLIB = 
+
+#### Specify any extra libraries needed to access required functions.
+#
+#TLIBS = -lrt    # fdatasync on Solaris 8
+TLIBS = 
+
+#### Leave SQLITE_DEBUG undefined for maximum speed.  Use SQLITE_DEBUG=1
+#    to check for memory leaks.  Use SQLITE_DEBUG=2 to print a log of all
+#    malloc()s and free()s in order to track down memory leaks.
+#    
+#    SQLite uses some expensive assert() statements in the inner loop.
+#    You can make the library go almost twice as fast if you compile
+#    with -DNDEBUG=1
+#
+#OPTS = -DSQLITE_DEBUG=2
+#OPTS = -DSQLITE_DEBUG=1
+#OPTS = 
+OPTS = -DNDEBUG=1
+OPTS += -DHAVE_FDATASYNC=1
+
+#### The suffix to add to executable files.  ".exe" for windows.
+#    Nothing for unix.
+#
+#EXE = .exe
+EXE =
+
+#### C Compile and options for use in building executables that 
+#    will run on the target platform.  This is usually the same
+#    as BCC, unless you are cross-compiling.
+#
+TCC = gcc -O6
+#TCC = gcc -g -O0 -Wall
+#TCC = gcc -g -O0 -Wall -fprofile-arcs -ftest-coverage
+#TCC = /opt/mingw/bin/i386-mingw32-gcc -O6
+#TCC = /opt/ansic/bin/c89 -O +z -Wl,-a,archive
+
+#### Tools used to build a static library.
+#
+AR = ar cr
+#AR = /opt/mingw/bin/i386-mingw32-ar cr
+RANLIB = ranlib
+#RANLIB = /opt/mingw/bin/i386-mingw32-ranlib
+
+MKSHLIB = gcc -shared
+SO = so
+SHPREFIX = lib
+# SO = dll
+# SHPREFIX =
+
+#### Extra compiler options needed for programs that use the TCL library.
+#
+#TCL_FLAGS =
+#TCL_FLAGS = -DSTATIC_BUILD=1
+TCL_FLAGS = -I/home/drh/tcltk/8.4linux
+#TCL_FLAGS = -I/home/drh/tcltk/8.4win -DSTATIC_BUILD=1
+#TCL_FLAGS = -I/home/drh/tcltk/8.3hpux
+
+#### Linker options needed to link against the TCL library.
+#
+#LIBTCL = -ltcl -lm -ldl
+LIBTCL = /home/drh/tcltk/8.4linux/libtcl8.4g.a -lm -ldl
+#LIBTCL = /home/drh/tcltk/8.4win/libtcl84s.a -lmsvcrt
+#LIBTCL = /home/drh/tcltk/8.3hpux/libtcl8.3.a -ldld -lm -lc
+
+#### Additional objects for SQLite library when TCL support is enabled.
+#TCLOBJ =
+TCLOBJ = tclsqlite.o
+
+#### Compiler options needed for programs that use the readline() library.
+#
+READLINE_FLAGS =
+#READLINE_FLAGS = -DHAVE_READLINE=1 -I/usr/include/readline
+
+#### Linker options needed by programs using readline() must link against.
+#
+LIBREADLINE =
+#LIBREADLINE = -static -lreadline -ltermcap
+
+#### Which "awk" program provides nawk compatibilty
+#
+# NAWK = nawk
+NAWK = awk
+
+# You should not have to change anything below this line
+###############################################################################
+include $(TOP)/main.mk

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/Makefile.org

@@ -0,0 +1,622 @@
+#!/usr/make
+#
+# Makefile for SQLITE
+#
+# This makefile is suppose to be configured automatically using the
+# autoconf.  But if that does not work for you, you can configure
+# the makefile manually.  Just set the parameters below to values that
+# work well for your system.
+#
+# If the configure script does not work out-of-the-box, you might
+# be able to get it to work by giving it some hints.  See the comment
+# at the beginning of configure.in for additional information.
+#
+
+# The toplevel directory of the source tree.  This is the directory
+# that contains this "Makefile.in" and the "configure.in" script.
+#
+TOP = @srcdir@
+
+# C Compiler and options for use in building executables that
+# will run on the platform that is doing the build.
+#
+BCC = @BUILD_CC@ @BUILD_CFLAGS@
+
+# C Compile and options for use in building executables that 
+# will run on the target platform.  (BCC and TCC are usually the
+# same unless your are cross-compiling.)
+#
+TCC = @CC@ @CFLAGS@ -I. -I${TOP}/src
+
+# Define -DNDEBUG to compile without debugging (i.e., for production usage)
+# Omitting the define will cause extra debugging code to be inserted and
+# includes extra comments when "EXPLAIN stmt" is used.
+#
+TCC += @TARGET_DEBUG@ @XTHREADCONNECT@
+
+# Compiler options needed for programs that use the TCL library.
+#
+TCC += @TCL_INCLUDE_SPEC@
+
+# The library that programs using TCL must link against.
+#
+LIBTCL = @TCL_LIB_SPEC@ @TCL_LIBS@
+
+# Compiler options needed for programs that use the readline() library.
+#
+READLINE_FLAGS = -DHAVE_READLINE=@TARGET_HAVE_READLINE@ @TARGET_READLINE_INC@
+
+# The library that programs using readline() must link against.
+#
+LIBREADLINE = @TARGET_READLINE_LIBS@
+
+# Should the database engine be compiled threadsafe
+#
+TCC += -DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=@SQLITE_THREADSAFE@
+
+# The pthreads library if needed
+#
+LIBPTHREAD=@TARGET_THREAD_LIB@
+
+# Do threads override each others locks by default (1), or do we test (-1)
+#
+TCC += -DSQLITE_THREAD_OVERRIDE_LOCK=@THREADSOVERRIDELOCKS@
+
+# The fdatasync library
+TLIBS = @LIBS@
+
+# Flags controlling use of the in memory btree implementation
+#
+# TEMP_STORE is 0 to force temporary tables to be in a file, 1 to
+# default to file, 2 to default to memory, and 3 to force temporary
+# tables to always be in memory.
+#
+TEMP_STORE = -DTEMP_STORE=@TEMP_STORE@
+
+# Version numbers and release number for the SQLite being compiled.
+#
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+VERSION_NUMBER = @VERSION_NUMBER@
+RELEASE = @RELEASE@
+
+# Filename extensions
+#
+BEXE = @BUILD_EXEEXT@
+TEXE = @TARGET_EXEEXT@
+
+# The following variable is "1" if the configure script was able to locate
+# the tclConfig.sh file.  It is an empty string otherwise.  When this
+# variable is "1", the TCL extension library (libtclsqlite3.so) is built
+# and installed.
+#
+HAVE_TCL = @HAVE_TCL@
+
+# The suffix used on shared libraries.  Ex:  ".dll", ".so", ".dylib"
+#
+SHLIB_SUFFIX = @TCL_SHLIB_SUFFIX@
+
+# The directory into which to store package information for
+
+# Some standard variables and programs
+#
+prefix = @prefix@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+libdir = @libdir@
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+LIBTOOL = ./libtool
+ALLOWRELEASE = @ALLOWRELEASE@
+
+# libtool compile/link/install
+LTCOMPILE = $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile --tag=CC $(TCC)
+LTLINK = $(LIBTOOL) --mode=link $(TCC) @LDFLAGS@
+LTINSTALL = $(LIBTOOL) --mode=install $(INSTALL)
+
+# nawk compatible awk.
+NAWK = @AWK@
+
+# You should not have to change anything below this line
+###############################################################################
+TCC += -DSQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION=1
+
+# Object files for the SQLite library.
+#
+LIBOBJ = alter.lo analyze.lo attach.lo auth.lo btmutex.lo btree.lo build.lo \
+         callback.lo complete.lo date.lo \
+         delete.lo expr.lo func.lo hash.lo journal.lo insert.lo loadext.lo \
+         main.lo malloc.lo mem1.lo mem2.lo mem3.lo mem4.lo mutex.lo \
+         mutex_os2.lo mutex_unix.lo mutex_w32.lo \
+         opcodes.lo os.lo os_unix.lo os_win.lo os_os2.lo \
+         pager.lo parse.lo pragma.lo prepare.lo printf.lo random.lo \
+         select.lo table.lo tokenize.lo trigger.lo update.lo \
+         util.lo vacuum.lo \
+         vdbe.lo vdbeapi.lo vdbeaux.lo vdbeblob.lo vdbefifo.lo vdbemem.lo \
+         where.lo utf.lo legacy.lo vtab.lo
+
+# All of the source code files.
+#
+SRC = \
+  $(TOP)/src/alter.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/analyze.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/attach.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/auth.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/btmutex.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/btree.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/btree.h \
+  $(TOP)/src/build.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/callback.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/complete.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/date.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/delete.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/expr.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/func.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/hash.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/hash.h \
+  $(TOP)/src/insert.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/journal.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/legacy.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/loadext.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/main.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/malloc.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/mem1.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/mem2.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/mem3.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/mem4.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/mutex.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/mutex_os2.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/mutex_unix.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/mutex_w32.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/os.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/os_unix.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/os_win.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/os_os2.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/pager.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/pager.h \
+  $(TOP)/src/parse.y \
+  $(TOP)/src/pragma.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/prepare.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/printf.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/random.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/select.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/shell.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/sqlite.h.in \
+  $(TOP)/src/sqliteInt.h \
+  $(TOP)/src/table.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/tokenize.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/trigger.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/utf.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/update.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/util.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vacuum.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbe.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbe.h \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbeapi.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbeaux.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbeblob.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbefifo.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbemem.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbeInt.h \
+  $(TOP)/src/vtab.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/where.c
+
+# Source code for extensions
+#
+SRC += \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts1/fts1.c \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts1/fts1.h \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts1/fts1_hash.c \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts1/fts1_hash.h \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts1/fts1_porter.c \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts1/fts1_tokenizer.h \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts1/fts1_tokenizer1.c
+
+
+# Source code to the test files.
+#
+TESTSRC = \
+  $(TOP)/src/attach.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/btree.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/build.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/date.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/expr.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/func.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/insert.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/malloc.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/os.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/os_os2.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/os_unix.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/os_win.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/pager.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/pragma.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/prepare.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/printf.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/select.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test1.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test2.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test3.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test4.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test5.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test6.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test7.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test8.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test9.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test_autoext.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test_async.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test_btree.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test_config.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test_hexio.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test_malloc.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test_md5.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test_onefile.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test_schema.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test_server.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test_tclvar.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test_thread.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/tokenize.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/utf.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/util.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbe.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbeapi.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbeaux.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbemem.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/where.c \
+  parse.c
+
+# Header files used by all library source files.
+#
+HDR = \
+   sqlite3.h  \
+   $(TOP)/src/btree.h \
+   $(TOP)/src/btreeInt.h \
+   $(TOP)/src/hash.h \
+   $(TOP)/src/sqliteLimit.h \
+   $(TOP)/src/mutex.h \
+   opcodes.h \
+   $(TOP)/src/os.h \
+   $(TOP)/src/os_common.h \
+   $(TOP)/src/sqlite3ext.h \
+   $(TOP)/src/sqliteInt.h  \
+   $(TOP)/src/vdbe.h \
+   parse.h
+
+# Header files used by extensions
+#
+HDR += \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts1/fts1.h \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts1/fts1_hash.h \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts1/fts1_tokenizer.h
+
+# Header files used by the VDBE submodule
+#
+VDBEHDR = \
+   $(HDR) \
+   $(TOP)/src/vdbeInt.h
+
+# This is the default Makefile target.  The objects listed here
+# are what get build when you type just "make" with no arguments.
+#
+all:	sqlite3.h libsqlite3.la sqlite3$(TEXE) $(HAVE_TCL:1=libtclsqlite3.la)
+
+Makefile: $(TOP)/Makefile.in
+	./config.status
+
+# Generate the file "last_change" which contains the date of change
+# of the most recently modified source code file
+#
+last_change:	$(SRC)
+	cat $(SRC) | grep '$$Id: ' | sort -k 5 | tail -1 \
+          | $(NAWK) '{print $$5,$$6}' >last_change
+
+libsqlite3.la:	$(LIBOBJ)
+	$(LTLINK) -o libsqlite3.la $(LIBOBJ) $(LIBPTHREAD) \
+		${ALLOWRELEASE} -rpath $(libdir) -version-info "8:6:8"
+
+libtclsqlite3.la:	tclsqlite.lo libsqlite3.la
+	$(LTLINK) -o libtclsqlite3.la tclsqlite.lo \
+		$(LIBOBJ) @TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC@ $(LIBPTHREAD) \
+                -rpath $(libdir)/sqlite \
+		-version-info "8:6:8"
+
+sqlite3$(TEXE):	$(TOP)/src/shell.c libsqlite3.la sqlite3.h
+	$(LTLINK) $(READLINE_FLAGS) $(LIBPTHREAD) \
+		-o $@ $(TOP)/src/shell.c libsqlite3.la \
+		$(LIBREADLINE) $(TLIBS)
+
+# This target creates a directory named "tsrc" and fills it with
+# copies of all of the C source code and header files needed to
+# build on the target system.  Some of the C source code and header
+# files are automatically generated.  This target takes care of
+# all that automatic generation.
+#
+target_source:	$(SRC) parse.c opcodes.c keywordhash.h $(VDBEHDR) 
+	rm -rf tsrc
+	mkdir -p tsrc
+	cp $(SRC) $(VDBEHDR) tsrc
+	rm tsrc/sqlite.h.in tsrc/parse.y
+	cp parse.c opcodes.c keywordhash.h tsrc
+
+sqlite3.c:	target_source $(TOP)/tool/mksqlite3c.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/tool/mksqlite3c.tcl
+
+# Rules to build the LEMON compiler generator
+#
+lemon$(BEXE):	$(TOP)/tool/lemon.c $(TOP)/tool/lempar.c
+	$(BCC) -o lemon$(BEXE) $(TOP)/tool/lemon.c
+	cp $(TOP)/tool/lempar.c .
+
+
+# Rules to build individual files
+#
+alter.lo:	$(TOP)/src/alter.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/alter.c
+
+analyze.lo:	$(TOP)/src/analyze.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/analyze.c
+
+attach.lo:	$(TOP)/src/attach.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/attach.c
+
+auth.lo:	$(TOP)/src/auth.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/auth.c
+
+btmutex.lo:	$(TOP)/src/btmutex.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/btmutex.c
+
+btree.lo:	$(TOP)/src/btree.c $(HDR) $(TOP)/src/pager.h
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/btree.c
+
+build.lo:	$(TOP)/src/build.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/build.c
+
+callback.lo:	$(TOP)/src/callback.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/callback.c
+
+complete.lo:	$(TOP)/src/complete.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/complete.c
+
+date.lo:	$(TOP)/src/date.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/date.c
+
+delete.lo:	$(TOP)/src/delete.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/delete.c
+
+expr.lo:	$(TOP)/src/expr.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/expr.c
+
+func.lo:	$(TOP)/src/func.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/func.c
+
+hash.lo:	$(TOP)/src/hash.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/hash.c
+
+insert.lo:	$(TOP)/src/insert.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/insert.c
+
+journal.lo:	$(TOP)/src/journal.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/journal.c
+
+legacy.lo:	$(TOP)/src/legacy.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/legacy.c
+
+loadext.lo:	$(TOP)/src/loadext.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/loadext.c
+
+main.lo:	$(TOP)/src/main.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) $(TEMP_STORE) -c $(TOP)/src/main.c
+
+malloc.lo:	$(TOP)/src/malloc.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) $(TEMP_STORE) -c $(TOP)/src/malloc.c
+
+mem1.lo:	$(TOP)/src/mem1.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) $(TEMP_STORE) -c $(TOP)/src/mem1.c
+
+mem2.lo:	$(TOP)/src/mem2.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) $(TEMP_STORE) -c $(TOP)/src/mem2.c
+
+mem3.lo:	$(TOP)/src/mem3.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) $(TEMP_STORE) -c $(TOP)/src/mem3.c
+
+mem4.lo:	$(TOP)/src/mem4.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) $(TEMP_STORE) -c $(TOP)/src/mem4.c
+
+mutex.lo:	$(TOP)/src/mutex.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) $(TEMP_STORE) -c $(TOP)/src/mutex.c
+
+mutex_os2.lo:	$(TOP)/src/mutex_os2.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) $(TEMP_STORE) -c $(TOP)/src/mutex_os2.c
+
+mutex_unix.lo:	$(TOP)/src/mutex_unix.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) $(TEMP_STORE) -c $(TOP)/src/mutex_unix.c
+
+mutex_w32.lo:	$(TOP)/src/mutex_w32.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) $(TEMP_STORE) -c $(TOP)/src/mutex_w32.c
+
+pager.lo:	$(TOP)/src/pager.c $(HDR) $(TOP)/src/pager.h
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/pager.c
+
+opcodes.lo:	opcodes.c
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c opcodes.c
+
+opcodes.c:	opcodes.h $(TOP)/mkopcodec.awk
+	sort -n -b -k 3 opcodes.h | $(NAWK) -f $(TOP)/mkopcodec.awk >opcodes.c
+
+opcodes.h:	parse.h $(TOP)/src/vdbe.c $(TOP)/mkopcodeh.awk
+	cat parse.h $(TOP)/src/vdbe.c | $(NAWK) -f $(TOP)/mkopcodeh.awk >opcodes.h
+
+os.lo:	$(TOP)/src/os.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/os.c
+
+os_unix.lo:	$(TOP)/src/os_unix.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/os_unix.c
+
+os_win.lo:	$(TOP)/src/os_win.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/os_win.c
+
+os_os2.lo:	$(TOP)/src/os_os2.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/os_os2.c
+
+parse.lo:	parse.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c parse.c
+
+parse.h:	parse.c
+
+parse.c:	$(TOP)/src/parse.y lemon$(BEXE) $(TOP)/addopcodes.awk
+	cp $(TOP)/src/parse.y .
+	./lemon$(BEXE) $(OPTS) parse.y
+	mv parse.h parse.h.temp
+	$(NAWK) -f $(TOP)/addopcodes.awk parse.h.temp >parse.h
+
+pragma.lo:	$(TOP)/src/pragma.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/pragma.c
+
+prepare.lo:	$(TOP)/src/prepare.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) $(TEMP_STORE) -c $(TOP)/src/prepare.c
+
+printf.lo:	$(TOP)/src/printf.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/printf.c
+
+random.lo:	$(TOP)/src/random.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/random.c
+
+select.lo:	$(TOP)/src/select.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/select.c
+
+sqlite3.h:	$(TOP)/src/sqlite.h.in 
+	sed -e s/--VERS--/$(RELEASE)/ $(TOP)/src/sqlite.h.in | \
+	sed -e s/--VERSION-NUMBER--/$(VERSION_NUMBER)/ >sqlite3.h
+
+table.lo:	$(TOP)/src/table.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/table.c
+
+tclsqlite.lo:	$(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c
+
+tokenize.lo:	$(TOP)/src/tokenize.c keywordhash.h $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/tokenize.c
+
+keywordhash.h:	$(TOP)/tool/mkkeywordhash.c
+	$(BCC) -o mkkeywordhash$(BEXE) $(OPTS) $(TOP)/tool/mkkeywordhash.c
+	./mkkeywordhash$(BEXE) >keywordhash.h
+
+trigger.lo:	$(TOP)/src/trigger.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/trigger.c
+
+update.lo:	$(TOP)/src/update.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/update.c
+
+utf.lo:	$(TOP)/src/utf.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/utf.c
+
+util.lo:	$(TOP)/src/util.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/util.c
+
+vacuum.lo:	$(TOP)/src/vacuum.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/vacuum.c
+
+vdbe.lo:	$(TOP)/src/vdbe.c $(VDBEHDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/vdbe.c
+
+vdbeapi.lo:	$(TOP)/src/vdbeapi.c $(VDBEHDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/vdbeapi.c
+
+vdbeaux.lo:	$(TOP)/src/vdbeaux.c $(VDBEHDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/vdbeaux.c
+
+vdbeblob.lo:	$(TOP)/src/vdbeblob.c $(VDBEHDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/vdbeblob.c
+
+vdbefifo.lo:	$(TOP)/src/vdbefifo.c $(VDBEHDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/vdbefifo.c
+
+vdbemem.lo:	$(TOP)/src/vdbemem.c $(VDBEHDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/vdbemem.c
+
+vtab.lo:	$(TOP)/src/vtab.c $(VDBEHDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/vtab.c
+
+where.lo:	$(TOP)/src/where.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -c $(TOP)/src/where.c
+
+tclsqlite-shell.lo:	$(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -DTCLSH=1 -o $@ -c $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c
+
+tclsqlite-stubs.lo:	$(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c $(HDR)
+	$(LTCOMPILE) -DTCL_USE_STUBS=1 -o $@ -c $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c
+
+tclsqlite3:	tclsqlite-shell.lo libsqlite3.la
+	$(LTLINK) -o tclsqlite3 tclsqlite-shell.lo \
+		 libsqlite3.la $(LIBTCL)
+
+testfixture$(TEXE):	$(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c libsqlite3.la $(TESTSRC)
+	$(LTLINK) -DTCLSH=1 -DSQLITE_TEST=1 -DSQLITE_CRASH_TEST=1 \
+                -DSQLITE_NO_SYNC=1 $(TEMP_STORE) \
+		-o testfixture $(TESTSRC) $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c \
+		libsqlite3.la $(LIBTCL)
+
+
+fulltest:	testfixture$(TEXE) sqlite3$(TEXE)
+	./testfixture $(TOP)/test/all.test
+
+test:	testfixture$(TEXE) sqlite3$(TEXE)
+	./testfixture $(TOP)/test/quick.test
+
+sqlite3_analyzer$(TEXE):	$(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c libtclsqlite3.la \
+				$(TESTSRC) $(TOP)/tool/spaceanal.tcl
+	sed \
+	  -e '/^#/d' \
+	  -e 's,\\,\\\\,g' \
+	  -e 's,",\\",g' \
+	  -e 's,^,",' \
+	  -e 's,$$,\\n",' \
+	  $(TOP)/tool/spaceanal.tcl >spaceanal_tcl.h
+	$(LTLINK) -DTCLSH=2 -DSQLITE_TEST=1 $(TEMP_STORE)\
+                -o sqlite3_analyzer$(EXE) $(TESTSRC) $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c \
+		libtclsqlite3.la $(LIBTCL)
+
+
+install:	sqlite3$(BEXE) libsqlite3.la sqlite3.h ${HAVE_TCL:1=tcl_install}
+	$(INSTALL) -d $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)
+	$(LTINSTALL) libsqlite3.la $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)
+	$(INSTALL) -d $(DESTDIR)$(exec_prefix)/bin
+	$(LTINSTALL) sqlite3$(BEXE) $(DESTDIR)$(exec_prefix)/bin
+	$(INSTALL) -d $(DESTDIR)$(prefix)/include
+	$(INSTALL) -m 0644 sqlite3.h $(DESTDIR)$(prefix)/include
+	$(INSTALL) -m 0644 $(TOP)/src/sqlite3ext.h $(DESTDIR)$(prefix)/include
+	$(INSTALL) -d $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/pkgconfig; 
+	$(INSTALL) -m 0644 sqlite3.pc $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/pkgconfig; 
+
+tcl_install:	libtclsqlite3.la
+	tclsh $(TOP)/tclinstaller.tcl $(VERSION)
+
+clean:	
+	rm -f *.lo *.la *.o sqlite3$(TEXE) libsqlite3.la
+	rm -f sqlite3.h opcodes.*
+	rm -rf .libs .deps 
+	rm -f lemon$(BEXE) lempar.c parse.* sqlite*.tar.gz
+	rm -f mkkeywordhash$(BEXE) keywordhash.h
+	rm -f $(PUBLISH)
+	rm -f *.da *.bb *.bbg gmon.out
+	rm -f testfixture$(TEXE) test.db
+	rm -f common.tcl
+	rm -f sqlite3.dll sqlite3.lib sqlite3.def
+
+distclean:	clean
+	rm -f config.log config.status libtool Makefile config.h sqlite3.pc
+
+#
+# Windows section
+#
+dll: sqlite3.dll
+
+REAL_LIBOBJ = $(LIBOBJ:%.lo=.libs/%.o)
+
+$(REAL_LIBOBJ): $(LIBOBJ)
+
+sqlite3.def: $(REAL_LIBOBJ)
+	echo 'EXPORTS' >sqlite3.def
+	nm $(REAL_LIBOBJ) | grep ' T ' | grep ' _sqlite3_' \
+		| sed 's/^.* _//' >>sqlite3.def
+
+sqlite3.dll: $(REAL_LIBOBJ) sqlite3.def
+	$(TCC) -shared -o sqlite3.dll sqlite3.def \
+		-Wl,"--strip-all" $(REAL_LIBOBJ)

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/README

@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+This directory contains source code to 
+
+    SQLite: An Embeddable SQL Database Engine
+
+To compile the project, first create a directory in which to place
+the build products.  It is recommended, but not required, that the
+build directory be separate from the source directory.  Cd into the
+build directory and then from the build directory run the configure
+script found at the root of the source tree.  Then run "make".
+
+For example:
+
+    tar xzf sqlite.tar.gz    ;#  Unpack the source tree into "sqlite"
+    mkdir bld                ;#  Build will occur in a sibling directory
+    cd bld                   ;#  Change to the build directory
+    ../sqlite/configure      ;#  Run the configure script
+    make                     ;#  Run the makefile.
+    make install             ;#  (Optional) Install the build products
+
+The configure script uses autoconf 2.50 and libtool.  If the configure
+script does not work out for you, there is a generic makefile named
+"Makefile.linux-gcc" in the top directory of the source tree that you
+can copy and edit to suite your needs.  Comments on the generic makefile
+show what changes are needed.
+
+The linux binaries on the website are created using the generic makefile,
+not the configure script.  The configure script is unmaintained.  (You
+can volunteer to take over maintenance of the configure script, if you want!)
+The windows binaries on the website are created using MinGW32 configured
+as a cross-compiler running under Linux.  For details, see the ./publish.sh
+script at the top-level of the source tree.
+
+Contacts:
+
+   http://www.sqlite.org/

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/VERSION

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+3.5.6

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/addopcodes.awk

@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+#!/usr/bin/awk
+#
+# This script appends additional token codes to the end of the
+# parse.h file that lemon generates.  These extra token codes are
+# not used by the parser.  But they are used by the tokenizer and/or
+# the code generator.
+#
+#
+BEGIN {
+  max = 0
+}
+/^#define TK_/ {
+  print $0
+  if( max<$3 ) max = $3
+}
+END {
+  printf "#define TK_%-29s %4d\n", "TO_TEXT",         max+1
+  printf "#define TK_%-29s %4d\n", "TO_BLOB",         max+2
+  printf "#define TK_%-29s %4d\n", "TO_NUMERIC",      max+3
+  printf "#define TK_%-29s %4d\n", "TO_INT",          max+4
+  printf "#define TK_%-29s %4d\n", "TO_REAL",         max+5
+  printf "#define TK_%-29s %4d\n", "END_OF_FILE",     max+6
+  printf "#define TK_%-29s %4d\n", "ILLEGAL",         max+7
+  printf "#define TK_%-29s %4d\n", "SPACE",           max+8
+  printf "#define TK_%-29s %4d\n", "UNCLOSED_STRING", max+9
+  printf "#define TK_%-29s %4d\n", "COMMENT",         max+10
+  printf "#define TK_%-29s %4d\n", "FUNCTION",        max+11
+  printf "#define TK_%-29s %4d\n", "COLUMN",          max+12
+  printf "#define TK_%-29s %4d\n", "AGG_FUNCTION",    max+13
+  printf "#define TK_%-29s %4d\n", "AGG_COLUMN",      max+14
+  printf "#define TK_%-29s %4d\n", "CONST_FUNC",      max+15
+}

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/config.status

@@ -0,0 +1,774 @@
+#! /dev/env/DJDIR/bin/sh.exe
+# Generated by configure.
+# Run this file to recreate the current configuration.
+# Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging
+# configure, is in config.log if it exists.
+
+debug=false
+ac_cs_recheck=false
+ac_cs_silent=false
+SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/dev/env/DJDIR/bin/sh.exe}
+## --------------------- ##
+## M4sh Initialization.  ##
+## --------------------- ##
+
+# Be Bourne compatible
+if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  emulate sh
+  NULLCMD=:
+  # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
+  # is contrary to our usage.  Disable this feature.
+  alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
+elif test -n "${BASH_VERSION+set}" && (set -o posix) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  set -o posix
+fi
+DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh
+
+# Support unset when possible.
+if ( (MAIL=60; unset MAIL) || exit) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  as_unset=unset
+else
+  as_unset=false
+fi
+
+
+# Work around bugs in pre-3.0 UWIN ksh.
+$as_unset ENV MAIL MAILPATH
+PS1='$ '
+PS2='> '
+PS4='+ '
+
+# NLS nuisances.
+for as_var in \
+  LANG LANGUAGE LC_ADDRESS LC_ALL LC_COLLATE LC_CTYPE LC_IDENTIFICATION \
+  LC_MEASUREMENT LC_MESSAGES LC_MONETARY LC_NAME LC_NUMERIC LC_PAPER \
+  LC_TELEPHONE LC_TIME
+do
+  if (set +x; test -z "`(eval $as_var=C; export $as_var) 2>&1`"); then
+    eval $as_var=C; export $as_var
+  else
+    $as_unset $as_var
+  fi
+done
+
+# Required to use basename.
+if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  as_expr=expr
+else
+  as_expr=false
+fi
+
+if (basename /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then
+  as_basename=basename
+else
+  as_basename=false
+fi
+
+
+# Name of the executable.
+as_me=`$as_basename "$0" ||
+$as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \
+	 X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+	 X"$0" : 'X\(/\)$' \| \
+	 .     : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null ||
+echo X/"$0" |
+    sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  /^X\/\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  s/.*/./; q'`
+
+
+# PATH needs CR, and LINENO needs CR and PATH.
+# Avoid depending upon Character Ranges.
+as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'
+as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'
+as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS
+as_cr_digits='0123456789'
+as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits
+
+# The user is always right.
+if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
+  echo "#! /bin/sh" >conf$$.sh
+  echo  "exit 0"   >>conf$$.sh
+  chmod +x conf$$.sh
+  if (PATH="/nonexistent;."; conf$$.sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+    PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
+  else
+    PATH_SEPARATOR=:
+  fi
+  rm -f conf$$.sh
+fi
+
+
+  as_lineno_1=$LINENO
+  as_lineno_2=$LINENO
+  as_lineno_3=`(expr $as_lineno_1 + 1) 2>/dev/null`
+  test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" &&
+  test "x$as_lineno_3"  = "x$as_lineno_2"  || {
+  # Find who we are.  Look in the path if we contain no path at all
+  # relative or not.
+  case $0 in
+    *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;;
+    *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in $PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break
+done
+
+       ;;
+  esac
+  # We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND'
+  # in which case we are not to be found in the path.
+  if test "x$as_myself" = x; then
+    as_myself=$0
+  fi
+  if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then
+    { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute path" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute path" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+  fi
+  case $CONFIG_SHELL in
+  '')
+    as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
+for as_dir in /bin$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH
+do
+  IFS=$as_save_IFS
+  test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=.
+  for as_base in sh bash ksh sh5; do
+	 case $as_dir in
+	 /*)
+	   if ("$as_dir/$as_base" -c '
+  as_lineno_1=$LINENO
+  as_lineno_2=$LINENO
+  as_lineno_3=`(expr $as_lineno_1 + 1) 2>/dev/null`
+  test "x$as_lineno_1" != "x$as_lineno_2" &&
+  test "x$as_lineno_3"  = "x$as_lineno_2" ') 2>/dev/null; then
+	     $as_unset BASH_ENV || test "${BASH_ENV+set}" != set || { BASH_ENV=; export BASH_ENV; }
+	     $as_unset ENV || test "${ENV+set}" != set || { ENV=; export ENV; }
+	     CONFIG_SHELL=$as_dir/$as_base
+	     export CONFIG_SHELL
+	     exec "$CONFIG_SHELL" "$0" ${1+"$@"}
+	   fi;;
+	 esac
+       done
+done
+;;
+  esac
+
+  # Create $as_me.lineno as a copy of $as_myself, but with $LINENO
+  # uniformly replaced by the line number.  The first 'sed' inserts a
+  # line-number line before each line; the second 'sed' does the real
+  # work.  The second script uses 'N' to pair each line-number line
+  # with the numbered line, and appends trailing '-' during
+  # substitution so that $LINENO is not a special case at line end.
+  # (Raja R Harinath suggested sed '=', and Paul Eggert wrote the
+  # second 'sed' script.  Blame Lee E. McMahon for sed's syntax.  :-)
+  sed '=' <$as_myself |
+    sed '
+      N
+      s,$,-,
+      : loop
+      s,^\(['$as_cr_digits']*\)\(.*\)[$]LINENO\([^'$as_cr_alnum'_]\),\1\2\1\3,
+      t loop
+      s,-$,,
+      s,^['$as_cr_digits']*\n,,
+    ' >$as_me.lineno &&
+  chmod +x $as_me.lineno ||
+    { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+
+  # Don't try to exec as it changes $[0], causing all sort of problems
+  # (the dirname of $[0] is not the place where we might find the
+  # original and so on.  Autoconf is especially sensible to this).
+  . ./$as_me.lineno
+  # Exit status is that of the last command.
+  exit
+}
+
+
+case `echo "testing\c"; echo 1,2,3`,`echo -n testing; echo 1,2,3` in
+  *c*,-n*) ECHO_N= ECHO_C='
+' ECHO_T='	' ;;
+  *c*,*  ) ECHO_N=-n ECHO_C= ECHO_T= ;;
+  *)       ECHO_N= ECHO_C='\c' ECHO_T= ;;
+esac
+
+if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  as_expr=expr
+else
+  as_expr=false
+fi
+
+rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
+echo >conf$$.file
+if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
+  # We could just check for DJGPP; but this test a) works b) is more generic
+  # and c) will remain valid once DJGPP supports symlinks (DJGPP 2.04).
+  if test -f conf$$.exe; then
+    # Don't use ln at all; we don't have any links
+    as_ln_s='cp -p'
+  else
+    as_ln_s='ln -s'
+  fi
+elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then
+  as_ln_s=ln
+else
+  as_ln_s='cp -p'
+fi
+rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file
+
+if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then
+  as_mkdir_p=:
+else
+  test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p
+  as_mkdir_p=false
+fi
+
+as_executable_p="test -f"
+
+# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name.
+as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
+
+# Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name.
+as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'"
+
+
+# IFS
+# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order.
+as_nl='
+'
+IFS=" 	$as_nl"
+
+# CDPATH.
+$as_unset CDPATH
+
+exec 6>&1
+
+# Open the log real soon, to keep \$[0] and so on meaningful, and to
+# report actual input values of CONFIG_FILES etc. instead of their
+# values after options handling.  Logging --version etc. is OK.
+exec 5>>config.log
+{
+  echo
+  sed 'h;s/./-/g;s/^.../## /;s/...$/ ##/;p;x;p;x' <<_ASBOX
+## Running $as_me. ##
+_ASBOX
+} >&5
+cat >&5 <<_CSEOF
+
+This file was extended by $as_me, which was
+generated by GNU Autoconf 2.59.  Invocation command line was
+
+  CONFIG_FILES    = $CONFIG_FILES
+  CONFIG_HEADERS  = $CONFIG_HEADERS
+  CONFIG_LINKS    = $CONFIG_LINKS
+  CONFIG_COMMANDS = $CONFIG_COMMANDS
+  $ $0 $@
+
+_CSEOF
+echo "on `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`" >&5
+echo >&5
+config_files=" Makefile sqlite3.pc"
+
+ac_cs_usage="\
+\`$as_me' instantiates files from templates according to the
+current configuration.
+
+Usage: $0 [OPTIONS] [FILE]...
+
+  -h, --help       print this help, then exit
+  -V, --version    print version number, then exit
+  -q, --quiet      do not print progress messages
+  -d, --debug      don't remove temporary files
+      --recheck    update $as_me by reconfiguring in the same conditions
+  --file=FILE[:TEMPLATE]
+		   instantiate the configuration file FILE
+
+Configuration files:
+$config_files
+
+Report bugs to <bug-autoconf@gnu.org>."
+ac_cs_version="\
+config.status
+configured by configure, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.59,
+  with options \"'--disable-tcl' '--disable-threadsafe'\"
+
+Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+This config.status script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it."
+srcdir=.
+INSTALL="/dev/env/DJDIR/bin/ginstall -c"
+# If no file are specified by the user, then we need to provide default
+# value.  By we need to know if files were specified by the user.
+ac_need_defaults=:
+while test $# != 0
+do
+  case $1 in
+  --*=*)
+    ac_option=`expr "x$1" : 'x\([^=]*\)='`
+    ac_optarg=`expr "x$1" : 'x[^=]*=\(.*\)'`
+    ac_shift=:
+    ;;
+  -*)
+    ac_option=$1
+    ac_optarg=$2
+    ac_shift=shift
+    ;;
+  *) # This is not an option, so the user has probably given explicit
+     # arguments.
+     ac_option=$1
+     ac_need_defaults=false;;
+  esac
+
+  case $ac_option in
+  # Handling of the options.
+  -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r)
+    ac_cs_recheck=: ;;
+  --version | --vers* | -V )
+    echo "$ac_cs_version"; exit 0 ;;
+  --he | --h)
+    # Conflict between --help and --header
+    { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: ambiguous option: $1
+Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: ambiguous option: $1
+Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };;
+  --help | --hel | -h )
+    echo "$ac_cs_usage"; exit 0 ;;
+  --debug | --d* | -d )
+    debug=: ;;
+  --file | --fil | --fi | --f )
+    $ac_shift
+    CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES $ac_optarg"
+    ac_need_defaults=false;;
+  --header | --heade | --head | --hea )
+    $ac_shift
+    CONFIG_HEADERS="$CONFIG_HEADERS $ac_optarg"
+    ac_need_defaults=false;;
+  -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
+  | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil | --si | --s)
+    ac_cs_silent=: ;;
+
+  # This is an error.
+  -*) { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: unrecognized option: $1
+Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: unrecognized option: $1
+Try \`$0 --help' for more information." >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; } ;;
+
+  *) ac_config_targets="$ac_config_targets $1" ;;
+
+  esac
+  shift
+done
+
+ac_configure_extra_args=
+
+if $ac_cs_silent; then
+  exec 6>/dev/null
+  ac_configure_extra_args="$ac_configure_extra_args --silent"
+fi
+
+if $ac_cs_recheck; then
+  echo "running /dev/env/DJDIR/bin/sh.exe configure " '--disable-tcl' '--disable-threadsafe' $ac_configure_extra_args " --no-create --no-recursion" >&6
+  exec /dev/env/DJDIR/bin/sh.exe configure '--disable-tcl' '--disable-threadsafe' $ac_configure_extra_args --no-create --no-recursion
+fi
+
+for ac_config_target in $ac_config_targets
+do
+  case "$ac_config_target" in
+  # Handling of arguments.
+  "Makefile" ) CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES Makefile" ;;
+  "sqlite3.pc" ) CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES sqlite3.pc" ;;
+  *) { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: invalid argument: $ac_config_target" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: invalid argument: $ac_config_target" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; };;
+  esac
+done
+
+# If the user did not use the arguments to specify the items to instantiate,
+# then the envvar interface is used.  Set only those that are not.
+# We use the long form for the default assignment because of an extremely
+# bizarre bug on SunOS 4.1.3.
+if $ac_need_defaults; then
+  test "${CONFIG_FILES+set}" = set || CONFIG_FILES=$config_files
+fi
+
+# Have a temporary directory for convenience.  Make it in the build tree
+# simply because there is no reason to put it here, and in addition,
+# creating and moving files from /tmp can sometimes cause problems.
+# Create a temporary directory, and hook for its removal unless debugging.
+$debug ||
+{
+  trap 'exit_status=$?; rm -rf $tmp && exit $exit_status' 0
+  trap '{ (exit 1); exit 1; }' 1 2 13 15
+}
+
+# Create a (secure) tmp directory for tmp files.
+
+{
+  tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d -q "./confstatXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` &&
+  test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp"
+}  ||
+{
+  tmp=./confstat$$-$RANDOM
+  (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp)
+} ||
+{
+   echo "$me: cannot create a temporary directory in ." >&2
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }
+}
+
+
+#
+# CONFIG_FILES section.
+#
+
+# No need to generate the scripts if there are no CONFIG_FILES.
+# This happens for instance when ./config.status config.h
+if test -n "$CONFIG_FILES"; then
+  # Protect against being on the right side of a sed subst in config.status.
+  sed 's/,@/@@/; s/@,/@@/; s/,;t t$/@;t t/; /@;t t$/s/[\\&,]/\\&/g;
+   s/@@/,@/; s/@@/@,/; s/@;t t$/,;t t/' >$tmp/subs.sed <<\CEOF
+s,@SHELL@,/dev/env/DJDIR/bin/sh.exe,;t t
+s,@PATH_SEPARATOR@,:,;t t
+s,@PACKAGE_NAME@,,;t t
+s,@PACKAGE_TARNAME@,,;t t
+s,@PACKAGE_VERSION@,,;t t
+s,@PACKAGE_STRING@,,;t t
+s,@PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@,,;t t
+s,@exec_prefix@,${prefix},;t t
+s,@prefix@,/dev/env/DJDIR,;t t
+s,@program_transform_name@,s,x,x,,;t t
+s,@bindir@,${exec_prefix}/bin,;t t
+s,@sbindir@,${exec_prefix}/sbin,;t t
+s,@libexecdir@,${exec_prefix}/libexec,;t t
+s,@datadir@,${prefix}/share,;t t
+s,@sysconfdir@,${prefix}/etc,;t t
+s,@sharedstatedir@,${prefix}/com,;t t
+s,@localstatedir@,${prefix}/var,;t t
+s,@libdir@,${exec_prefix}/lib,;t t
+s,@includedir@,${prefix}/include,;t t
+s,@oldincludedir@,/usr/include,;t t
+s,@infodir@,${prefix}/info,;t t
+s,@mandir@,${prefix}/man,;t t
+s,@build_alias@,,;t t
+s,@host_alias@,,;t t
+s,@target_alias@,,;t t
+s,@DEFS@,-DPACKAGE_NAME=\"\" -DPACKAGE_TARNAME=\"\" -DPACKAGE_VERSION=\"\" -DPACKAGE_STRING=\"\" -DPACKAGE_BUGREPORT=\"\" -DSTDC_HEADERS=1 -DHAVE_SYS_TYPES_H=1 -DHAVE_SYS_STAT_H=1 -DHAVE_STDLIB_H=1 -DHAVE_STRING_H=1 -DHAVE_MEMORY_H=1 -DHAVE_STRINGS_H=1 -DHAVE_INTTYPES_H=1 -DHAVE_STDINT_H=1 -DHAVE_UNISTD_H=1 -DHAVE_DLFCN_H=1 ,;t t
+s,@ECHO_C@,,;t t
+s,@ECHO_N@,-n,;t t
+s,@ECHO_T@,,;t t
+s,@LIBS@,,;t t
+s,@build@,i386-pc-msdosdjgpp,;t t
+s,@build_cpu@,i386,;t t
+s,@build_vendor@,pc,;t t
+s,@build_os@,msdosdjgpp,;t t
+s,@host@,SCHREIBTISCH_GP,;t t
+s,@host_cpu@,i386,;t t
+s,@host_vendor@,pc,;t t
+s,@host_os@,msdosdjgpp,;t t
+s,@CC@,gcc,;t t
+s,@CFLAGS@,-g -O2,;t t
+s,@LDFLAGS@,,;t t
+s,@CPPFLAGS@,,;t t
+s,@ac_ct_CC@,gcc,;t t
+s,@EXEEXT@,.exe,;t t
+s,@OBJEXT@,o,;t t
+s,@EGREP@,grep -E,;t t
+s,@LN_S@,ln,;t t
+s,@ECHO@,echo,;t t
+s,@AR@,ar,;t t
+s,@ac_ct_AR@,ar,;t t
+s,@RANLIB@,ranlib,;t t
+s,@ac_ct_RANLIB@,ranlib,;t t
+s,@STRIP@,strip,;t t
+s,@ac_ct_STRIP@,strip,;t t
+s,@CPP@,gcc -E,;t t
+s,@CXX@,gpp,;t t
+s,@CXXFLAGS@,-g -O2,;t t
+s,@ac_ct_CXX@,gpp,;t t
+s,@CXXCPP@,gpp -E,;t t
+s,@F77@,,;t t
+s,@FFLAGS@,,;t t
+s,@ac_ct_F77@,,;t t
+s,@LIBTOOL@,$(SHELL) $(top_builddir)/libtool,;t t
+s,@INSTALL_PROGRAM@,${INSTALL},;t t
+s,@INSTALL_SCRIPT@,${INSTALL},;t t
+s,@INSTALL_DATA@,${INSTALL} -m 644,;t t
+s,@AWK@,gawk,;t t
+s,@program_prefix@,,;t t
+s,@VERSION@,3.5,;t t
+s,@RELEASE@,3.5.6,;t t
+s,@VERSION_NUMBER@,3005006,;t t
+s,@BUILD_CC@,gcc,;t t
+s,@BUILD_CFLAGS@,-g -O2,;t t
+s,@SQLITE_THREADSAFE@,0,;t t
+s,@TARGET_THREAD_LIB@,,;t t
+s,@XTHREADCONNECT@,,;t t
+s,@THREADSOVERRIDELOCKS@,-1,;t t
+s,@ALLOWRELEASE@,,;t t
+s,@TEMP_STORE@,1,;t t
+s,@BUILD_EXEEXT@,.exe,;t t
+s,@OS_UNIX@,0,;t t
+s,@OS_WIN@,1,;t t
+s,@OS_OS2@,0,;t t
+s,@TARGET_EXEEXT@,.exe,;t t
+s,@TCL_VERSION@,,;t t
+s,@TCL_BIN_DIR@,,;t t
+s,@TCL_SRC_DIR@,,;t t
+s,@TCL_LIBS@,,;t t
+s,@TCL_INCLUDE_SPEC@,,;t t
+s,@TCL_LIB_FILE@,,;t t
+s,@TCL_LIB_FLAG@,,;t t
+s,@TCL_LIB_SPEC@,,;t t
+s,@TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE@,,;t t
+s,@TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG@,,;t t
+s,@TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC@,,;t t
+s,@HAVE_TCL@,,;t t
+s,@TARGET_READLINE_LIBS@,,;t t
+s,@TARGET_READLINE_INC@,,;t t
+s,@TARGET_HAVE_READLINE@,0,;t t
+s,@TARGET_DEBUG@,-DNDEBUG,;t t
+s,@LIBOBJS@,,;t t
+s,@LTLIBOBJS@,,;t t
+CEOF
+
+  # Split the substitutions into bite-sized pieces for seds with
+  # small command number limits, like on Digital OSF/1 and HP-UX.
+  ac_max_sed_lines=48
+  ac_sed_frag=1 # Number of current file.
+  ac_beg=1 # First line for current file.
+  ac_end=$ac_max_sed_lines # Line after last line for current file.
+  ac_more_lines=:
+  ac_sed_cmds=
+  while $ac_more_lines; do
+    if test $ac_beg -gt 1; then
+      sed "1,${ac_beg}d; ${ac_end}q" $tmp/subs.sed >$tmp/subs.frag
+    else
+      sed "${ac_end}q" $tmp/subs.sed >$tmp/subs.frag
+    fi
+    if test ! -s $tmp/subs.frag; then
+      ac_more_lines=false
+    else
+      # The purpose of the label and of the branching condition is to
+      # speed up the sed processing (if there are no `@' at all, there
+      # is no need to browse any of the substitutions).
+      # These are the two extra sed commands mentioned above.
+      (echo ':t
+  /@[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*@/!b' && cat $tmp/subs.frag) >$tmp/subs-$ac_sed_frag.sed
+      if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then
+	ac_sed_cmds="sed -f $tmp/subs-$ac_sed_frag.sed"
+      else
+	ac_sed_cmds="$ac_sed_cmds | sed -f $tmp/subs-$ac_sed_frag.sed"
+      fi
+      ac_sed_frag=`expr $ac_sed_frag + 1`
+      ac_beg=$ac_end
+      ac_end=`expr $ac_end + $ac_max_sed_lines`
+    fi
+  done
+  if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then
+    ac_sed_cmds=cat
+  fi
+fi # test -n "$CONFIG_FILES"
+
+for ac_file in : $CONFIG_FILES; do test "x$ac_file" = x: && continue
+  # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]", defaulting infile="outfile.in".
+  case $ac_file in
+  - | *:- | *:-:* ) # input from stdin
+	cat >$tmp/stdin
+	ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,[^:]*:,,'`
+	ac_file=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,:.*,,'` ;;
+  *:* ) ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,[^:]*:,,'`
+	ac_file=`echo "$ac_file" | sed 's,:.*,,'` ;;
+  * )   ac_file_in=$ac_file.in ;;
+  esac
+
+  # Compute @srcdir@, @top_srcdir@, and @INSTALL@ for subdirectories.
+  ac_dir=`(dirname "$ac_file") 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_expr X"$ac_file" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+	 X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+	 X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+	 X"$ac_file" : 'X\(/\)' \| \
+	 .     : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null ||
+echo X"$ac_file" |
+    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  s/.*/./; q'`
+  { if $as_mkdir_p; then
+    mkdir -p "$ac_dir"
+  else
+    as_dir="$ac_dir"
+    as_dirs=
+    while test ! -d "$as_dir"; do
+      as_dirs="$as_dir $as_dirs"
+      as_dir=`(dirname "$as_dir") 2>/dev/null ||
+$as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+	 X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| \
+	 .     : '\(.\)' 2>/dev/null ||
+echo X"$as_dir" |
+    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/; q; }
+  	  s/.*/./; q'`
+    done
+    test ! -n "$as_dirs" || mkdir $as_dirs
+  fi || { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot create directory \"$ac_dir\"" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: cannot create directory \"$ac_dir\"" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }; }
+
+  ac_builddir=.
+
+if test "$ac_dir" != .; then
+  ac_dir_suffix=/`echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's,^\.[\\/],,'`
+  # A "../" for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
+  ac_top_builddir=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's,/[^\\/]*,../,g'`
+else
+  ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir=
+fi
+
+case $srcdir in
+  .)  # No --srcdir option.  We are building in place.
+    ac_srcdir=.
+    if test -z "$ac_top_builddir"; then
+       ac_top_srcdir=.
+    else
+       ac_top_srcdir=`echo $ac_top_builddir | sed 's,/$,,'`
+    fi ;;
+  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* )  # Absolute path.
+    ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix;
+    ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;;
+  *) # Relative path.
+    ac_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix
+    ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir$srcdir ;;
+esac
+
+# Do not use `cd foo && pwd` to compute absolute paths, because
+# the directories may not exist.
+case `pwd` in
+.) ac_abs_builddir="$ac_dir";;
+*)
+  case "$ac_dir" in
+  .) ac_abs_builddir=`pwd`;;
+  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_builddir="$ac_dir";;
+  *) ac_abs_builddir=`pwd`/"$ac_dir";;
+  esac;;
+esac
+case $ac_abs_builddir in
+.) ac_abs_top_builddir=${ac_top_builddir}.;;
+*)
+  case ${ac_top_builddir}. in
+  .) ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_abs_builddir;;
+  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_top_builddir=${ac_top_builddir}.;;
+  *) ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_abs_builddir/${ac_top_builddir}.;;
+  esac;;
+esac
+case $ac_abs_builddir in
+.) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_srcdir;;
+*)
+  case $ac_srcdir in
+  .) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir;;
+  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_srcdir;;
+  *) ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir/$ac_srcdir;;
+  esac;;
+esac
+case $ac_abs_builddir in
+.) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_top_srcdir;;
+*)
+  case $ac_top_srcdir in
+  .) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir;;
+  [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_top_srcdir;;
+  *) ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_abs_builddir/$ac_top_srcdir;;
+  esac;;
+esac
+
+
+  case $INSTALL in
+  [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) ac_INSTALL=$INSTALL ;;
+  *) ac_INSTALL=$ac_top_builddir$INSTALL ;;
+  esac
+
+  if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then
+    { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: creating $ac_file" >&5
+echo "$as_me: creating $ac_file" >&6;}
+    rm -f "$ac_file"
+  fi
+  # Let's still pretend it is `configure' which instantiates (i.e., don't
+  # use $as_me), people would be surprised to read:
+  #    /* config.h.  Generated by config.status.  */
+  if test x"$ac_file" = x-; then
+    configure_input=
+  else
+    configure_input="$ac_file.  "
+  fi
+  configure_input=$configure_input"Generated from `echo $ac_file_in |
+				     sed 's,.*/,,'` by configure."
+
+  # First look for the input files in the build tree, otherwise in the
+  # src tree.
+  ac_file_inputs=`IFS=:
+    for f in $ac_file_in; do
+      case $f in
+      -) echo $tmp/stdin ;;
+      [\\/$]*)
+	 # Absolute (can't be DOS-style, as IFS=:)
+	 test -f "$f" || { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+	 echo "$f";;
+      *) # Relative
+	 if test -f "$f"; then
+	   # Build tree
+	   echo "$f"
+	 elif test -f "$srcdir/$f"; then
+	   # Source tree
+	   echo "$srcdir/$f"
+	 else
+	   # /dev/null tree
+	   { { echo "$as_me:$LINENO: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&5
+echo "$as_me: error: cannot find input file: $f" >&2;}
+   { (exit 1); exit 1; }; }
+	 fi;;
+      esac
+    done` || { (exit 1); exit 1; }
+  sed "/^[	 ]*VPATH[	 ]*=/{
+s/:*\$(srcdir):*/:/;
+s/:*\${srcdir}:*/:/;
+s/:*@srcdir@:*/:/;
+s/^\([^=]*=[	 ]*\):*/\1/;
+s/:*$//;
+s/^[^=]*=[	 ]*$//;
+}
+
+:t
+/@[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*@/!b
+s,@configure_input@,$configure_input,;t t
+s,@srcdir@,$ac_srcdir,;t t
+s,@abs_srcdir@,$ac_abs_srcdir,;t t
+s,@top_srcdir@,$ac_top_srcdir,;t t
+s,@abs_top_srcdir@,$ac_abs_top_srcdir,;t t
+s,@builddir@,$ac_builddir,;t t
+s,@abs_builddir@,$ac_abs_builddir,;t t
+s,@top_builddir@,$ac_top_builddir,;t t
+s,@abs_top_builddir@,$ac_abs_top_builddir,;t t
+s,@INSTALL@,$ac_INSTALL,;t t
+" $ac_file_inputs | (eval "$ac_sed_cmds") >$tmp/out
+  rm -f $tmp/stdin
+  if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then
+    mv $tmp/out $ac_file
+  else
+    cat $tmp/out
+    rm -f $tmp/out
+  fi
+
+done
+
+{ (exit 0); exit 0; }

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/configure.ac

@@ -0,0 +1,582 @@
+#
+# The build process allows for using a cross-compiler.  But the default
+# action is to target the same platform that we are running on.  The
+# configure script needs to discover the following properties of the 
+# build and target systems:
+#
+#    srcdir
+#
+#        The is the name of the directory that contains the
+#        "configure" shell script.  All source files are
+#        located relative to this directory.
+#
+#    bindir
+#
+#        The name of the directory where executables should be
+#        written by the "install" target of the makefile.
+#
+#    program_prefix
+#
+#        Add this prefix to the names of all executables that run
+#        on the target machine.  Default: ""
+#
+#    ENABLE_SHARED
+#
+#        True if shared libraries should be generated.
+#
+#    BUILD_CC
+#
+#        The name of a command that is used to convert C
+#        source files into executables that run on the build
+#        platform.
+#
+#    BUILD_CFLAGS
+#
+#        Switches that the build compiler needs in order to construct
+#        command-line programs.
+#
+#    BUILD_LIBS
+#
+#        Libraries that the build compiler needs in order to construct
+#        command-line programs.
+#
+#    BUILD_EXEEXT
+#
+#        The filename extension for executables on the build
+#        platform.  "" for Unix and ".exe" for Windows.
+#
+#    TCL_*
+#
+#        Lots of values are read in from the tclConfig.sh script,
+#        if that script is available.  This values are used for
+#        constructing and installing the TCL extension.
+#
+#    TARGET_READLINE_LIBS
+#
+#        This is the library directives passed to the target linker
+#        that cause the executable to link against the readline library.
+#        This might be a switch like "-lreadline" or pathnames of library
+#        file like "../../src/libreadline.a".
+#
+#    TARGET_READLINE_INC
+#
+#        This variables define the directory that contain header
+#        files for the readline library.  If the compiler is able 
+#        to find <readline.h> on its own, then this can be blank.
+#
+#    TARGET_EXEEXT
+#
+#        The filename extension for executables on the
+#        target platform.  "" for Unix and ".exe" for windows.
+#
+# The generated configure script will make an attempt to guess
+# at all of the above parameters.  You can override any of
+# the guesses by setting the environment variable named
+# "config_AAAA" where "AAAA" is the name of the parameter
+# described above.  (Exception: srcdir cannot be set this way.)
+# If you have a file that sets one or more of these environment
+# variables, you can invoke configure as follows:
+#
+#           configure --with-hints=FILE
+#
+# where FILE is the name of the file that sets the environment
+# variables.  FILE should be an absolute pathname.
+#
+# This configure.in file is easy to reuse on other projects.  Just
+# change the argument to AC_INIT().  And disable any features that
+# you don't need (for example BLT) by erasing or commenting out
+# the corresponding code.
+#
+AC_INIT(src/sqlite.h.in)
+
+dnl Put the RCS revision string after AC_INIT so that it will also
+dnl show in in configure.
+# The following RCS revision string applies to configure.in
+# $Revision: 1.31 $
+
+#########
+# Programs needed
+#
+AC_PROG_LIBTOOL
+AC_PROG_INSTALL
+AC_PROG_AWK
+
+#########
+# Set up an appropriate program prefix
+#
+if test "$program_prefix" = "NONE"; then
+  program_prefix=""
+fi
+AC_SUBST(program_prefix)
+
+VERSION=[`cat $srcdir/VERSION | sed 's/^\([0-9]*\.*[0-9]*\).*/\1/'`]
+echo "Version set to $VERSION"
+AC_SUBST(VERSION)
+RELEASE=`cat $srcdir/VERSION`
+echo "Release set to $RELEASE"
+AC_SUBST(RELEASE)
+VERSION_NUMBER=[`cat $srcdir/VERSION  \
+                           | sed 's/[^0-9]/ /g' \
+                | awk '{printf "%d%03d%03d",$1,$2,$3}'`]
+echo "Version number set to $VERSION_NUMBER"
+AC_SUBST(VERSION_NUMBER)
+
+#########
+# Check to see if the --with-hints=FILE option is used.  If there is none,
+# then check for a files named "$host.hints" and ../$hosts.hints where
+# $host is the hostname of the build system.  If still no hints are
+# found, try looking in $system.hints and ../$system.hints where
+# $system is the result of uname -s.
+#
+AC_ARG_WITH(hints,
+  AC_HELP_STRING([--with-hints=FILE],[Read configuration options from FILE]),
+  hints=$withval)
+if test "$hints" = ""; then
+  host=`hostname | sed 's/\..*//'`
+  if test -r $host.hints; then
+    hints=$host.hints
+  else
+     if test -r ../$host.hints; then
+       hints=../$host.hints
+     fi
+  fi
+fi
+if test "$hints" = ""; then
+  sys=`uname -s`
+  if test -r $sys.hints; then
+    hints=$sys.hints
+  else
+     if test -r ../$sys.hints; then
+       hints=../$sys.hints
+     fi
+  fi
+fi
+if test "$hints" != ""; then
+  AC_MSG_RESULT(reading hints from $hints)
+  . $hints
+fi
+
+#########
+# Locate a compiler for the build machine.  This compiler should
+# generate command-line programs that run on the build machine.
+#
+if test x"$cross_compiling" = xno; then
+	BUILD_CC=$CC
+	BUILD_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
+else
+	if test "${BUILD_CC+set}" != set; then
+		AC_CHECK_PROGS(BUILD_CC, gcc cc cl)
+	fi
+	if test "${BUILD_CFLAGS+set}" != set; then
+		BUILD_CFLAGS="-g"
+	fi
+fi
+AC_SUBST(BUILD_CC)
+AC_SUBST(BUILD_CFLAGS)
+
+##########
+# Do we want to support multithreaded use of sqlite
+#
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(threadsafe, 
+AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-threadsafe],[Support threadsafe operation]),,enable_threadsafe=yes)
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to support threadsafe operation])
+if test "$enable_threadsafe" = "no"; then
+  SQLITE_THREADSAFE=0
+  AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+else
+  SQLITE_THREADSAFE=1
+  AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
+fi
+AC_SUBST(SQLITE_THREADSAFE)
+
+if test "$SQLITE_THREADSAFE" = "1"; then
+  LIBS=""
+  AC_CHECK_LIB(pthread, pthread_create)
+  TARGET_THREAD_LIB="$LIBS"
+  LIBS=""
+else
+  TARGET_THREAD_LIB=""
+fi
+AC_SUBST(TARGET_THREAD_LIB)
+
+##########
+# Do we want to allow a connection created in one thread to be used
+# in another thread.  This does not work on many Linux systems (ex: RedHat 9)
+# due to bugs in the threading implementations.  This is thus off by default.
+#
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(cross-thread-connections, 
+AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-cross-thread-connections],[Allow connection sharing across threads]),,enable_xthreadconnect=no)
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to allow connections to be shared across threads])
+if test "$enable_xthreadconnect" = "no"; then
+  XTHREADCONNECT=''
+  AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+else
+  XTHREADCONNECT='-DSQLITE_ALLOW_XTHREAD_CONNECT=1'
+  AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
+fi
+AC_SUBST(XTHREADCONNECT)
+
+##########
+# Do we want to set threadsOverrideEachOthersLocks variable to be 1 (true) by
+# default. Normally, a test at runtime is performed to determine the
+# appropriate value of this variable. Use this option only if you're sure that
+# threads can safely override each others locks in all runtime situations.
+#
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(threads-override-locks, 
+AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-threads-override-locks],[Threads can override each others locks]),,enable_threads_override_locks=no)
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether threads can override each others locks])
+if test "$enable_threads_override_locks" = "no"; then
+  THREADSOVERRIDELOCKS='-1'
+  AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+else
+  THREADSOVERRIDELOCKS='1'
+  AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
+fi
+AC_SUBST(THREADSOVERRIDELOCKS)
+
+##########
+# Do we want to support release
+#
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(releasemode, 
+AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-releasemode],[Support libtool link to release mode]),,enable_releasemode=no)
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to support shared library linked as release mode or not])
+if test "$enable_releasemode" = "no"; then
+  ALLOWRELEASE=""
+  AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+else
+  ALLOWRELEASE="-release `cat $srcdir/VERSION`"
+  AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
+fi
+AC_SUBST(ALLOWRELEASE)
+
+##########
+# Do we want temporary databases in memory
+#
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(tempstore, 
+AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-tempstore],[Use an in-ram database for temporary tables (never,no,yes,always)]),,enable_tempstore=no)
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to use an in-ram database for temporary tables])
+case "$enable_tempstore" in
+  never ) 
+    TEMP_STORE=0
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([never])
+  ;;
+  no ) 
+    TEMP_STORE=1
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
+  ;;
+  always ) 
+     TEMP_STORE=3
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([always])
+  ;;
+  yes ) 
+     TEMP_STORE=3
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([always])
+  ;;
+  * ) 
+    TEMP_STORE=1
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
+  ;;
+esac
+
+AC_SUBST(TEMP_STORE)
+
+###########
+# Lots of things are different if we are compiling for Windows using
+# the CYGWIN environment.  So check for that special case and handle
+# things accordingly.
+#
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([if executables have the .exe suffix])
+if test "$config_BUILD_EXEEXT" = ".exe"; then
+  CYGWIN=yes
+  AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
+else
+  AC_MSG_RESULT(unknown)
+fi
+if test "$CYGWIN" != "yes"; then
+  AC_CYGWIN
+fi
+if test "$CYGWIN" = "yes"; then
+  BUILD_EXEEXT=.exe
+else
+  BUILD_EXEEXT=$EXEEXT
+fi
+if test x"$cross_compiling" = xno; then
+  TARGET_EXEEXT=$BUILD_EXEEXT
+else
+  TARGET_EXEEXT=$config_TARGET_EXEEXT
+fi
+if test "$TARGET_EXEEXT" = ".exe"; then
+  if test $OS2_SHELL ; then
+    OS_UNIX=0
+    OS_WIN=0
+    OS_OS2=1
+    TARGET_CFLAGS="$TARGET_CFLAGS -DOS_OS2=1"
+    if test "$ac_compiler_gnu" == "yes" ; then
+      TARGET_CFLAGS="$TARGET_CFLAGS -Zomf -Zexe -Zmap"
+      BUILD_CFLAGS="$BUILD_CFLAGS -Zomf -Zexe"
+    fi
+  else
+    OS_UNIX=0
+    OS_WIN=1
+    OS_OS2=0
+    tclsubdir=win
+    TARGET_CFLAGS="$TARGET_CFLAGS -DOS_WIN=1"
+  fi
+else
+  OS_UNIX=1
+  OS_WIN=0
+  OS_OS2=0
+  tclsubdir=unix
+  TARGET_CFLAGS="$TARGET_CFLAGS -DOS_UNIX=1"
+fi
+
+AC_SUBST(BUILD_EXEEXT)
+AC_SUBST(OS_UNIX)
+AC_SUBST(OS_WIN)
+AC_SUBST(OS_OS2)
+AC_SUBST(TARGET_EXEEXT)
+
+##########
+# Figure out all the parameters needed to compile against Tcl.
+#
+# This code is derived from the SC_PATH_TCLCONFIG and SC_LOAD_TCLCONFIG
+# macros in the in the tcl.m4 file of the standard TCL distribution.
+# Those macros could not be used directly since we have to make some
+# minor changes to accomodate systems that do not have TCL installed.
+#
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(tcl, AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-tcl],[do not build TCL extension]),
+      [use_tcl=$enableval],[use_tcl=yes])
+if test "${use_tcl}" = "yes" ; then
+  AC_ARG_WITH(tcl, AC_HELP_STRING([--with-tcl=DIR],[directory containing tcl configuration (tclConfig.sh)]), with_tclconfig=${withval})
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for Tcl configuration])
+  AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_c_tclconfig,[
+    # First check to see if --with-tcl was specified.
+    if test x"${with_tclconfig}" != x ; then
+      if test -f "${with_tclconfig}/tclConfig.sh" ; then
+        ac_cv_c_tclconfig=`(cd ${with_tclconfig}; pwd)`
+      else
+        AC_MSG_ERROR([${with_tclconfig} directory doesn't contain tclConfig.sh])
+      fi
+    fi
+    # then check for a private Tcl installation
+    if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
+      for i in \
+            ../tcl \
+            `ls -dr ../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+            `ls -dr ../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
+            `ls -dr ../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+            ../../tcl \
+            `ls -dr ../../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+            `ls -dr ../../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
+            `ls -dr ../../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+            ../../../tcl \
+            `ls -dr ../../../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+            `ls -dr ../../../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
+            `ls -dr ../../../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null`
+      do
+        if test -f "$i/unix/tclConfig.sh" ; then
+          ac_cv_c_tclconfig=`(cd $i/unix; pwd)`
+          break
+        fi
+      done
+    fi
+
+    # check in a few common install locations
+    if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
+      for i in \
+            `ls -d ${libdir} 2>/dev/null` \
+            `ls -d /usr/local/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+            `ls -d /usr/contrib/lib 2>/dev/null` \
+            `ls -d /usr/lib 2>/dev/null`
+      do
+        if test -f "$i/tclConfig.sh" ; then
+           ac_cv_c_tclconfig=`(cd $i; pwd)`
+           break
+        fi
+      done
+    fi
+
+    # check in a few other private locations
+    if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
+      for i in \
+         ${srcdir}/../tcl \
+         `ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null` \
+         `ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]] 2>/dev/null` \
+         `ls -dr ${srcdir}/../tcl[[8-9]].[[0-9]]* 2>/dev/null`
+      do
+        if test -f "$i/unix/tclConfig.sh" ; then
+          ac_cv_c_tclconfig=`(cd $i/unix; pwd)`
+          break
+        fi
+      done
+    fi
+  ])
+
+  if test x"${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}" = x ; then
+    use_tcl=no
+    AC_MSG_WARN(Can't find Tcl configuration definitions)
+    AC_MSG_WARN(*** Without Tcl the regression tests cannot be executed ***)
+    AC_MSG_WARN(*** Consider using --with-tcl=... to define location of Tcl ***)
+  else
+    TCL_BIN_DIR=${ac_cv_c_tclconfig}
+    AC_MSG_RESULT(found $TCL_BIN_DIR/tclConfig.sh)
+
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for existence of $TCL_BIN_DIR/tclConfig.sh])
+    if test -f "$TCL_BIN_DIR/tclConfig.sh" ; then
+      AC_MSG_RESULT([loading])
+      . $TCL_BIN_DIR/tclConfig.sh
+    else
+      AC_MSG_RESULT([file not found])
+    fi
+    
+    #
+    # If the TCL_BIN_DIR is the build directory (not the install directory),
+    # then set the common variable name to the value of the build variables.
+    # For example, the variable TCL_LIB_SPEC will be set to the value
+    # of TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC. An extension should make use of TCL_LIB_SPEC
+    # instead of TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC since it will work with both an
+    # installed and uninstalled version of Tcl.
+    #
+    
+   if test -f $TCL_BIN_DIR/Makefile ; then
+      TCL_LIB_SPEC=${TCL_BUILD_LIB_SPEC}
+      TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC=${TCL_BUILD_STUB_LIB_SPEC}
+      TCL_STUB_LIB_PATH=${TCL_BUILD_STUB_LIB_PATH}
+    fi
+    
+    #
+    # eval is required to do the TCL_DBGX substitution
+    #
+    
+    eval "TCL_LIB_FILE=\"${TCL_LIB_FILE}\""
+    eval "TCL_LIB_FLAG=\"${TCL_LIB_FLAG}\""
+    eval "TCL_LIB_SPEC=\"${TCL_LIB_SPEC}\""
+    
+    eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE}\""
+    eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG}\""
+    eval "TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC=\"${TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC}\""
+    
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_VERSION)
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_BIN_DIR)
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_SRC_DIR)
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_LIBS)
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_INCLUDE_SPEC)
+    
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_LIB_FILE)
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_LIB_FLAG)
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_LIB_SPEC)
+    
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE)
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_STUB_LIB_FLAG)
+    AC_SUBST(TCL_STUB_LIB_SPEC)
+  fi
+fi
+if test "${use_tcl}" = "no" ; then
+  HAVE_TCL=""
+else
+  HAVE_TCL=1
+fi
+AC_SUBST(HAVE_TCL)
+
+##########
+# Figure out what C libraries are required to compile programs
+# that use "readline()" library.
+#
+TARGET_READLINE_LIBS=""
+TARGET_READLINE_INC=""
+TARGET_HAVE_READLINE=0
+AC_ARG_ENABLE([readline],
+	[AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-readline],[disable readline support [default=detect]])],
+	[with_readline=$enableval],
+	[with_readline=auto])
+
+if test x"$with_readline" != xno; then
+	found="yes"
+
+	AC_ARG_WITH([readline-lib],
+		[AC_HELP_STRING([--with-readline-lib],[specify readline library])],
+		[with_readline_lib=$withval],
+		[with_readline_lib="auto"])
+	if test "x$with_readline_lib" = xauto; then
+		save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+		LIBS=""
+		AC_SEARCH_LIBS(tgetent, [readline ncurses curses termcap], [term_LIBS="$LIBS"], [term_LIBS=""])
+		AC_CHECK_LIB([readline], [readline], [TARGET_READLINE_LIBS="-lreadline"], [found="no"])
+		TARGET_READLINE_LIBS="$TARGET_READLINE_LIBS $term_LIBS"
+		LIBS="$save_LIBS"
+	else
+		TARGET_READLINE_LIBS="$with_readline_lib"
+	fi
+
+	AC_ARG_WITH([readline-inc],
+		[AC_HELP_STRING([--with-readline-inc],[specify readline include paths])],
+		[with_readline_inc=$withval],
+		[with_readline_inc="auto"])
+	if test "x$with_readline_inc" = xauto; then
+		AC_CHECK_HEADER(readline.h, [found="yes"], [
+			found="no"
+			if test "$cross_compiling" != yes; then
+				for dir in /usr /usr/local /usr/local/readline /usr/contrib /mingw; do
+					for subdir in include include/readline; do
+						AC_CHECK_FILE($dir/$subdir/readline.h, found=yes)
+						if test "$found" = "yes"; then
+							TARGET_READLINE_INC="-I$dir/$subdir"
+							break
+						fi
+					done
+					test "$found" = "yes" && break
+				done
+			fi
+		])
+	else
+		TARGET_READLINE_INC="$with_readline_inc"
+	fi
+
+	if test x"$found" = xno; then
+		TARGET_READLINE_LIBS=""
+		TARGET_READLINE_INC=""
+		TARGET_HAVE_READLINE=0
+	else
+		TARGET_HAVE_READLINE=1
+	fi
+fi
+
+AC_SUBST(TARGET_READLINE_LIBS)
+AC_SUBST(TARGET_READLINE_INC)
+AC_SUBST(TARGET_HAVE_READLINE)
+
+##########
+# Figure out what C libraries are required to compile programs
+# that use "fdatasync()" function.
+#
+AC_SEARCH_LIBS(fdatasync, [rt])
+
+#########
+# check for debug enabled
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(debug, AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-debug],[enable debugging & verbose explain]),
+      [use_debug=$enableval],[use_debug=no])
+if test "${use_debug}" = "yes" ; then
+  TARGET_DEBUG="-DSQLITE_DEBUG=1"
+else
+  TARGET_DEBUG="-DNDEBUG"
+fi
+AC_SUBST(TARGET_DEBUG)
+
+#########
+# Figure out whether or not we have a "usleep()" function.
+#
+AC_CHECK_FUNC(usleep, [TARGET_CFLAGS="$TARGET_CFLAGS -DHAVE_USLEEP=1"])
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Redefine fdatasync as fsync on systems that lack fdatasync
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+AC_CHECK_FUNC(fdatasync, [TARGET_CFLAGS="$TARGET_CFLAGS -DHAVE_FDATASYNC=1"])
+
+#########
+# Generate the output files.
+#
+AC_OUTPUT([
+Makefile
+sqlite3.pc
+])

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/contrib/sqlitecon.tcl

@@ -0,0 +1,679 @@
+# A Tk console widget for SQLite.  Invoke sqlitecon::create with a window name,
+# a prompt string, a title to set a new top-level window, and the SQLite
+# database handle.  For example:
+#
+#     sqlitecon::create .sqlcon {sql:- } {SQL Console} db
+#
+# A toplevel window is created that allows you to type in SQL commands to
+# be processed on the spot.
+#
+# A limited set of dot-commands are supported:
+#
+#     .table
+#     .schema ?TABLE?
+#     .mode list|column|multicolumn|line
+#     .exit
+#
+# In addition, a new SQL function named "edit()" is created.  This function
+# takes a single text argument and returns a text result.  Whenever the
+# the function is called, it pops up a new toplevel window containing a
+# text editor screen initialized to the argument.  When the "OK" button
+# is pressed, whatever revised text is in the text editor is returned as
+# the result of the edit() function.  This allows text fields of SQL tables
+# to be edited quickly and easily as follows:
+#
+#    UPDATE table1 SET dscr = edit(dscr) WHERE rowid=15;
+#
+
+
+# Create a namespace to work in
+#
+namespace eval ::sqlitecon {
+  # do nothing
+}
+
+# Create a console widget named $w.  The prompt string is $prompt.
+# The title at the top of the window is $title.  The database connection
+# object is $db
+#
+proc sqlitecon::create {w prompt title db} {
+  upvar #0 $w.t v
+  if {[winfo exists $w]} {destroy $w}
+  if {[info exists v]} {unset v}
+  toplevel $w
+  wm title $w $title
+  wm iconname $w $title
+  frame $w.mb -bd 2 -relief raised
+  pack $w.mb -side top -fill x
+  menubutton $w.mb.file -text File -menu $w.mb.file.m
+  menubutton $w.mb.edit -text Edit -menu $w.mb.edit.m
+  pack $w.mb.file $w.mb.edit -side left -padx 8 -pady 1
+  set m [menu $w.mb.file.m -tearoff 0]
+  $m add command -label {Close} -command "destroy $w"
+  sqlitecon::create_child $w $prompt $w.mb.edit.m
+  set v(db) $db
+  $db function edit ::sqlitecon::_edit
+}
+
+# This routine creates a console as a child window within a larger
+# window.  It also creates an edit menu named "$editmenu" if $editmenu!="".
+# The calling function is responsible for posting the edit menu.
+#
+proc sqlitecon::create_child {w prompt editmenu} {
+  upvar #0 $w.t v
+  if {$editmenu!=""} {
+    set m [menu $editmenu -tearoff 0]
+    $m add command -label Cut -command "sqlitecon::Cut $w.t"
+    $m add command -label Copy -command "sqlitecon::Copy $w.t"
+    $m add command -label Paste -command "sqlitecon::Paste $w.t"
+    $m add command -label {Clear Screen} -command "sqlitecon::Clear $w.t"
+    $m add separator
+    $m add command -label {Save As...} -command "sqlitecon::SaveFile $w.t"
+    catch {$editmenu config -postcommand "sqlitecon::EnableEditMenu $w"}
+  }
+  scrollbar $w.sb -orient vertical -command "$w.t yview"
+  pack $w.sb -side right -fill y
+  text $w.t -font fixed -yscrollcommand "$w.sb set"
+  pack $w.t -side right -fill both -expand 1
+  bindtags $w.t Sqlitecon
+  set v(editmenu) $editmenu
+  set v(history) 0
+  set v(historycnt) 0
+  set v(current) -1
+  set v(prompt) $prompt
+  set v(prior) {}
+  set v(plength) [string length $v(prompt)]
+  set v(x) 0
+  set v(y) 0
+  set v(mode) column
+  set v(header) on
+  $w.t mark set insert end
+  $w.t tag config ok -foreground blue
+  $w.t tag config err -foreground red
+  $w.t insert end $v(prompt)
+  $w.t mark set out 1.0
+  after idle "focus $w.t"
+}
+
+bind Sqlitecon <1> {sqlitecon::Button1 %W %x %y}
+bind Sqlitecon <B1-Motion> {sqlitecon::B1Motion %W %x %y}
+bind Sqlitecon <B1-Leave> {sqlitecon::B1Leave %W %x %y}
+bind Sqlitecon <B1-Enter> {sqlitecon::cancelMotor %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <ButtonRelease-1> {sqlitecon::cancelMotor %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <KeyPress> {sqlitecon::Insert %W %A}
+bind Sqlitecon <Left> {sqlitecon::Left %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <Control-b> {sqlitecon::Left %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <Right> {sqlitecon::Right %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <Control-f> {sqlitecon::Right %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <BackSpace> {sqlitecon::Backspace %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <Control-h> {sqlitecon::Backspace %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <Delete> {sqlitecon::Delete %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <Control-d> {sqlitecon::Delete %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <Home> {sqlitecon::Home %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <Control-a> {sqlitecon::Home %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <End> {sqlitecon::End %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <Control-e> {sqlitecon::End %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <Return> {sqlitecon::Enter %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <KP_Enter> {sqlitecon::Enter %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <Up> {sqlitecon::Prior %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <Control-p> {sqlitecon::Prior %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <Down> {sqlitecon::Next %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <Control-n> {sqlitecon::Next %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <Control-k> {sqlitecon::EraseEOL %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <<Cut>> {sqlitecon::Cut %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <<Copy>> {sqlitecon::Copy %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <<Paste>> {sqlitecon::Paste %W}
+bind Sqlitecon <<Clear>> {sqlitecon::Clear %W}
+
+# Insert a single character at the insertion cursor
+#
+proc sqlitecon::Insert {w a} {
+  $w insert insert $a
+  $w yview insert
+}
+
+# Move the cursor one character to the left
+#
+proc sqlitecon::Left {w} {
+  upvar #0 $w v
+  scan [$w index insert] %d.%d row col
+  if {$col>$v(plength)} {
+    $w mark set insert "insert -1c"
+  }
+}
+
+# Erase the character to the left of the cursor
+#
+proc sqlitecon::Backspace {w} {
+  upvar #0 $w v
+  scan [$w index insert] %d.%d row col
+  if {$col>$v(plength)} {
+    $w delete {insert -1c}
+  }
+}
+
+# Erase to the end of the line
+#
+proc sqlitecon::EraseEOL {w} {
+  upvar #0 $w v
+  scan [$w index insert] %d.%d row col
+  if {$col>=$v(plength)} {
+    $w delete insert {insert lineend}
+  }
+}
+
+# Move the cursor one character to the right
+#
+proc sqlitecon::Right {w} {
+  $w mark set insert "insert +1c"
+}
+
+# Erase the character to the right of the cursor
+#
+proc sqlitecon::Delete w {
+  $w delete insert
+}
+
+# Move the cursor to the beginning of the current line
+#
+proc sqlitecon::Home w {
+  upvar #0 $w v
+  scan [$w index insert] %d.%d row col
+  $w mark set insert $row.$v(plength)
+}
+
+# Move the cursor to the end of the current line
+#
+proc sqlitecon::End w {
+  $w mark set insert {insert lineend}
+}
+
+# Add a line to the history
+#
+proc sqlitecon::addHistory {w line} {
+  upvar #0 $w v
+  if {$v(historycnt)>0} {
+    set last [lindex $v(history) [expr $v(historycnt)-1]]
+    if {[string compare $last $line]} {
+      lappend v(history) $line
+      incr v(historycnt)
+    }
+  } else {
+    set v(history) [list $line]
+    set v(historycnt) 1
+  }
+  set v(current) $v(historycnt)
+}
+
+# Called when "Enter" is pressed.  Do something with the line
+# of text that was entered.
+#
+proc sqlitecon::Enter w {
+  upvar #0 $w v
+  scan [$w index insert] %d.%d row col
+  set start $row.$v(plength)
+  set line [$w get $start "$start lineend"]
+  $w insert end \n
+  $w mark set out end
+  if {$v(prior)==""} {
+    set cmd $line
+  } else {
+    set cmd $v(prior)\n$line
+  }
+  if {[string index $cmd 0]=="." || [$v(db) complete $cmd]} {
+    regsub -all {\n} [string trim $cmd] { } cmd2
+    addHistory $w $cmd2
+    set rc [catch {DoCommand $w $cmd} res]
+    if {![winfo exists $w]} return
+    if {$rc} {
+      $w insert end $res\n err
+    } elseif {[string length $res]>0} {
+      $w insert end $res\n ok
+    }
+    set v(prior) {}
+    $w insert end $v(prompt)
+  } else {
+    set v(prior) $cmd
+    regsub -all {[^ ]} $v(prompt) . x
+    $w insert end $x
+  }
+  $w mark set insert end
+  $w mark set out {insert linestart}
+  $w yview insert
+}
+
+# Execute a single SQL command.  Pay special attention to control
+# directives that begin with "."
+#
+# The return value is the text output from the command, properly
+# formatted.
+#
+proc sqlitecon::DoCommand {w cmd} {
+  upvar #0 $w v
+  set mode $v(mode)
+  set header $v(header)
+  if {[regexp {^(\.[a-z]+)} $cmd all word]} {
+    if {$word==".mode"} {
+      regexp {^.[a-z]+ +([a-z]+)} $cmd all v(mode)
+      return {}
+    } elseif {$word==".exit"} {
+      destroy [winfo toplevel $w]
+      return {}
+    } elseif {$word==".header"} {
+      regexp {^.[a-z]+ +([a-z]+)} $cmd all v(header)
+      return {}
+    } elseif {$word==".tables"} {
+      set mode multicolumn
+      set cmd {SELECT name FROM sqlite_master WHERE type='table'
+               UNION ALL
+               SELECT name FROM sqlite_temp_master WHERE type='table'}
+      $v(db) eval {PRAGMA database_list} {
+         if {$name!="temp" && $name!="main"} {
+            append cmd "UNION ALL SELECT name FROM $name.sqlite_master\
+                        WHERE type='table'"
+         }
+      }
+      append cmd  { ORDER BY 1}
+    } elseif {$word==".fullschema"} {
+      set pattern %
+      regexp {^.[a-z]+ +([^ ]+)} $cmd all pattern
+      set mode list
+      set header 0
+      set cmd "SELECT sql FROM sqlite_master WHERE tbl_name LIKE '$pattern'
+               AND sql NOT NULL UNION ALL SELECT sql FROM sqlite_temp_master
+               WHERE tbl_name LIKE '$pattern' AND sql NOT NULL"
+      $v(db) eval {PRAGMA database_list} {
+         if {$name!="temp" && $name!="main"} {
+            append cmd " UNION ALL SELECT sql FROM $name.sqlite_master\
+                        WHERE tbl_name LIKE '$pattern' AND sql NOT NULL"
+         }
+      }
+    } elseif {$word==".schema"} {
+      set pattern %
+      regexp {^.[a-z]+ +([^ ]+)} $cmd all pattern
+      set mode list
+      set header 0
+      set cmd "SELECT sql FROM sqlite_master WHERE name LIKE '$pattern'
+               AND sql NOT NULL UNION ALL SELECT sql FROM sqlite_temp_master
+               WHERE name LIKE '$pattern' AND sql NOT NULL"
+      $v(db) eval {PRAGMA database_list} {
+         if {$name!="temp" && $name!="main"} {
+            append cmd " UNION ALL SELECT sql FROM $name.sqlite_master\
+                        WHERE name LIKE '$pattern' AND sql NOT NULL"
+         }
+      }
+    } else {
+      return \
+        ".exit\n.mode line|list|column\n.schema ?TABLENAME?\n.tables"
+    }
+  }
+  set res {}
+  if {$mode=="list"} {
+    $v(db) eval $cmd x {
+      set sep {}
+      foreach col $x(*) {
+        append res $sep$x($col)
+        set sep |
+      }
+      append res \n
+    }
+    if {[info exists x(*)] && $header} {
+      set sep {}
+      set hdr {}
+      foreach col $x(*) {
+        append hdr $sep$col
+        set sep |
+      }
+      set res $hdr\n$res
+    }
+  } elseif {[string range $mode 0 2]=="col"} {
+    set y {}
+    $v(db) eval $cmd x {
+      foreach col $x(*) {
+        if {![info exists cw($col)] || $cw($col)<[string length $x($col)]} {
+           set cw($col) [string length $x($col)]
+        }
+        lappend y $x($col)
+      }
+    }
+    if {[info exists x(*)] && $header} {
+      set hdr {}
+      set ln {}
+      set dash ---------------------------------------------------------------
+      append dash ------------------------------------------------------------
+      foreach col $x(*) {
+        if {![info exists cw($col)] || $cw($col)<[string length $col]} {
+           set cw($col) [string length $col]
+        }
+        lappend hdr $col
+        lappend ln [string range $dash 1 $cw($col)]
+      }
+      set y [concat $hdr $ln $y]
+    }
+    if {[info exists x(*)]} {
+      set format {}
+      set arglist {}
+      set arglist2 {}
+      set i 0
+      foreach col $x(*) {
+        lappend arglist x$i
+        append arglist2 " \$x$i"
+        incr i
+        append format "  %-$cw($col)s"
+      }
+      set format [string trimleft $format]\n
+      if {[llength $arglist]>0} {
+        foreach $arglist $y "append res \[format [list $format] $arglist2\]"
+      }
+    }
+  } elseif {$mode=="multicolumn"} {
+    set y [$v(db) eval $cmd]
+    set max 0
+    foreach e $y {
+      if {$max<[string length $e]} {set max [string length $e]}
+    }
+    set ncol [expr {int(80/($max+2))}]
+    if {$ncol<1} {set ncol 1}
+    set nelem [llength $y]
+    set nrow [expr {($nelem+$ncol-1)/$ncol}]
+    set format "%-${max}s"
+    for {set i 0} {$i<$nrow} {incr i} {
+      set j $i
+      while 1 {
+        append res [format $format [lindex $y $j]]
+        incr j $nrow
+        if {$j>=$nelem} break
+        append res {  }
+      }
+      append res \n
+    }
+  } else {
+    $v(db) eval $cmd x {
+      foreach col $x(*) {append res "$col = $x($col)\n"}
+      append res \n
+    }
+  }
+  return [string trimright $res]
+}
+
+# Change the line to the previous line
+#
+proc sqlitecon::Prior w {
+  upvar #0 $w v
+  if {$v(current)<=0} return
+  incr v(current) -1
+  set line [lindex $v(history) $v(current)]
+  sqlitecon::SetLine $w $line
+}
+
+# Change the line to the next line
+#
+proc sqlitecon::Next w {
+  upvar #0 $w v
+  if {$v(current)>=$v(historycnt)} return
+  incr v(current) 1
+  set line [lindex $v(history) $v(current)]
+  sqlitecon::SetLine $w $line
+}
+
+# Change the contents of the entry line
+#
+proc sqlitecon::SetLine {w line} {
+  upvar #0 $w v
+  scan [$w index insert] %d.%d row col
+  set start $row.$v(plength)
+  $w delete $start end
+  $w insert end $line
+  $w mark set insert end
+  $w yview insert
+}
+
+# Called when the mouse button is pressed at position $x,$y on
+# the console widget.
+#
+proc sqlitecon::Button1 {w x y} {
+  global tkPriv
+  upvar #0 $w v
+  set v(mouseMoved) 0
+  set v(pressX) $x
+  set p [sqlitecon::nearestBoundry $w $x $y]
+  scan [$w index insert] %d.%d ix iy
+  scan $p %d.%d px py
+  if {$px==$ix} {
+    $w mark set insert $p
+  }
+  $w mark set anchor $p
+  focus $w
+}
+
+# Find the boundry between characters that is nearest
+# to $x,$y
+#
+proc sqlitecon::nearestBoundry {w x y} {
+  set p [$w index @$x,$y]
+  set bb [$w bbox $p]
+  if {![string compare $bb ""]} {return $p}
+  if {($x-[lindex $bb 0])<([lindex $bb 2]/2)} {return $p}
+  $w index "$p + 1 char"
+}
+
+# This routine extends the selection to the point specified by $x,$y
+#
+proc sqlitecon::SelectTo {w x y} {
+  upvar #0 $w v
+  set cur [sqlitecon::nearestBoundry $w $x $y]
+  if {[catch {$w index anchor}]} {
+    $w mark set anchor $cur
+  }
+  set anchor [$w index anchor]
+  if {[$w compare $cur != $anchor] || (abs($v(pressX) - $x) >= 3)} {
+    if {$v(mouseMoved)==0} {
+      $w tag remove sel 0.0 end
+    }
+    set v(mouseMoved) 1
+  }
+  if {[$w compare $cur < anchor]} {
+    set first $cur
+    set last anchor
+  } else {
+    set first anchor
+    set last $cur
+  }
+  if {$v(mouseMoved)} {
+    $w tag remove sel 0.0 $first
+    $w tag add sel $first $last
+    $w tag remove sel $last end
+    update idletasks
+  }
+}
+
+# Called whenever the mouse moves while button-1 is held down.
+#
+proc sqlitecon::B1Motion {w x y} {
+  upvar #0 $w v
+  set v(y) $y
+  set v(x) $x
+  sqlitecon::SelectTo $w $x $y
+}
+
+# Called whenever the mouse leaves the boundries of the widget
+# while button 1 is held down.
+#
+proc sqlitecon::B1Leave {w x y} {
+  upvar #0 $w v
+  set v(y) $y
+  set v(x) $x
+  sqlitecon::motor $w
+}
+
+# This routine is called to automatically scroll the window when
+# the mouse drags offscreen.
+#
+proc sqlitecon::motor w {
+  upvar #0 $w v
+  if {![winfo exists $w]} return
+  if {$v(y)>=[winfo height $w]} {
+    $w yview scroll 1 units
+  } elseif {$v(y)<0} {
+    $w yview scroll -1 units
+  } else {
+    return
+  }
+  sqlitecon::SelectTo $w $v(x) $v(y)
+  set v(timer) [after 50 sqlitecon::motor $w]
+}
+
+# This routine cancels the scrolling motor if it is active
+#
+proc sqlitecon::cancelMotor w {
+  upvar #0 $w v
+  catch {after cancel $v(timer)}
+  catch {unset v(timer)}
+}
+
+# Do a Copy operation on the stuff currently selected.
+#
+proc sqlitecon::Copy w {
+  if {![catch {set text [$w get sel.first sel.last]}]} {
+     clipboard clear -displayof $w
+     clipboard append -displayof $w $text
+  }
+}
+
+# Return 1 if the selection exists and is contained
+# entirely on the input line.  Return 2 if the selection
+# exists but is not entirely on the input line.  Return 0
+# if the selection does not exist.
+#
+proc sqlitecon::canCut w {
+  set r [catch {
+    scan [$w index sel.first] %d.%d s1x s1y
+    scan [$w index sel.last] %d.%d s2x s2y
+    scan [$w index insert] %d.%d ix iy
+  }]
+  if {$r==1} {return 0}
+  if {$s1x==$ix && $s2x==$ix} {return 1}
+  return 2
+}
+
+# Do a Cut operation if possible.  Cuts are only allowed
+# if the current selection is entirely contained on the
+# current input line.
+#
+proc sqlitecon::Cut w {
+  if {[sqlitecon::canCut $w]==1} {
+    sqlitecon::Copy $w
+    $w delete sel.first sel.last
+  }
+}
+
+# Do a paste opeation.
+#
+proc sqlitecon::Paste w {
+  if {[sqlitecon::canCut $w]==1} {
+    $w delete sel.first sel.last
+  }
+  if {[catch {selection get -displayof $w -selection CLIPBOARD} topaste]
+    && [catch {selection get -displayof $w -selection PRIMARY} topaste]} {
+    return
+  }
+  if {[info exists ::$w]} {
+    set prior 0
+    foreach line [split $topaste \n] {
+      if {$prior} {
+        sqlitecon::Enter $w
+        update
+      }
+      set prior 1
+      $w insert insert $line
+    }
+  } else {
+    $w insert insert $topaste
+  }
+}
+
+# Enable or disable entries in the Edit menu
+#
+proc sqlitecon::EnableEditMenu w {
+  upvar #0 $w.t v
+  set m $v(editmenu)
+  if {$m=="" || ![winfo exists $m]} return
+  switch [sqlitecon::canCut $w.t] {
+    0 {
+      $m entryconf Copy -state disabled
+      $m entryconf Cut -state disabled
+    }
+    1 {
+      $m entryconf Copy -state normal
+      $m entryconf Cut -state normal
+    }
+    2 {
+      $m entryconf Copy -state normal
+      $m entryconf Cut -state disabled
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+# Prompt the user for the name of a writable file.  Then write the
+# entire contents of the console screen to that file.
+#
+proc sqlitecon::SaveFile w {
+  set types {
+    {{Text Files}  {.txt}}
+    {{All Files}    *}
+  }
+  set f [tk_getSaveFile -filetypes $types -title "Write Screen To..."]
+  if {$f!=""} {
+    if {[catch {open $f w} fd]} {
+      tk_messageBox -type ok -icon error -message $fd
+    } else {
+      puts $fd [string trimright [$w get 1.0 end] \n]
+      close $fd
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+# Erase everything from the console above the insertion line.
+#
+proc sqlitecon::Clear w {
+  $w delete 1.0 {insert linestart}
+}
+
+# An in-line editor for SQL
+#
+proc sqlitecon::_edit {origtxt {title {}}} {
+  for {set i 0} {[winfo exists .ed$i]} {incr i} continue
+  set w .ed$i
+  toplevel $w
+  wm protocol $w WM_DELETE_WINDOW "$w.b.can invoke"
+  wm title $w {Inline SQL Editor}
+  frame $w.b
+  pack $w.b -side bottom -fill x
+  button $w.b.can -text Cancel -width 6 -command [list set ::$w 0]
+  button $w.b.ok -text OK -width 6 -command [list set ::$w 1]
+  button $w.b.cut -text Cut -width 6 -command [list ::sqlitecon::Cut $w.t]
+  button $w.b.copy -text Copy -width 6 -command [list ::sqlitecon::Copy $w.t]
+  button $w.b.paste -text Paste -width 6 -command [list ::sqlitecon::Paste $w.t]
+  set ::$w {}
+  pack $w.b.cut $w.b.copy $w.b.paste $w.b.can $w.b.ok\
+     -side left -padx 5 -pady 5 -expand 1
+  if {$title!=""} {
+    label $w.title -text $title
+    pack $w.title -side top -padx 5 -pady 5
+  }
+  text $w.t -bg white -fg black -yscrollcommand [list $w.sb set]
+  pack $w.t -side left -fill both -expand 1
+  scrollbar $w.sb -orient vertical -command [list $w.t yview]
+  pack $w.sb -side left -fill y
+  $w.t insert end $origtxt
+
+  vwait ::$w
+
+  if {[set ::$w]} {
+    set txt [string trimright [$w.t get 1.0 end]]
+  } else {
+    set txt $origtxt
+  }
+  destroy $w
+  return $txt
+}

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/doc/lemon.html

@@ -0,0 +1,892 @@
+<html>
+<head>
+<title>The Lemon Parser Generator</title>
+</head>
+<body bgcolor=white>
+<h1 align=center>The Lemon Parser Generator</h1>
+
+<p>Lemon is an LALR(1) parser generator for C or C++.  
+It does the same job as ``bison'' and ``yacc''.
+But lemon is not another bison or yacc clone.  It
+uses a different grammar syntax which is designed to
+reduce the number of coding errors.  Lemon also uses a more
+sophisticated parsing engine that is faster than yacc and
+bison and which is both reentrant and thread-safe.
+Furthermore, Lemon implements features that can be used
+to eliminate resource leaks, making is suitable for use
+in long-running programs such as graphical user interfaces
+or embedded controllers.</p>
+
+<p>This document is an introduction to the Lemon
+parser generator.</p>
+
+<h2>Theory of Operation</h2>
+
+<p>The main goal of Lemon is to translate a context free grammar (CFG)
+for a particular language into C code that implements a parser for
+that language.
+The program has two inputs:
+<ul>
+<li>The grammar specification.
+<li>A parser template file.
+</ul>
+Typically, only the grammar specification is supplied by the programmer.
+Lemon comes with a default parser template which works fine for most
+applications.  But the user is free to substitute a different parser
+template if desired.</p>
+
+<p>Depending on command-line options, Lemon will generate between
+one and three files of outputs.
+<ul>
+<li>C code to implement the parser.
+<li>A header file defining an integer ID for each terminal symbol.
+<li>An information file that describes the states of the generated parser
+    automaton.
+</ul>
+By default, all three of these output files are generated.
+The header file is suppressed if the ``-m'' command-line option is
+used and the report file is omitted when ``-q'' is selected.</p>
+
+<p>The grammar specification file uses a ``.y'' suffix, by convention.
+In the examples used in this document, we'll assume the name of the
+grammar file is ``gram.y''.  A typical use of Lemon would be the
+following command:
+<pre>
+   lemon gram.y
+</pre>
+This command will generate three output files named ``gram.c'',
+``gram.h'' and ``gram.out''.
+The first is C code to implement the parser.  The second
+is the header file that defines numerical values for all
+terminal symbols, and the last is the report that explains
+the states used by the parser automaton.</p>
+
+<h3>Command Line Options</h3>
+
+<p>The behavior of Lemon can be modified using command-line options.
+You can obtain a list of the available command-line options together
+with a brief explanation of what each does by typing
+<pre>
+   lemon -?
+</pre>
+As of this writing, the following command-line options are supported:
+<ul>
+<li><tt>-b</tt>
+<li><tt>-c</tt>
+<li><tt>-g</tt>
+<li><tt>-m</tt>
+<li><tt>-q</tt>
+<li><tt>-s</tt>
+<li><tt>-x</tt>
+</ul>
+The ``-b'' option reduces the amount of text in the report file by
+printing only the basis of each parser state, rather than the full
+configuration.
+The ``-c'' option suppresses action table compression.  Using -c
+will make the parser a little larger and slower but it will detect
+syntax errors sooner.
+The ``-g'' option causes no output files to be generated at all.
+Instead, the input grammar file is printed on standard output but
+with all comments, actions and other extraneous text deleted.  This
+is a useful way to get a quick summary of a grammar.
+The ``-m'' option causes the output C source file to be compatible
+with the ``makeheaders'' program.
+Makeheaders is a program that automatically generates header files
+from C source code.  When the ``-m'' option is used, the header
+file is not output since the makeheaders program will take care
+of generated all header files automatically.
+The ``-q'' option suppresses the report file.
+Using ``-s'' causes a brief summary of parser statistics to be
+printed.  Like this:
+<pre>
+   Parser statistics: 74 terminals, 70 nonterminals, 179 rules
+                      340 states, 2026 parser table entries, 0 conflicts
+</pre>
+Finally, the ``-x'' option causes Lemon to print its version number
+and then stops without attempting to read the grammar or generate a parser.</p>
+
+<h3>The Parser Interface</h3>
+
+<p>Lemon doesn't generate a complete, working program.  It only generates
+a few subroutines that implement a parser.  This section describes
+the interface to those subroutines.  It is up to the programmer to
+call these subroutines in an appropriate way in order to produce a
+complete system.</p>
+
+<p>Before a program begins using a Lemon-generated parser, the program
+must first create the parser.
+A new parser is created as follows:
+<pre>
+   void *pParser = ParseAlloc( malloc );
+</pre>
+The ParseAlloc() routine allocates and initializes a new parser and
+returns a pointer to it.
+The actual data structure used to represent a parser is opaque --
+its internal structure is not visible or usable by the calling routine.
+For this reason, the ParseAlloc() routine returns a pointer to void
+rather than a pointer to some particular structure.
+The sole argument to the ParseAlloc() routine is a pointer to the
+subroutine used to allocate memory.  Typically this means ``malloc()''.</p>
+
+<p>After a program is finished using a parser, it can reclaim all
+memory allocated by that parser by calling
+<pre>
+   ParseFree(pParser, free);
+</pre>
+The first argument is the same pointer returned by ParseAlloc().  The
+second argument is a pointer to the function used to release bulk
+memory back to the system.</p>
+
+<p>After a parser has been allocated using ParseAlloc(), the programmer
+must supply the parser with a sequence of tokens (terminal symbols) to
+be parsed.  This is accomplished by calling the following function
+once for each token:
+<pre>
+   Parse(pParser, hTokenID, sTokenData, pArg);
+</pre>
+The first argument to the Parse() routine is the pointer returned by
+ParseAlloc().
+The second argument is a small positive integer that tells the parse the
+type of the next token in the data stream.
+There is one token type for each terminal symbol in the grammar.
+The gram.h file generated by Lemon contains #define statements that
+map symbolic terminal symbol names into appropriate integer values.
+(A value of 0 for the second argument is a special flag to the
+parser to indicate that the end of input has been reached.)
+The third argument is the value of the given token.  By default,
+the type of the third argument is integer, but the grammar will
+usually redefine this type to be some kind of structure.
+Typically the second argument will be a broad category of tokens
+such as ``identifier'' or ``number'' and the third argument will
+be the name of the identifier or the value of the number.</p>
+
+<p>The Parse() function may have either three or four arguments,
+depending on the grammar.  If the grammar specification file request
+it, the Parse() function will have a fourth parameter that can be
+of any type chosen by the programmer.  The parser doesn't do anything
+with this argument except to pass it through to action routines.
+This is a convenient mechanism for passing state information down
+to the action routines without having to use global variables.</p>
+
+<p>A typical use of a Lemon parser might look something like the
+following:
+<pre>
+   01 ParseTree *ParseFile(const char *zFilename){
+   02    Tokenizer *pTokenizer;
+   03    void *pParser;
+   04    Token sToken;
+   05    int hTokenId;
+   06    ParserState sState;
+   07
+   08    pTokenizer = TokenizerCreate(zFilename);
+   09    pParser = ParseAlloc( malloc );
+   10    InitParserState(&sState);
+   11    while( GetNextToken(pTokenizer, &hTokenId, &sToken) ){
+   12       Parse(pParser, hTokenId, sToken, &sState);
+   13    }
+   14    Parse(pParser, 0, sToken, &sState);
+   15    ParseFree(pParser, free );
+   16    TokenizerFree(pTokenizer);
+   17    return sState.treeRoot;
+   18 }
+</pre>
+This example shows a user-written routine that parses a file of
+text and returns a pointer to the parse tree.
+(We've omitted all error-handling from this example to keep it
+simple.)
+We assume the existence of some kind of tokenizer which is created
+using TokenizerCreate() on line 8 and deleted by TokenizerFree()
+on line 16.  The GetNextToken() function on line 11 retrieves the
+next token from the input file and puts its type in the 
+integer variable hTokenId.  The sToken variable is assumed to be
+some kind of structure that contains details about each token,
+such as its complete text, what line it occurs on, etc. </p>
+
+<p>This example also assumes the existence of structure of type
+ParserState that holds state information about a particular parse.
+An instance of such a structure is created on line 6 and initialized
+on line 10.  A pointer to this structure is passed into the Parse()
+routine as the optional 4th argument.
+The action routine specified by the grammar for the parser can use
+the ParserState structure to hold whatever information is useful and
+appropriate.  In the example, we note that the treeRoot field of
+the ParserState structure is left pointing to the root of the parse
+tree.</p>
+
+<p>The core of this example as it relates to Lemon is as follows:
+<pre>
+   ParseFile(){
+      pParser = ParseAlloc( malloc );
+      while( GetNextToken(pTokenizer,&hTokenId, &sToken) ){
+         Parse(pParser, hTokenId, sToken);
+      }
+      Parse(pParser, 0, sToken);
+      ParseFree(pParser, free );
+   }
+</pre>
+Basically, what a program has to do to use a Lemon-generated parser
+is first create the parser, then send it lots of tokens obtained by
+tokenizing an input source.  When the end of input is reached, the
+Parse() routine should be called one last time with a token type
+of 0.  This step is necessary to inform the parser that the end of
+input has been reached.  Finally, we reclaim memory used by the
+parser by calling ParseFree().</p>
+
+<p>There is one other interface routine that should be mentioned
+before we move on.
+The ParseTrace() function can be used to generate debugging output
+from the parser.  A prototype for this routine is as follows:
+<pre>
+   ParseTrace(FILE *stream, char *zPrefix);
+</pre>
+After this routine is called, a short (one-line) message is written
+to the designated output stream every time the parser changes states
+or calls an action routine.  Each such message is prefaced using
+the text given by zPrefix.  This debugging output can be turned off
+by calling ParseTrace() again with a first argument of NULL (0).</p>
+
+<h3>Differences With YACC and BISON</h3>
+
+<p>Programmers who have previously used the yacc or bison parser
+generator will notice several important differences between yacc and/or
+bison and Lemon.
+<ul>
+<li>In yacc and bison, the parser calls the tokenizer.  In Lemon,
+    the tokenizer calls the parser.
+<li>Lemon uses no global variables.  Yacc and bison use global variables
+    to pass information between the tokenizer and parser.
+<li>Lemon allows multiple parsers to be running simultaneously.  Yacc
+    and bison do not.
+</ul>
+These differences may cause some initial confusion for programmers
+with prior yacc and bison experience.
+But after years of experience using Lemon, I firmly
+believe that the Lemon way of doing things is better.</p>
+
+<h2>Input File Syntax</h2>
+
+<p>The main purpose of the grammar specification file for Lemon is
+to define the grammar for the parser.  But the input file also
+specifies additional information Lemon requires to do its job.
+Most of the work in using Lemon is in writing an appropriate
+grammar file.</p>
+
+<p>The grammar file for lemon is, for the most part, free format.
+It does not have sections or divisions like yacc or bison.  Any
+declaration can occur at any point in the file.
+Lemon ignores whitespace (except where it is needed to separate
+tokens) and it honors the same commenting conventions as C and C++.</p>
+
+<h3>Terminals and Nonterminals</h3>
+
+<p>A terminal symbol (token) is any string of alphanumeric
+and underscore characters
+that begins with an upper case letter.
+A terminal can contain lower class letters after the first character,
+but the usual convention is to make terminals all upper case.
+A nonterminal, on the other hand, is any string of alphanumeric
+and underscore characters than begins with a lower case letter.
+Again, the usual convention is to make nonterminals use all lower
+case letters.</p>
+
+<p>In Lemon, terminal and nonterminal symbols do not need to 
+be declared or identified in a separate section of the grammar file.
+Lemon is able to generate a list of all terminals and nonterminals
+by examining the grammar rules, and it can always distinguish a
+terminal from a nonterminal by checking the case of the first
+character of the name.</p>
+
+<p>Yacc and bison allow terminal symbols to have either alphanumeric
+names or to be individual characters included in single quotes, like
+this: ')' or '$'.  Lemon does not allow this alternative form for
+terminal symbols.  With Lemon, all symbols, terminals and nonterminals,
+must have alphanumeric names.</p>
+
+<h3>Grammar Rules</h3>
+
+<p>The main component of a Lemon grammar file is a sequence of grammar
+rules.
+Each grammar rule consists of a nonterminal symbol followed by
+the special symbol ``::='' and then a list of terminals and/or nonterminals.
+The rule is terminated by a period.
+The list of terminals and nonterminals on the right-hand side of the
+rule can be empty.
+Rules can occur in any order, except that the left-hand side of the
+first rule is assumed to be the start symbol for the grammar (unless
+specified otherwise using the <tt>%start</tt> directive described below.)
+A typical sequence of grammar rules might look something like this:
+<pre>
+  expr ::= expr PLUS expr.
+  expr ::= expr TIMES expr.
+  expr ::= LPAREN expr RPAREN.
+  expr ::= VALUE.
+</pre>
+</p>
+
+<p>There is one non-terminal in this example, ``expr'', and five
+terminal symbols or tokens: ``PLUS'', ``TIMES'', ``LPAREN'',
+``RPAREN'' and ``VALUE''.</p>
+
+<p>Like yacc and bison, Lemon allows the grammar to specify a block
+of C code that will be executed whenever a grammar rule is reduced
+by the parser.
+In Lemon, this action is specified by putting the C code (contained
+within curly braces <tt>{...}</tt>) immediately after the
+period that closes the rule.
+For example:
+<pre>
+  expr ::= expr PLUS expr.   { printf("Doing an addition...\n"); }
+</pre>
+</p>
+
+<p>In order to be useful, grammar actions must normally be linked to
+their associated grammar rules.
+In yacc and bison, this is accomplished by embedding a ``$$'' in the
+action to stand for the value of the left-hand side of the rule and
+symbols ``$1'', ``$2'', and so forth to stand for the value of
+the terminal or nonterminal at position 1, 2 and so forth on the
+right-hand side of the rule.
+This idea is very powerful, but it is also very error-prone.  The
+single most common source of errors in a yacc or bison grammar is
+to miscount the number of symbols on the right-hand side of a grammar
+rule and say ``$7'' when you really mean ``$8''.</p>
+
+<p>Lemon avoids the need to count grammar symbols by assigning symbolic
+names to each symbol in a grammar rule and then using those symbolic
+names in the action.
+In yacc or bison, one would write this:
+<pre>
+  expr -> expr PLUS expr  { $$ = $1 + $3; };
+</pre>
+But in Lemon, the same rule becomes the following:
+<pre>
+  expr(A) ::= expr(B) PLUS expr(C).  { A = B+C; }
+</pre>
+In the Lemon rule, any symbol in parentheses after a grammar rule
+symbol becomes a place holder for that symbol in the grammar rule.
+This place holder can then be used in the associated C action to
+stand for the value of that symbol.<p>
+
+<p>The Lemon notation for linking a grammar rule with its reduce
+action is superior to yacc/bison on several counts.
+First, as mentioned above, the Lemon method avoids the need to
+count grammar symbols.
+Secondly, if a terminal or nonterminal in a Lemon grammar rule
+includes a linking symbol in parentheses but that linking symbol
+is not actually used in the reduce action, then an error message
+is generated.
+For example, the rule
+<pre>
+  expr(A) ::= expr(B) PLUS expr(C).  { A = B; }
+</pre>
+will generate an error because the linking symbol ``C'' is used
+in the grammar rule but not in the reduce action.</p>
+
+<p>The Lemon notation for linking grammar rules to reduce actions
+also facilitates the use of destructors for reclaiming memory
+allocated by the values of terminals and nonterminals on the
+right-hand side of a rule.</p>
+
+<h3>Precedence Rules</h3>
+
+<p>Lemon resolves parsing ambiguities in exactly the same way as
+yacc and bison.  A shift-reduce conflict is resolved in favor
+of the shift, and a reduce-reduce conflict is resolved by reducing
+whichever rule comes first in the grammar file.</p>
+
+<p>Just like in
+yacc and bison, Lemon allows a measure of control 
+over the resolution of paring conflicts using precedence rules.
+A precedence value can be assigned to any terminal symbol
+using the %left, %right or %nonassoc directives.  Terminal symbols
+mentioned in earlier directives have a lower precedence that
+terminal symbols mentioned in later directives.  For example:</p>
+
+<p><pre>
+   %left AND.
+   %left OR.
+   %nonassoc EQ NE GT GE LT LE.
+   %left PLUS MINUS.
+   %left TIMES DIVIDE MOD.
+   %right EXP NOT.
+</pre></p>
+
+<p>In the preceding sequence of directives, the AND operator is
+defined to have the lowest precedence.  The OR operator is one
+precedence level higher.  And so forth.  Hence, the grammar would
+attempt to group the ambiguous expression
+<pre>
+     a AND b OR c
+</pre>
+like this
+<pre>
+     a AND (b OR c).
+</pre>
+The associativity (left, right or nonassoc) is used to determine
+the grouping when the precedence is the same.  AND is left-associative
+in our example, so
+<pre>
+     a AND b AND c
+</pre>
+is parsed like this
+<pre>
+     (a AND b) AND c.
+</pre>
+The EXP operator is right-associative, though, so
+<pre>
+     a EXP b EXP c
+</pre>
+is parsed like this
+<pre>
+     a EXP (b EXP c).
+</pre>
+The nonassoc precedence is used for non-associative operators.
+So
+<pre>
+     a EQ b EQ c
+</pre>
+is an error.</p>
+
+<p>The precedence of non-terminals is transferred to rules as follows:
+The precedence of a grammar rule is equal to the precedence of the
+left-most terminal symbol in the rule for which a precedence is
+defined.  This is normally what you want, but in those cases where
+you want to precedence of a grammar rule to be something different,
+you can specify an alternative precedence symbol by putting the
+symbol in square braces after the period at the end of the rule and
+before any C-code.  For example:</p>
+
+<p><pre>
+   expr = MINUS expr.  [NOT]
+</pre></p>
+
+<p>This rule has a precedence equal to that of the NOT symbol, not the
+MINUS symbol as would have been the case by default.</p>
+
+<p>With the knowledge of how precedence is assigned to terminal
+symbols and individual
+grammar rules, we can now explain precisely how parsing conflicts
+are resolved in Lemon.  Shift-reduce conflicts are resolved
+as follows:
+<ul>
+<li> If either the token to be shifted or the rule to be reduced
+     lacks precedence information, then resolve in favor of the
+     shift, but report a parsing conflict.
+<li> If the precedence of the token to be shifted is greater than
+     the precedence of the rule to reduce, then resolve in favor
+     of the shift.  No parsing conflict is reported.
+<li> If the precedence of the token it be shifted is less than the
+     precedence of the rule to reduce, then resolve in favor of the
+     reduce action.  No parsing conflict is reported.
+<li> If the precedences are the same and the shift token is
+     right-associative, then resolve in favor of the shift.
+     No parsing conflict is reported.
+<li> If the precedences are the same the the shift token is
+     left-associative, then resolve in favor of the reduce.
+     No parsing conflict is reported.
+<li> Otherwise, resolve the conflict by doing the shift and
+     report the parsing conflict.
+</ul>
+Reduce-reduce conflicts are resolved this way:
+<ul>
+<li> If either reduce rule 
+     lacks precedence information, then resolve in favor of the
+     rule that appears first in the grammar and report a parsing
+     conflict.
+<li> If both rules have precedence and the precedence is different
+     then resolve the dispute in favor of the rule with the highest
+     precedence and do not report a conflict.
+<li> Otherwise, resolve the conflict by reducing by the rule that
+     appears first in the grammar and report a parsing conflict.
+</ul>
+
+<h3>Special Directives</h3>
+
+<p>The input grammar to Lemon consists of grammar rules and special
+directives.  We've described all the grammar rules, so now we'll
+talk about the special directives.</p>
+
+<p>Directives in lemon can occur in any order.  You can put them before
+the grammar rules, or after the grammar rules, or in the mist of the
+grammar rules.  It doesn't matter.  The relative order of
+directives used to assign precedence to terminals is important, but
+other than that, the order of directives in Lemon is arbitrary.</p>
+
+<p>Lemon supports the following special directives:
+<ul>
+<li><tt>%code</tt>
+<li><tt>%default_destructor</tt>
+<li><tt>%default_type</tt>
+<li><tt>%destructor</tt>
+<li><tt>%extra_argument</tt>
+<li><tt>%include</tt>
+<li><tt>%left</tt>
+<li><tt>%name</tt>
+<li><tt>%nonassoc</tt>
+<li><tt>%parse_accept</tt>
+<li><tt>%parse_failure </tt>
+<li><tt>%right</tt>
+<li><tt>%stack_overflow</tt>
+<li><tt>%stack_size</tt>
+<li><tt>%start_symbol</tt>
+<li><tt>%syntax_error</tt>
+<li><tt>%token_destructor</tt>
+<li><tt>%token_prefix</tt>
+<li><tt>%token_type</tt>
+<li><tt>%type</tt>
+</ul>
+Each of these directives will be described separately in the
+following sections:</p>
+
+<h4>The <tt>%code</tt> directive</h4>
+
+<p>The %code directive is used to specify addition C/C++ code that
+is added to the end of the main output file.  This is similar to
+the %include directive except that %include is inserted at the
+beginning of the main output file.</p>
+
+<p>%code is typically used to include some action routines or perhaps
+a tokenizer as part of the output file.</p>
+
+<h4>The <tt>%default_destructor</tt> directive</h4>
+
+<p>The %default_destructor directive specifies a destructor to 
+use for non-terminals that do not have their own destructor
+specified by a separate %destructor directive.  See the documentation
+on the %destructor directive below for additional information.</p>
+
+<p>In some grammers, many different non-terminal symbols have the
+same datatype and hence the same destructor.  This directive is
+a convenience way to specify the same destructor for all those
+non-terminals using a single statement.</p>
+
+<h4>The <tt>%default_type</tt> directive</h4>
+
+<p>The %default_type directive specifies the datatype of non-terminal
+symbols that do no have their own datatype defined using a separate
+%type directive.  See the documentation on %type below for addition
+information.</p>
+
+<h4>The <tt>%destructor</tt> directive</h4>
+
+<p>The %destructor directive is used to specify a destructor for
+a non-terminal symbol.
+(See also the %token_destructor directive which is used to
+specify a destructor for terminal symbols.)</p>
+
+<p>A non-terminal's destructor is called to dispose of the
+non-terminal's value whenever the non-terminal is popped from
+the stack.  This includes all of the following circumstances:
+<ul>
+<li> When a rule reduces and the value of a non-terminal on
+     the right-hand side is not linked to C code.
+<li> When the stack is popped during error processing.
+<li> When the ParseFree() function runs.
+</ul>
+The destructor can do whatever it wants with the value of
+the non-terminal, but its design is to deallocate memory
+or other resources held by that non-terminal.</p>
+
+<p>Consider an example:
+<pre>
+   %type nt {void*}
+   %destructor nt { free($$); }
+   nt(A) ::= ID NUM.   { A = malloc( 100 ); }
+</pre>
+This example is a bit contrived but it serves to illustrate how
+destructors work.  The example shows a non-terminal named
+``nt'' that holds values of type ``void*''.  When the rule for
+an ``nt'' reduces, it sets the value of the non-terminal to
+space obtained from malloc().  Later, when the nt non-terminal
+is popped from the stack, the destructor will fire and call
+free() on this malloced space, thus avoiding a memory leak.
+(Note that the symbol ``$$'' in the destructor code is replaced
+by the value of the non-terminal.)</p>
+
+<p>It is important to note that the value of a non-terminal is passed
+to the destructor whenever the non-terminal is removed from the
+stack, unless the non-terminal is used in a C-code action.  If
+the non-terminal is used by C-code, then it is assumed that the
+C-code will take care of destroying it if it should really
+be destroyed.  More commonly, the value is used to build some
+larger structure and we don't want to destroy it, which is why
+the destructor is not called in this circumstance.</p>
+
+<p>By appropriate use of destructors, it is possible to
+build a parser using Lemon that can be used within a long-running
+program, such as a GUI, that will not leak memory or other resources.
+To do the same using yacc or bison is much more difficult.</p>
+
+<h4>The <tt>%extra_argument</tt> directive</h4>
+
+The %extra_argument directive instructs Lemon to add a 4th parameter
+to the parameter list of the Parse() function it generates.  Lemon
+doesn't do anything itself with this extra argument, but it does
+make the argument available to C-code action routines, destructors,
+and so forth.  For example, if the grammar file contains:</p>
+
+<p><pre>
+    %extra_argument { MyStruct *pAbc }
+</pre></p>
+
+<p>Then the Parse() function generated will have an 4th parameter
+of type ``MyStruct*'' and all action routines will have access to
+a variable named ``pAbc'' that is the value of the 4th parameter
+in the most recent call to Parse().</p>
+
+<h4>The <tt>%include</tt> directive</h4>
+
+<p>The %include directive specifies C code that is included at the
+top of the generated parser.  You can include any text you want --
+the Lemon parser generator copies it blindly.  If you have multiple
+%include directives in your grammar file the value of the last
+%include directive overwrites all the others.</p.
+
+<p>The %include directive is very handy for getting some extra #include
+preprocessor statements at the beginning of the generated parser.
+For example:</p>
+
+<p><pre>
+   %include {#include &lt;unistd.h&gt;}
+</pre></p>
+
+<p>This might be needed, for example, if some of the C actions in the
+grammar call functions that are prototyed in unistd.h.</p>
+
+<h4>The <tt>%left</tt> directive</h4>
+
+The %left directive is used (along with the %right and
+%nonassoc directives) to declare precedences of terminal
+symbols.  Every terminal symbol whose name appears after
+a %left directive but before the next period (``.'') is
+given the same left-associative precedence value.  Subsequent
+%left directives have higher precedence.  For example:</p>
+
+<p><pre>
+   %left AND.
+   %left OR.
+   %nonassoc EQ NE GT GE LT LE.
+   %left PLUS MINUS.
+   %left TIMES DIVIDE MOD.
+   %right EXP NOT.
+</pre></p>
+
+<p>Note the period that terminates each %left, %right or %nonassoc
+directive.</p>
+
+<p>LALR(1) grammars can get into a situation where they require
+a large amount of stack space if you make heavy use or right-associative
+operators.  For this reason, it is recommended that you use %left
+rather than %right whenever possible.</p>
+
+<h4>The <tt>%name</tt> directive</h4>
+
+<p>By default, the functions generated by Lemon all begin with the
+five-character string ``Parse''.  You can change this string to something
+different using the %name directive.  For instance:</p>
+
+<p><pre>
+   %name Abcde
+</pre></p>
+
+<p>Putting this directive in the grammar file will cause Lemon to generate
+functions named
+<ul>
+<li> AbcdeAlloc(),
+<li> AbcdeFree(),
+<li> AbcdeTrace(), and
+<li> Abcde().
+</ul>
+The %name directive allows you to generator two or more different
+parsers and link them all into the same executable.
+</p>
+
+<h4>The <tt>%nonassoc</tt> directive</h4>
+
+<p>This directive is used to assign non-associative precedence to
+one or more terminal symbols.  See the section on precedence rules
+or on the %left directive for additional information.</p>
+
+<h4>The <tt>%parse_accept</tt> directive</h4>
+
+<p>The %parse_accept directive specifies a block of C code that is
+executed whenever the parser accepts its input string.  To ``accept''
+an input string means that the parser was able to process all tokens
+without error.</p>
+
+<p>For example:</p>
+
+<p><pre>
+   %parse_accept {
+      printf("parsing complete!\n");
+   }
+</pre></p>
+
+
+<h4>The <tt>%parse_failure</tt> directive</h4>
+
+<p>The %parse_failure directive specifies a block of C code that
+is executed whenever the parser fails complete.  This code is not
+executed until the parser has tried and failed to resolve an input
+error using is usual error recovery strategy.  The routine is
+only invoked when parsing is unable to continue.</p>
+
+<p><pre>
+   %parse_failure {
+     fprintf(stderr,"Giving up.  Parser is hopelessly lost...\n");
+   }
+</pre></p>
+
+<h4>The <tt>%right</tt> directive</h4>
+
+<p>This directive is used to assign right-associative precedence to
+one or more terminal symbols.  See the section on precedence rules
+or on the %left directive for additional information.</p>
+
+<h4>The <tt>%stack_overflow</tt> directive</h4>
+
+<p>The %stack_overflow directive specifies a block of C code that
+is executed if the parser's internal stack ever overflows.  Typically
+this just prints an error message.  After a stack overflow, the parser
+will be unable to continue and must be reset.</p>
+
+<p><pre>
+   %stack_overflow {
+     fprintf(stderr,"Giving up.  Parser stack overflow\n");
+   }
+</pre></p>
+
+<p>You can help prevent parser stack overflows by avoiding the use
+of right recursion and right-precedence operators in your grammar.
+Use left recursion and and left-precedence operators instead, to
+encourage rules to reduce sooner and keep the stack size down.
+For example, do rules like this:
+<pre>
+   list ::= list element.      // left-recursion.  Good!
+   list ::= .
+</pre>
+Not like this:
+<pre>
+   list ::= element list.      // right-recursion.  Bad!
+   list ::= .
+</pre>
+
+<h4>The <tt>%stack_size</tt> directive</h4>
+
+<p>If stack overflow is a problem and you can't resolve the trouble
+by using left-recursion, then you might want to increase the size
+of the parser's stack using this directive.  Put an positive integer
+after the %stack_size directive and Lemon will generate a parse
+with a stack of the requested size.  The default value is 100.</p>
+
+<p><pre>
+   %stack_size 2000
+</pre></p>
+
+<h4>The <tt>%start_symbol</tt> directive</h4>
+
+<p>By default, the start-symbol for the grammar that Lemon generates
+is the first non-terminal that appears in the grammar file.  But you
+can choose a different start-symbol using the %start_symbol directive.</p>
+
+<p><pre>
+   %start_symbol  prog
+</pre></p>
+
+<h4>The <tt>%token_destructor</tt> directive</h4>
+
+<p>The %destructor directive assigns a destructor to a non-terminal
+symbol.  (See the description of the %destructor directive above.)
+This directive does the same thing for all terminal symbols.</p>
+
+<p>Unlike non-terminal symbols which may each have a different data type
+for their values, terminals all use the same data type (defined by
+the %token_type directive) and so they use a common destructor.  Other
+than that, the token destructor works just like the non-terminal
+destructors.</p>
+
+<h4>The <tt>%token_prefix</tt> directive</h4>
+
+<p>Lemon generates #defines that assign small integer constants
+to each terminal symbol in the grammar.  If desired, Lemon will
+add a prefix specified by this directive
+to each of the #defines it generates.
+So if the default output of Lemon looked like this:
+<pre>
+    #define AND              1
+    #define MINUS            2
+    #define OR               3
+    #define PLUS             4
+</pre>
+You can insert a statement into the grammar like this:
+<pre>
+    %token_prefix    TOKEN_
+</pre>
+to cause Lemon to produce these symbols instead:
+<pre>
+    #define TOKEN_AND        1
+    #define TOKEN_MINUS      2
+    #define TOKEN_OR         3
+    #define TOKEN_PLUS       4
+</pre>
+
+<h4>The <tt>%token_type</tt> and <tt>%type</tt> directives</h4>
+
+<p>These directives are used to specify the data types for values
+on the parser's stack associated with terminal and non-terminal
+symbols.  The values of all terminal symbols must be of the same
+type.  This turns out to be the same data type as the 3rd parameter
+to the Parse() function generated by Lemon.  Typically, you will
+make the value of a terminal symbol by a pointer to some kind of
+token structure.  Like this:</p>
+
+<p><pre>
+   %token_type    {Token*}
+</pre></p>
+
+<p>If the data type of terminals is not specified, the default value
+is ``int''.</p>
+
+<p>Non-terminal symbols can each have their own data types.  Typically
+the data type  of a non-terminal is a pointer to the root of a parse-tree
+structure that contains all information about that non-terminal.
+For example:</p>
+
+<p><pre>
+   %type   expr  {Expr*}
+</pre></p>
+
+<p>Each entry on the parser's stack is actually a union containing
+instances of all data types for every non-terminal and terminal symbol.
+Lemon will automatically use the correct element of this union depending
+on what the corresponding non-terminal or terminal symbol is.  But
+the grammar designer should keep in mind that the size of the union
+will be the size of its largest element.  So if you have a single
+non-terminal whose data type requires 1K of storage, then your 100
+entry parser stack will require 100K of heap space.  If you are willing
+and able to pay that price, fine.  You just need to know.</p>
+
+<h3>Error Processing</h3>
+
+<p>After extensive experimentation over several years, it has been
+discovered that the error recovery strategy used by yacc is about
+as good as it gets.  And so that is what Lemon uses.</p>
+
+<p>When a Lemon-generated parser encounters a syntax error, it
+first invokes the code specified by the %syntax_error directive, if
+any.  It then enters its error recovery strategy.  The error recovery
+strategy is to begin popping the parsers stack until it enters a
+state where it is permitted to shift a special non-terminal symbol
+named ``error''.  It then shifts this non-terminal and continues
+parsing.  But the %syntax_error routine will not be called again
+until at least three new tokens have been successfully shifted.</p>
+
+<p>If the parser pops its stack until the stack is empty, and it still
+is unable to shift the error symbol, then the %parse_failed routine
+is invoked and the parser resets itself to its start state, ready
+to begin parsing a new file.  This is what will happen at the very
+first syntax error, of course, if there are no instances of the 
+``error'' non-terminal in your grammar.</p>
+
+</body>
+</html>

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/doc/report1.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+An SQLite (version 1.0) database was used in a large military application
+where the database contained 105 tables and indices.  The following is
+a breakdown on the sizes of keys and data within these tables and indices:
+
+Entries:      967089
+Size:         45896104
+Avg Size:     48
+Key Size:     11112265
+Avg Key Size: 12
+Max Key Size: 99
+
+    0..8            263    0%
+    9..12          5560    0%
+   13..16         71394    7%
+   17..24        180717   26%
+   25..32        215442   48%
+   33..40        151118   64%
+   41..48         77479   72%
+   49..56         13983   74%
+   57..64         14481   75%
+   65..80         41342   79%
+   81..96        127098   92%
+   97..112        38054   96%
+  113..128        14197   98%
+  129..144         8208   99%
+  145..160         3326   99%
+  161..176         1242   99%
+  177..192          604   99%
+  193..208          222   99%
+  209..224          213   99%
+  225..240          132   99%
+  241..256           58   99%
+  257..288          515   99%
+  289..320           64   99%
+  321..352           39   99%
+  353..384           44   99%
+  385..416           25   99%
+  417..448           24   99%
+  449..480           26   99%
+  481..512           27   99%
+  513..1024         470   99%
+ 1025..2048         396   99%
+ 2049..4096         187   99%
+ 4097..8192          78   99%
+ 8193..16384         35   99%
+16385..32768         17   99%
+32769..65536          6   99%
+65537..65541          3  100%
+
+If the indices are omitted, the statistics for the 49 tables
+become the following:
+
+Entries:      451103
+Size:         30930282
+Avg Size:     69
+Key Size:     1804412
+Avg Key Size: 4
+Max Key Size: 4
+
+    0..24            89    0%
+   25..32          9417    2%
+   33..40        119162   28%
+   41..48         68710   43%
+   49..56          9539   45%
+   57..64         12435   48%
+   65..80         38650   57%
+   81..96        126877   85%
+   97..112        38030   93%
+  113..128        14183   96%
+  129..144         7668   98%
+  145..160         3302   99%
+  161..176         1238   99%
+  177..192          597   99%
+  193..208          217   99%
+  209..224          211   99%
+  225..240          130   99%
+  241..256           57   99%
+  257..288          100   99%
+  289..320           62   99%
+  321..352           34   99%
+  353..384           43   99%
+  385..416           24   99%
+  417..448           24   99%
+  449..480           25   99%
+  481..512           27   99%
+  513..1024         153   99%
+ 1025..2048          92   99%
+ 2049..4096           7  100%
+
+The 56 indices have these statistics:
+
+Entries:      512422
+Size:         14879828
+Avg Size:     30
+Key Size:     9253204
+Avg Key Size: 19
+Max Key Size: 99
+
+    0..8            246    0%
+    9..12          5486    1%
+   13..16         70717   14%
+   17..24        178246   49%
+   25..32        205722   89%
+   33..40         31951   96%
+   41..48          8768   97%
+   49..56          4444   98%
+   57..64          2046   99%
+   65..80          2691   99%
+   81..96           202   99%
+   97..112           11   99%
+  113..144          527   99%
+  145..160           20   99%
+  161..288          406   99%
+  289..1024         316   99%
+ 1025..2048         304   99%
+ 2049..4096         180   99%
+ 4097..8192          78   99%
+ 8193..16384         35   99%
+16385..32768         17   99%
+32769..65536          6   99%
+65537..65541          3  100%

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/examples/c1.bat

@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+cls
+gpp example1.cpp libsqlite3.a -o example1.exe
+pause
+example1.exe

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/examples/c2.bat

@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+cls
+gpp example2.cpp libsqlite3.a -o example2.exe
+pause
+example2.exe

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/examples/c3.bat

@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+cls
+gcc example3.c libsqlite3.a -o example3.exe
+pause
+example3.exe

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/examples/example1.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+#include <iostream>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "sqlite3.h"
+ 
+sqlite3 *database;       
+ 
+using namespace std;
+ 
+int Callback( void *Pointer, int argc, char **argv, char **columnNames)
+// (pointer to database,number of columns retrieved,
+// array of pointers to the strings in the fields,column name)
+{
+  cout<< *argv <<endl;       // prints all entries in column "entry" 
+  return 0;
+}
+ 
+ 
+int main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+  // open database
+  int resultcode = sqlite3_open( "mydatabase" , &database);
+
+  //create table and insert entries
+  sqlite3_exec( database , "create table test(number integer , entry varchar(50) , primary key(number));" , NULL , NULL , NULL);
+  sqlite3_exec( database , "insert into test (number , entry) values (1 , 'Testentry 0');" , NULL , NULL , NULL);
+  sqlite3_exec( database , "insert into test (number , entry) values (2 , 'Testentry 1');" , NULL , NULL , NULL);
+  sqlite3_exec( database , "insert into test (number , entry) values (3 , 'Testentry 2');" , NULL , NULL , NULL);
+ 
+  // query database: retrieve all fields in column "entry":
+  sqlite3_exec( database , "select entry from test;" , Callback , NULL , NULL);
+ 
+  // close database again
+  sqlite3_close(database);
+ 
+  return 0;
+}

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/examples/example2.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "sqlite3.h" 
+
+// This is the callback function to display the select data in the table 
+static int callback(void *NotUsed, int argc, char **argv, char **azColName)
+{
+	int i;
+	for(i=0; i<argc; i++)
+	{
+		printf("%s = %s\n", azColName[i], argv[i] ? argv[i] : "NULL");
+	}
+	printf("\n");
+	return 0;
+}
+
+
+int main(int argc, char* argv[])
+{
+	sqlite3 *db; // sqlite3 db struct
+	char *zErrMsg = 0;
+	int rc;
+
+	// Open the test.db file
+	rc = sqlite3_open("ex2.db", &db);
+
+	if( rc ){
+		// failed
+		fprintf(stderr, "Can't open database: %s\n", sqlite3_errmsg(db));
+	} 
+	else
+	{
+		// success
+		fprintf(stderr, "Opened database successfully\n\n");
+	}
+
+	const char *pSQL[6];
+
+	// Create a new myTable in database
+	pSQL[0] = "create table myTable (FirstName varchar(30), LastName varchar(30), Age smallint)";
+
+	// Insert first data item into myTable
+	pSQL[1] = "insert into myTable (FirstName, LastName, Age) values ('Washington', 'George', 22)";
+	
+	// Insert second data item into myTable
+	pSQL[2] = "insert into myTable (FirstName, LastName, Age) values ('Lincoln', 'Abraham', 33)";
+
+	// Select all data in myTable
+	pSQL[3] = "select * from myTable";
+	
+	// Remove all data in myTable
+	pSQL[4] = "delete from myTable"; 
+
+	// Drop the table from database
+	pSQL[5] = "drop table myTable";
+
+	// execute all the sql statement
+	for(int i = 0; i < 6; i++)
+	{
+		rc = sqlite3_exec(db, pSQL[i], callback, 0, &zErrMsg);
+		if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+			fprintf(stderr, "SQL error: %s\n", zErrMsg);
+			sqlite3_free(zErrMsg);
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	sqlite3_close(db);
+
+	return 0;
+}
+

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/examples/example3.c

@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "sqlite3.h" 
+
+     
+int main(void) {
+    sqlite3 *db;
+    sqlite3_stmt *res;
+    int rc = 0;
+    int rec_count = 0;
+    const char *errMSG;
+    const char *tail;
+	
+
+    rc = sqlite3_open("ex3.db", &db);
+    if (rc) {
+            puts("Can not open database");
+            exit(0);
+    }
+
+    // Create a new table called people in database     
+    rc = sqlite3_exec(db,"create table people (id integer, firstname varchar(20), \
+		     lastname varchar(20), phonenumber char(10))", 0, 0, 0);
+
+    //rc = sqlite3_exec(db,"delete from people", 0, 0, 0); //erase previous inserts
+
+    rc = sqlite3_exec(db,"insert into people (id, firstname, lastname, phonenumber) \
+		     values (1, 'Fred', 'Flintstone', '5055551234');", NULL , NULL , NULL);
+
+    rc = sqlite3_exec(db,"insert into people (id, firstname, lastname, phonenumber) \
+		     values (2, 'Wilma', 'Flintstone', '5055551234');" , NULL , NULL , NULL);
+
+    rc = sqlite3_exec(db,"insert into people (id, firstname, lastname, phonenumber) \
+		     values (3, 'Barny', 'Rubble', '5055554321');" , NULL , NULL , NULL);
+
+    rc = sqlite3_exec(db,"update people set phonenumber=\'5055559999\' where id=3", 0, 0, 0);
+    
+    rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db,"select lastname,firstname,phonenumber,id from people order by id", 
+                      1000, &res, &tail);
+    
+    if (rc != SQLITE_OK) {
+                      puts("We did not get any data!");
+                      exit(0);
+    }
+    puts("==========================");
+    
+    while (sqlite3_step(res) == SQLITE_ROW) {
+                      printf("%s|", sqlite3_column_text(res, 0));
+                      printf("%s|", sqlite3_column_text(res, 1));
+                      printf("%s|", sqlite3_column_text(res, 2));
+                      printf("%u\n", sqlite3_column_int(res, 3));
+    
+                      rec_count++;
+    }
+    
+    puts("==========================");
+    printf("We received %d records.\n", rec_count);
+    
+    sqlite3_finalize(res);
+    
+    sqlite3_close(db);
+    
+    return 0;
+}

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/examples/notes.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+This directory contains three examples how to use SQLite with DJGPP.
+
+I found these examples on the net and do not claim copyright on them.
+
+Compile these with the three batch files included c1-c3.bat.
+
+You can also copy libsqlite3.a into djgpp\lib and sqlite3.h into djgpp\inc.
+
+Links to tutorials:
+http://zetcode.com/db/sqlite/
+http://souptonuts.sourceforge.net/readme_sqlite_tutorial.html
+http://www.yolinux.com/TUTORIALS/SQLite.html
+
+20th Feb. 2013 Georg

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/ext/README.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Version loadable extensions to SQLite are found in subfolders
+of this folder.

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/ext/fts1/CVS/Entries

@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+/README.txt/1.1/Tue Aug 22 14:45:37 2006//
+/fts1.h/1.2/Wed Sep 13 18:40:26 2006//
+/fts1_hash.c/1.1/Thu Aug 31 15:07:15 2006//
+/fts1_hash.h/1.1/Thu Aug 31 15:07:15 2006//
+/fts1_porter.c/1.6/Fri Nov 30 01:28:10 2007//
+/fts1_tokenizer.h/1.4/Sun Oct  1 18:41:20 2006//
+/fts1_tokenizer1.c/1.8/Fri Nov 30 01:28:10 2007//
+/fts1.c/1.55/Thu Dec 13 21:45:43 2007//
+/ft_hash.c/1.1/Wed Aug 23 23:58:50 2006//
+/ft_hash.h/1.1/Wed Aug 23 23:58:50 2006//
+/fulltext.c/1.3/Mon Aug 28 23:46:02 2006//
+/fulltext.h/1.1/Wed Aug 23 23:58:50 2006//
+/simple_tokenizer.c/1.3/Wed Aug 30 21:40:30 2006//
+/tokenizer.h/1.1/Wed Aug 23 23:58:50 2006//
+D

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/ext/fts1/CVS/Repository

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+sqlite/ext/fts1

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/ext/fts1/CVS/Root

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+:pserver:drh@sqlite.org:/sqlite

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/ext/fts1/README.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+This folder contains source code to the first full-text search
+extension for SQLite.

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/ext/fts1/ft_hash.c

@@ -0,0 +1,404 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This is the implementation of generic hash-tables used in SQLite.
+** We've modified it slightly to serve as a standalone hash table
+** implementation for the full-text indexing module.
+*/
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "ft_hash.h"
+
+void *malloc_and_zero(int n){
+  void *p = malloc(n);
+  if( p ){
+    memset(p, 0, n);
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/* Turn bulk memory into a hash table object by initializing the
+** fields of the Hash structure.
+**
+** "pNew" is a pointer to the hash table that is to be initialized.
+** keyClass is one of the constants HASH_INT, HASH_POINTER,
+** HASH_BINARY, or HASH_STRING.  The value of keyClass 
+** determines what kind of key the hash table will use.  "copyKey" is
+** true if the hash table should make its own private copy of keys and
+** false if it should just use the supplied pointer.  CopyKey only makes
+** sense for HASH_STRING and HASH_BINARY and is ignored
+** for other key classes.
+*/
+void HashInit(Hash *pNew, int keyClass, int copyKey){
+  assert( pNew!=0 );
+  assert( keyClass>=HASH_STRING && keyClass<=HASH_BINARY );
+  pNew->keyClass = keyClass;
+#if 0
+  if( keyClass==HASH_POINTER || keyClass==HASH_INT ) copyKey = 0;
+#endif
+  pNew->copyKey = copyKey;
+  pNew->first = 0;
+  pNew->count = 0;
+  pNew->htsize = 0;
+  pNew->ht = 0;
+  pNew->xMalloc = malloc_and_zero;
+  pNew->xFree = free;
+}
+
+/* Remove all entries from a hash table.  Reclaim all memory.
+** Call this routine to delete a hash table or to reset a hash table
+** to the empty state.
+*/
+void HashClear(Hash *pH){
+  HashElem *elem;         /* For looping over all elements of the table */
+
+  assert( pH!=0 );
+  elem = pH->first;
+  pH->first = 0;
+  if( pH->ht ) pH->xFree(pH->ht);
+  pH->ht = 0;
+  pH->htsize = 0;
+  while( elem ){
+    HashElem *next_elem = elem->next;
+    if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){
+      pH->xFree(elem->pKey);
+    }
+    pH->xFree(elem);
+    elem = next_elem;
+  }
+  pH->count = 0;
+}
+
+#if 0 /* NOT USED */
+/*
+** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is HASH_INT
+*/
+static int intHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
+  return nKey ^ (nKey<<8) ^ (nKey>>8);
+}
+static int intCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
+  return n2 - n1;
+}
+#endif
+
+#if 0 /* NOT USED */
+/*
+** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is HASH_POINTER
+*/
+static int ptrHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
+  uptr x = Addr(pKey);
+  return x ^ (x<<8) ^ (x>>8);
+}
+static int ptrCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
+  if( pKey1==pKey2 ) return 0;
+  if( pKey1<pKey2 ) return -1;
+  return 1;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is HASH_STRING
+*/
+static int strHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
+  const char *z = (const char *)pKey;
+  int h = 0;
+  if( nKey<=0 ) nKey = (int) strlen(z);
+  while( nKey > 0  ){
+    h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ *z++;
+    nKey--;
+  }
+  return h & 0x7fffffff;
+}
+static int strCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
+  if( n1!=n2 ) return 1;
+  return strncmp((const char*)pKey1,(const char*)pKey2,n1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is HASH_BINARY
+*/
+static int binHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
+  int h = 0;
+  const char *z = (const char *)pKey;
+  while( nKey-- > 0 ){
+    h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ *(z++);
+  }
+  return h & 0x7fffffff;
+}
+static int binCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
+  if( n1!=n2 ) return 1;
+  return memcmp(pKey1,pKey2,n1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class.
+**
+** The C syntax in this function definition may be unfamilar to some 
+** programmers, so we provide the following additional explanation:
+**
+** The name of the function is "hashFunction".  The function takes a
+** single parameter "keyClass".  The return value of hashFunction()
+** is a pointer to another function.  Specifically, the return value
+** of hashFunction() is a pointer to a function that takes two parameters
+** with types "const void*" and "int" and returns an "int".
+*/
+static int (*hashFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int){
+#if 0  /* HASH_INT and HASH_POINTER are never used */
+  switch( keyClass ){
+    case HASH_INT:     return &intHash;
+    case HASH_POINTER: return &ptrHash;
+    case HASH_STRING:  return &strHash;
+    case HASH_BINARY:  return &binHash;;
+    default: break;
+  }
+  return 0;
+#else
+  if( keyClass==HASH_STRING ){
+    return &strHash;
+  }else{
+    assert( keyClass==HASH_BINARY );
+    return &binHash;
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class.
+**
+** For help in interpreted the obscure C code in the function definition,
+** see the header comment on the previous function.
+*/
+static int (*compareFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int,const void*,int){
+#if 0 /* HASH_INT and HASH_POINTER are never used */
+  switch( keyClass ){
+    case HASH_INT:     return &intCompare;
+    case HASH_POINTER: return &ptrCompare;
+    case HASH_STRING:  return &strCompare;
+    case HASH_BINARY:  return &binCompare;
+    default: break;
+  }
+  return 0;
+#else
+  if( keyClass==HASH_STRING ){
+    return &strCompare;
+  }else{
+    assert( keyClass==HASH_BINARY );
+    return &binCompare;
+  }
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Link an element into the hash table
+*/
+static void insertElement(
+  Hash *pH,              /* The complete hash table */
+  struct _ht *pEntry,    /* The entry into which pNew is inserted */
+  HashElem *pNew         /* The element to be inserted */
+){
+  HashElem *pHead;       /* First element already in pEntry */
+  pHead = pEntry->chain;
+  if( pHead ){
+    pNew->next = pHead;
+    pNew->prev = pHead->prev;
+    if( pHead->prev ){ pHead->prev->next = pNew; }
+    else             { pH->first = pNew; }
+    pHead->prev = pNew;
+  }else{
+    pNew->next = pH->first;
+    if( pH->first ){ pH->first->prev = pNew; }
+    pNew->prev = 0;
+    pH->first = pNew;
+  }
+  pEntry->count++;
+  pEntry->chain = pNew;
+}
+
+
+/* Resize the hash table so that it cantains "new_size" buckets.
+** "new_size" must be a power of 2.  The hash table might fail 
+** to resize if sqliteMalloc() fails.
+*/
+static void rehash(Hash *pH, int new_size){
+  struct _ht *new_ht;            /* The new hash table */
+  HashElem *elem, *next_elem;    /* For looping over existing elements */
+  int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */
+
+  assert( (new_size & (new_size-1))==0 );
+  new_ht = (struct _ht *)pH->xMalloc( new_size*sizeof(struct _ht) );
+  if( new_ht==0 ) return;
+  if( pH->ht ) pH->xFree(pH->ht);
+  pH->ht = new_ht;
+  pH->htsize = new_size;
+  xHash = hashFunction(pH->keyClass);
+  for(elem=pH->first, pH->first=0; elem; elem = next_elem){
+    int h = (*xHash)(elem->pKey, elem->nKey) & (new_size-1);
+    next_elem = elem->next;
+    insertElement(pH, &new_ht[h], elem);
+  }
+}
+
+/* This function (for internal use only) locates an element in an
+** hash table that matches the given key.  The hash for this key has
+** already been computed and is passed as the 4th parameter.
+*/
+static HashElem *findElementGivenHash(
+  const Hash *pH,     /* The pH to be searched */
+  const void *pKey,   /* The key we are searching for */
+  int nKey,
+  int h               /* The hash for this key. */
+){
+  HashElem *elem;                /* Used to loop thru the element list */
+  int count;                     /* Number of elements left to test */
+  int (*xCompare)(const void*,int,const void*,int);  /* comparison function */
+
+  if( pH->ht ){
+    struct _ht *pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
+    elem = pEntry->chain;
+    count = pEntry->count;
+    xCompare = compareFunction(pH->keyClass);
+    while( count-- && elem ){
+      if( (*xCompare)(elem->pKey,elem->nKey,pKey,nKey)==0 ){ 
+        return elem;
+      }
+      elem = elem->next;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Remove a single entry from the hash table given a pointer to that
+** element and a hash on the element's key.
+*/
+static void removeElementGivenHash(
+  Hash *pH,         /* The pH containing "elem" */
+  HashElem* elem,   /* The element to be removed from the pH */
+  int h             /* Hash value for the element */
+){
+  struct _ht *pEntry;
+  if( elem->prev ){
+    elem->prev->next = elem->next; 
+  }else{
+    pH->first = elem->next;
+  }
+  if( elem->next ){
+    elem->next->prev = elem->prev;
+  }
+  pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
+  if( pEntry->chain==elem ){
+    pEntry->chain = elem->next;
+  }
+  pEntry->count--;
+  if( pEntry->count<=0 ){
+    pEntry->chain = 0;
+  }
+  if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){
+    pH->xFree(elem->pKey);
+  }
+  pH->xFree( elem );
+  pH->count--;
+  if( pH->count<=0 ){
+    assert( pH->first==0 );
+    assert( pH->count==0 );
+    HashClear(pH);
+  }
+}
+
+/* Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key
+** that matches pKey,nKey.  Return the data for this element if it is
+** found, or NULL if there is no match.
+*/
+void *HashFind(const Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey){
+  int h;             /* A hash on key */
+  HashElem *elem;    /* The element that matches key */
+  int (*xHash)(const void*,int);  /* The hash function */
+
+  if( pH==0 || pH->ht==0 ) return 0;
+  xHash = hashFunction(pH->keyClass);
+  assert( xHash!=0 );
+  h = (*xHash)(pKey,nKey);
+  assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
+  elem = findElementGivenHash(pH,pKey,nKey, h & (pH->htsize-1));
+  return elem ? elem->data : 0;
+}
+
+/* Insert an element into the hash table pH.  The key is pKey,nKey
+** and the data is "data".
+**
+** If no element exists with a matching key, then a new
+** element is created.  A copy of the key is made if the copyKey
+** flag is set.  NULL is returned.
+**
+** If another element already exists with the same key, then the
+** new data replaces the old data and the old data is returned.
+** The key is not copied in this instance.  If a malloc fails, then
+** the new data is returned and the hash table is unchanged.
+**
+** If the "data" parameter to this function is NULL, then the
+** element corresponding to "key" is removed from the hash table.
+*/
+void *HashInsert(Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey, void *data){
+  int hraw;             /* Raw hash value of the key */
+  int h;                /* the hash of the key modulo hash table size */
+  HashElem *elem;       /* Used to loop thru the element list */
+  HashElem *new_elem;   /* New element added to the pH */
+  int (*xHash)(const void*,int);  /* The hash function */
+
+  assert( pH!=0 );
+  xHash = hashFunction(pH->keyClass);
+  assert( xHash!=0 );
+  hraw = (*xHash)(pKey, nKey);
+  assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
+  h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1);
+  elem = findElementGivenHash(pH,pKey,nKey,h);
+  if( elem ){
+    void *old_data = elem->data;
+    if( data==0 ){
+      removeElementGivenHash(pH,elem,h);
+    }else{
+      elem->data = data;
+    }
+    return old_data;
+  }
+  if( data==0 ) return 0;
+  new_elem = (HashElem*)pH->xMalloc( sizeof(HashElem) );
+  if( new_elem==0 ) return data;
+  if( pH->copyKey && pKey!=0 ){
+    new_elem->pKey = pH->xMalloc( nKey );
+    if( new_elem->pKey==0 ){
+      pH->xFree(new_elem);
+      return data;
+    }
+    memcpy((void*)new_elem->pKey, pKey, nKey);
+  }else{
+    new_elem->pKey = (void*)pKey;
+  }
+  new_elem->nKey = nKey;
+  pH->count++;
+  if( pH->htsize==0 ){
+    rehash(pH,8);
+    if( pH->htsize==0 ){
+      pH->count = 0;
+      pH->xFree(new_elem);
+      return data;
+    }
+  }
+  if( pH->count > pH->htsize ){
+    rehash(pH,pH->htsize*2);
+  }
+  assert( pH->htsize>0 );
+  assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
+  h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1);
+  insertElement(pH, &pH->ht[h], new_elem);
+  new_elem->data = data;
+  return 0;
+}

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/ext/fts1/ft_hash.h

@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implemenation
+** used in SQLite.  We've modified it slightly to serve as a standalone
+** hash table implementation for the full-text indexing module.
+**
+*/
+#ifndef _HASH_H_
+#define _HASH_H_
+
+/* Forward declarations of structures. */
+typedef struct Hash Hash;
+typedef struct HashElem HashElem;
+
+/* A complete hash table is an instance of the following structure.
+** The internals of this structure are intended to be opaque -- client
+** code should not attempt to access or modify the fields of this structure
+** directly.  Change this structure only by using the routines below.
+** However, many of the "procedures" and "functions" for modifying and
+** accessing this structure are really macros, so we can't really make
+** this structure opaque.
+*/
+struct Hash {
+  char keyClass;          /* HASH_INT, _POINTER, _STRING, _BINARY */
+  char copyKey;           /* True if copy of key made on insert */
+  int count;              /* Number of entries in this table */
+  HashElem *first;        /* The first element of the array */
+  void *(*xMalloc)(int);  /* malloc() function to use */
+  void (*xFree)(void *);  /* free() function to use */
+  int htsize;             /* Number of buckets in the hash table */
+  struct _ht {            /* the hash table */
+    int count;               /* Number of entries with this hash */
+    HashElem *chain;         /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */
+  } *ht;
+};
+
+/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following 
+** structure.  All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list.
+**
+** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really
+** be opaque because it is used by macros.
+*/
+struct HashElem {
+  HashElem *next, *prev;   /* Next and previous elements in the table */
+  void *data;              /* Data associated with this element */
+  void *pKey; int nKey;    /* Key associated with this element */
+};
+
+/*
+** There are 4 different modes of operation for a hash table:
+**
+**   HASH_INT         nKey is used as the key and pKey is ignored.
+**
+**   HASH_POINTER     pKey is used as the key and nKey is ignored.
+**
+**   HASH_STRING      pKey points to a string that is nKey bytes long
+**                           (including the null-terminator, if any).  Case
+**                           is respected in comparisons.
+**
+**   HASH_BINARY      pKey points to binary data nKey bytes long. 
+**                           memcmp() is used to compare keys.
+**
+** A copy of the key is made for HASH_STRING and HASH_BINARY
+** if the copyKey parameter to HashInit is 1.  
+*/
+/* #define HASH_INT       1 // NOT USED */
+/* #define HASH_POINTER   2 // NOT USED */
+#define HASH_STRING    3
+#define HASH_BINARY    4
+
+/*
+** Access routines.  To delete, insert a NULL pointer.
+*/
+void HashInit(Hash*, int keytype, int copyKey);
+void *HashInsert(Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey, void *pData);
+void *HashFind(const Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey);
+void HashClear(Hash*);
+
+/*
+** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table.  The idiom is
+** like this:
+**
+**   Hash h;
+**   HashElem *p;
+**   ...
+**   for(p=HashFirst(&h); p; p=HashNext(p)){
+**     SomeStructure *pData = HashData(p);
+**     // do something with pData
+**   }
+*/
+#define HashFirst(H)  ((H)->first)
+#define HashNext(E)   ((E)->next)
+#define HashData(E)   ((E)->data)
+#define HashKey(E)    ((E)->pKey)
+#define HashKeysize(E) ((E)->nKey)
+
+/*
+** Number of entries in a hash table
+*/
+#define HashCount(H)  ((H)->count)
+
+#endif /* _HASH_H_ */

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/ext/fts1/fts1.h

@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+#include "sqlite3.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif  /* __cplusplus */
+
+int sqlite3Fts1Init(sqlite3 *db);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}  /* extern "C" */
+#endif  /* __cplusplus */

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/ext/fts1/fts1_hash.c

@@ -0,0 +1,369 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This is the implementation of generic hash-tables used in SQLite.
+** We've modified it slightly to serve as a standalone hash table
+** implementation for the full-text indexing module.
+*/
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+/*
+** The code in this file is only compiled if:
+**
+**     * The FTS1 module is being built as an extension
+**       (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
+**
+**     * The FTS1 module is being built into the core of
+**       SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS1 is defined).
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS1)
+
+
+#include "fts1_hash.h"
+
+static void *malloc_and_zero(int n){
+  void *p = malloc(n);
+  if( p ){
+    memset(p, 0, n);
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/* Turn bulk memory into a hash table object by initializing the
+** fields of the Hash structure.
+**
+** "pNew" is a pointer to the hash table that is to be initialized.
+** keyClass is one of the constants 
+** FTS1_HASH_BINARY or FTS1_HASH_STRING.  The value of keyClass 
+** determines what kind of key the hash table will use.  "copyKey" is
+** true if the hash table should make its own private copy of keys and
+** false if it should just use the supplied pointer.
+*/
+void sqlite3Fts1HashInit(fts1Hash *pNew, int keyClass, int copyKey){
+  assert( pNew!=0 );
+  assert( keyClass>=FTS1_HASH_STRING && keyClass<=FTS1_HASH_BINARY );
+  pNew->keyClass = keyClass;
+  pNew->copyKey = copyKey;
+  pNew->first = 0;
+  pNew->count = 0;
+  pNew->htsize = 0;
+  pNew->ht = 0;
+  pNew->xMalloc = malloc_and_zero;
+  pNew->xFree = free;
+}
+
+/* Remove all entries from a hash table.  Reclaim all memory.
+** Call this routine to delete a hash table or to reset a hash table
+** to the empty state.
+*/
+void sqlite3Fts1HashClear(fts1Hash *pH){
+  fts1HashElem *elem;         /* For looping over all elements of the table */
+
+  assert( pH!=0 );
+  elem = pH->first;
+  pH->first = 0;
+  if( pH->ht ) pH->xFree(pH->ht);
+  pH->ht = 0;
+  pH->htsize = 0;
+  while( elem ){
+    fts1HashElem *next_elem = elem->next;
+    if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){
+      pH->xFree(elem->pKey);
+    }
+    pH->xFree(elem);
+    elem = next_elem;
+  }
+  pH->count = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is FTS1_HASH_STRING
+*/
+static int strHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
+  const char *z = (const char *)pKey;
+  int h = 0;
+  if( nKey<=0 ) nKey = (int) strlen(z);
+  while( nKey > 0  ){
+    h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ *z++;
+    nKey--;
+  }
+  return h & 0x7fffffff;
+}
+static int strCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
+  if( n1!=n2 ) return 1;
+  return strncmp((const char*)pKey1,(const char*)pKey2,n1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is FTS1_HASH_BINARY
+*/
+static int binHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
+  int h = 0;
+  const char *z = (const char *)pKey;
+  while( nKey-- > 0 ){
+    h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ *(z++);
+  }
+  return h & 0x7fffffff;
+}
+static int binCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
+  if( n1!=n2 ) return 1;
+  return memcmp(pKey1,pKey2,n1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class.
+**
+** The C syntax in this function definition may be unfamilar to some 
+** programmers, so we provide the following additional explanation:
+**
+** The name of the function is "hashFunction".  The function takes a
+** single parameter "keyClass".  The return value of hashFunction()
+** is a pointer to another function.  Specifically, the return value
+** of hashFunction() is a pointer to a function that takes two parameters
+** with types "const void*" and "int" and returns an "int".
+*/
+static int (*hashFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int){
+  if( keyClass==FTS1_HASH_STRING ){
+    return &strHash;
+  }else{
+    assert( keyClass==FTS1_HASH_BINARY );
+    return &binHash;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class.
+**
+** For help in interpreted the obscure C code in the function definition,
+** see the header comment on the previous function.
+*/
+static int (*compareFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int,const void*,int){
+  if( keyClass==FTS1_HASH_STRING ){
+    return &strCompare;
+  }else{
+    assert( keyClass==FTS1_HASH_BINARY );
+    return &binCompare;
+  }
+}
+
+/* Link an element into the hash table
+*/
+static void insertElement(
+  fts1Hash *pH,            /* The complete hash table */
+  struct _fts1ht *pEntry,  /* The entry into which pNew is inserted */
+  fts1HashElem *pNew       /* The element to be inserted */
+){
+  fts1HashElem *pHead;     /* First element already in pEntry */
+  pHead = pEntry->chain;
+  if( pHead ){
+    pNew->next = pHead;
+    pNew->prev = pHead->prev;
+    if( pHead->prev ){ pHead->prev->next = pNew; }
+    else             { pH->first = pNew; }
+    pHead->prev = pNew;
+  }else{
+    pNew->next = pH->first;
+    if( pH->first ){ pH->first->prev = pNew; }
+    pNew->prev = 0;
+    pH->first = pNew;
+  }
+  pEntry->count++;
+  pEntry->chain = pNew;
+}
+
+
+/* Resize the hash table so that it cantains "new_size" buckets.
+** "new_size" must be a power of 2.  The hash table might fail 
+** to resize if sqliteMalloc() fails.
+*/
+static void rehash(fts1Hash *pH, int new_size){
+  struct _fts1ht *new_ht;          /* The new hash table */
+  fts1HashElem *elem, *next_elem;  /* For looping over existing elements */
+  int (*xHash)(const void*,int);   /* The hash function */
+
+  assert( (new_size & (new_size-1))==0 );
+  new_ht = (struct _fts1ht *)pH->xMalloc( new_size*sizeof(struct _fts1ht) );
+  if( new_ht==0 ) return;
+  if( pH->ht ) pH->xFree(pH->ht);
+  pH->ht = new_ht;
+  pH->htsize = new_size;
+  xHash = hashFunction(pH->keyClass);
+  for(elem=pH->first, pH->first=0; elem; elem = next_elem){
+    int h = (*xHash)(elem->pKey, elem->nKey) & (new_size-1);
+    next_elem = elem->next;
+    insertElement(pH, &new_ht[h], elem);
+  }
+}
+
+/* This function (for internal use only) locates an element in an
+** hash table that matches the given key.  The hash for this key has
+** already been computed and is passed as the 4th parameter.
+*/
+static fts1HashElem *findElementGivenHash(
+  const fts1Hash *pH, /* The pH to be searched */
+  const void *pKey,   /* The key we are searching for */
+  int nKey,
+  int h               /* The hash for this key. */
+){
+  fts1HashElem *elem;            /* Used to loop thru the element list */
+  int count;                     /* Number of elements left to test */
+  int (*xCompare)(const void*,int,const void*,int);  /* comparison function */
+
+  if( pH->ht ){
+    struct _fts1ht *pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
+    elem = pEntry->chain;
+    count = pEntry->count;
+    xCompare = compareFunction(pH->keyClass);
+    while( count-- && elem ){
+      if( (*xCompare)(elem->pKey,elem->nKey,pKey,nKey)==0 ){ 
+        return elem;
+      }
+      elem = elem->next;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Remove a single entry from the hash table given a pointer to that
+** element and a hash on the element's key.
+*/
+static void removeElementGivenHash(
+  fts1Hash *pH,         /* The pH containing "elem" */
+  fts1HashElem* elem,   /* The element to be removed from the pH */
+  int h                 /* Hash value for the element */
+){
+  struct _fts1ht *pEntry;
+  if( elem->prev ){
+    elem->prev->next = elem->next; 
+  }else{
+    pH->first = elem->next;
+  }
+  if( elem->next ){
+    elem->next->prev = elem->prev;
+  }
+  pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
+  if( pEntry->chain==elem ){
+    pEntry->chain = elem->next;
+  }
+  pEntry->count--;
+  if( pEntry->count<=0 ){
+    pEntry->chain = 0;
+  }
+  if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){
+    pH->xFree(elem->pKey);
+  }
+  pH->xFree( elem );
+  pH->count--;
+  if( pH->count<=0 ){
+    assert( pH->first==0 );
+    assert( pH->count==0 );
+    fts1HashClear(pH);
+  }
+}
+
+/* Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key
+** that matches pKey,nKey.  Return the data for this element if it is
+** found, or NULL if there is no match.
+*/
+void *sqlite3Fts1HashFind(const fts1Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey){
+  int h;                 /* A hash on key */
+  fts1HashElem *elem;    /* The element that matches key */
+  int (*xHash)(const void*,int);  /* The hash function */
+
+  if( pH==0 || pH->ht==0 ) return 0;
+  xHash = hashFunction(pH->keyClass);
+  assert( xHash!=0 );
+  h = (*xHash)(pKey,nKey);
+  assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
+  elem = findElementGivenHash(pH,pKey,nKey, h & (pH->htsize-1));
+  return elem ? elem->data : 0;
+}
+
+/* Insert an element into the hash table pH.  The key is pKey,nKey
+** and the data is "data".
+**
+** If no element exists with a matching key, then a new
+** element is created.  A copy of the key is made if the copyKey
+** flag is set.  NULL is returned.
+**
+** If another element already exists with the same key, then the
+** new data replaces the old data and the old data is returned.
+** The key is not copied in this instance.  If a malloc fails, then
+** the new data is returned and the hash table is unchanged.
+**
+** If the "data" parameter to this function is NULL, then the
+** element corresponding to "key" is removed from the hash table.
+*/
+void *sqlite3Fts1HashInsert(
+  fts1Hash *pH,        /* The hash table to insert into */
+  const void *pKey,    /* The key */
+  int nKey,            /* Number of bytes in the key */
+  void *data           /* The data */
+){
+  int hraw;                 /* Raw hash value of the key */
+  int h;                    /* the hash of the key modulo hash table size */
+  fts1HashElem *elem;       /* Used to loop thru the element list */
+  fts1HashElem *new_elem;   /* New element added to the pH */
+  int (*xHash)(const void*,int);  /* The hash function */
+
+  assert( pH!=0 );
+  xHash = hashFunction(pH->keyClass);
+  assert( xHash!=0 );
+  hraw = (*xHash)(pKey, nKey);
+  assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
+  h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1);
+  elem = findElementGivenHash(pH,pKey,nKey,h);
+  if( elem ){
+    void *old_data = elem->data;
+    if( data==0 ){
+      removeElementGivenHash(pH,elem,h);
+    }else{
+      elem->data = data;
+    }
+    return old_data;
+  }
+  if( data==0 ) return 0;
+  new_elem = (fts1HashElem*)pH->xMalloc( sizeof(fts1HashElem) );
+  if( new_elem==0 ) return data;
+  if( pH->copyKey && pKey!=0 ){
+    new_elem->pKey = pH->xMalloc( nKey );
+    if( new_elem->pKey==0 ){
+      pH->xFree(new_elem);
+      return data;
+    }
+    memcpy((void*)new_elem->pKey, pKey, nKey);
+  }else{
+    new_elem->pKey = (void*)pKey;
+  }
+  new_elem->nKey = nKey;
+  pH->count++;
+  if( pH->htsize==0 ){
+    rehash(pH,8);
+    if( pH->htsize==0 ){
+      pH->count = 0;
+      pH->xFree(new_elem);
+      return data;
+    }
+  }
+  if( pH->count > pH->htsize ){
+    rehash(pH,pH->htsize*2);
+  }
+  assert( pH->htsize>0 );
+  assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
+  h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1);
+  insertElement(pH, &pH->ht[h], new_elem);
+  new_elem->data = data;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS1) */

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/ext/fts1/fts1_hash.h

@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implemenation
+** used in SQLite.  We've modified it slightly to serve as a standalone
+** hash table implementation for the full-text indexing module.
+**
+*/
+#ifndef _FTS1_HASH_H_
+#define _FTS1_HASH_H_
+
+/* Forward declarations of structures. */
+typedef struct fts1Hash fts1Hash;
+typedef struct fts1HashElem fts1HashElem;
+
+/* A complete hash table is an instance of the following structure.
+** The internals of this structure are intended to be opaque -- client
+** code should not attempt to access or modify the fields of this structure
+** directly.  Change this structure only by using the routines below.
+** However, many of the "procedures" and "functions" for modifying and
+** accessing this structure are really macros, so we can't really make
+** this structure opaque.
+*/
+struct fts1Hash {
+  char keyClass;          /* HASH_INT, _POINTER, _STRING, _BINARY */
+  char copyKey;           /* True if copy of key made on insert */
+  int count;              /* Number of entries in this table */
+  fts1HashElem *first;    /* The first element of the array */
+  void *(*xMalloc)(int);  /* malloc() function to use */
+  void (*xFree)(void *);  /* free() function to use */
+  int htsize;             /* Number of buckets in the hash table */
+  struct _fts1ht {        /* the hash table */
+    int count;               /* Number of entries with this hash */
+    fts1HashElem *chain;     /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */
+  } *ht;
+};
+
+/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following 
+** structure.  All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list.
+**
+** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really
+** be opaque because it is used by macros.
+*/
+struct fts1HashElem {
+  fts1HashElem *next, *prev; /* Next and previous elements in the table */
+  void *data;                /* Data associated with this element */
+  void *pKey; int nKey;      /* Key associated with this element */
+};
+
+/*
+** There are 2 different modes of operation for a hash table:
+**
+**   FTS1_HASH_STRING        pKey points to a string that is nKey bytes long
+**                           (including the null-terminator, if any).  Case
+**                           is respected in comparisons.
+**
+**   FTS1_HASH_BINARY        pKey points to binary data nKey bytes long. 
+**                           memcmp() is used to compare keys.
+**
+** A copy of the key is made if the copyKey parameter to fts1HashInit is 1.  
+*/
+#define FTS1_HASH_STRING    1
+#define FTS1_HASH_BINARY    2
+
+/*
+** Access routines.  To delete, insert a NULL pointer.
+*/
+void sqlite3Fts1HashInit(fts1Hash*, int keytype, int copyKey);
+void *sqlite3Fts1HashInsert(fts1Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey, void *pData);
+void *sqlite3Fts1HashFind(const fts1Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey);
+void sqlite3Fts1HashClear(fts1Hash*);
+
+/*
+** Shorthand for the functions above
+*/
+#define fts1HashInit   sqlite3Fts1HashInit
+#define fts1HashInsert sqlite3Fts1HashInsert
+#define fts1HashFind   sqlite3Fts1HashFind
+#define fts1HashClear  sqlite3Fts1HashClear
+
+/*
+** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table.  The idiom is
+** like this:
+**
+**   fts1Hash h;
+**   fts1HashElem *p;
+**   ...
+**   for(p=fts1HashFirst(&h); p; p=fts1HashNext(p)){
+**     SomeStructure *pData = fts1HashData(p);
+**     // do something with pData
+**   }
+*/
+#define fts1HashFirst(H)  ((H)->first)
+#define fts1HashNext(E)   ((E)->next)
+#define fts1HashData(E)   ((E)->data)
+#define fts1HashKey(E)    ((E)->pKey)
+#define fts1HashKeysize(E) ((E)->nKey)
+
+/*
+** Number of entries in a hash table
+*/
+#define fts1HashCount(H)  ((H)->count)
+
+#endif /* _FTS1_HASH_H_ */

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/ext/fts1/fts1_porter.c

@@ -0,0 +1,643 @@
+/*
+** 2006 September 30
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Implementation of the full-text-search tokenizer that implements
+** a Porter stemmer.
+*/
+
+/*
+** The code in this file is only compiled if:
+**
+**     * The FTS1 module is being built as an extension
+**       (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
+**
+**     * The FTS1 module is being built into the core of
+**       SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS1 is defined).
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS1)
+
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#include "fts1_tokenizer.h"
+
+/*
+** Class derived from sqlite3_tokenizer
+*/
+typedef struct porter_tokenizer {
+  sqlite3_tokenizer base;      /* Base class */
+} porter_tokenizer;
+
+/*
+** Class derived from sqlit3_tokenizer_cursor
+*/
+typedef struct porter_tokenizer_cursor {
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base;
+  const char *zInput;          /* input we are tokenizing */
+  int nInput;                  /* size of the input */
+  int iOffset;                 /* current position in zInput */
+  int iToken;                  /* index of next token to be returned */
+  char *zToken;                /* storage for current token */
+  int nAllocated;              /* space allocated to zToken buffer */
+} porter_tokenizer_cursor;
+
+
+/* Forward declaration */
+static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module porterTokenizerModule;
+
+
+/*
+** Create a new tokenizer instance.
+*/
+static int porterCreate(
+  int argc, const char * const *argv,
+  sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer
+){
+  porter_tokenizer *t;
+  t = (porter_tokenizer *) calloc(sizeof(*t), 1);
+  if( t==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+
+  *ppTokenizer = &t->base;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Destroy a tokenizer
+*/
+static int porterDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){
+  free(pTokenizer);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string.  The input
+** string to be tokenized is zInput[0..nInput-1].  A cursor
+** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in 
+** *ppCursor.
+*/
+static int porterOpen(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer,         /* The tokenizer */
+  const char *zInput, int nInput,        /* String to be tokenized */
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor    /* OUT: Tokenization cursor */
+){
+  porter_tokenizer_cursor *c;
+
+  c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) malloc(sizeof(*c));
+  if( c==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+
+  c->zInput = zInput;
+  if( zInput==0 ){
+    c->nInput = 0;
+  }else if( nInput<0 ){
+    c->nInput = (int)strlen(zInput);
+  }else{
+    c->nInput = nInput;
+  }
+  c->iOffset = 0;                 /* start tokenizing at the beginning */
+  c->iToken = 0;
+  c->zToken = NULL;               /* no space allocated, yet. */
+  c->nAllocated = 0;
+
+  *ppCursor = &c->base;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to
+** porterOpen() above.
+*/
+static int porterClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){
+  porter_tokenizer_cursor *c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
+  free(c->zToken);
+  free(c);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+/*
+** Vowel or consonant
+*/
+static const char cType[] = {
+   0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0,
+   1, 1, 1, 2, 1
+};
+
+/*
+** isConsonant() and isVowel() determine if their first character in
+** the string they point to is a consonant or a vowel, according
+** to Porter ruls.  
+**
+** A consonate is any letter other than 'a', 'e', 'i', 'o', or 'u'.
+** 'Y' is a consonant unless it follows another consonant,
+** in which case it is a vowel.
+**
+** In these routine, the letters are in reverse order.  So the 'y' rule
+** is that 'y' is a consonant unless it is followed by another
+** consonent.
+*/
+static int isVowel(const char*);
+static int isConsonant(const char *z){
+  int j;
+  char x = *z;
+  if( x==0 ) return 0;
+  assert( x>='a' && x<='z' );
+  j = cType[x-'a'];
+  if( j<2 ) return j;
+  return z[1]==0 || isVowel(z + 1);
+}
+static int isVowel(const char *z){
+  int j;
+  char x = *z;
+  if( x==0 ) return 0;
+  assert( x>='a' && x<='z' );
+  j = cType[x-'a'];
+  if( j<2 ) return 1-j;
+  return isConsonant(z + 1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Let any sequence of one or more vowels be represented by V and let
+** C be sequence of one or more consonants.  Then every word can be
+** represented as:
+**
+**           [C] (VC){m} [V]
+**
+** In prose:  A word is an optional consonant followed by zero or
+** vowel-consonant pairs followed by an optional vowel.  "m" is the
+** number of vowel consonant pairs.  This routine computes the value
+** of m for the first i bytes of a word.
+**
+** Return true if the m-value for z is 1 or more.  In other words,
+** return true if z contains at least one vowel that is followed
+** by a consonant.
+**
+** In this routine z[] is in reverse order.  So we are really looking
+** for an instance of of a consonant followed by a vowel.
+*/
+static int m_gt_0(const char *z){
+  while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
+  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
+  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
+  return *z!=0;
+}
+
+/* Like mgt0 above except we are looking for a value of m which is
+** exactly 1
+*/
+static int m_eq_1(const char *z){
+  while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
+  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
+  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
+  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
+  while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
+  if( *z==0 ) return 1;
+  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
+  return *z==0;
+}
+
+/* Like mgt0 above except we are looking for a value of m>1 instead
+** or m>0
+*/
+static int m_gt_1(const char *z){
+  while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
+  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
+  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
+  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
+  while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
+  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
+  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
+  return *z!=0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if there is a vowel anywhere within z[0..n-1]
+*/
+static int hasVowel(const char *z){
+  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
+  return *z!=0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the word ends in a double consonant.
+**
+** The text is reversed here. So we are really looking at
+** the first two characters of z[].
+*/
+static int doubleConsonant(const char *z){
+  return isConsonant(z) && z[0]==z[1] && isConsonant(z+1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the word ends with three letters which
+** are consonant-vowel-consonent and where the final consonant
+** is not 'w', 'x', or 'y'.
+**
+** The word is reversed here.  So we are really checking the
+** first three letters and the first one cannot be in [wxy].
+*/
+static int star_oh(const char *z){
+  return
+    z[0]!=0 && isConsonant(z) &&
+    z[0]!='w' && z[0]!='x' && z[0]!='y' &&
+    z[1]!=0 && isVowel(z+1) &&
+    z[2]!=0 && isConsonant(z+2);
+}
+
+/*
+** If the word ends with zFrom and xCond() is true for the stem
+** of the word that preceeds the zFrom ending, then change the 
+** ending to zTo.
+**
+** The input word *pz and zFrom are both in reverse order.  zTo
+** is in normal order. 
+**
+** Return TRUE if zFrom matches.  Return FALSE if zFrom does not
+** match.  Not that TRUE is returned even if xCond() fails and
+** no substitution occurs.
+*/
+static int stem(
+  char **pz,             /* The word being stemmed (Reversed) */
+  const char *zFrom,     /* If the ending matches this... (Reversed) */
+  const char *zTo,       /* ... change the ending to this (not reversed) */
+  int (*xCond)(const char*)   /* Condition that must be true */
+){
+  char *z = *pz;
+  while( *zFrom && *zFrom==*z ){ z++; zFrom++; }
+  if( *zFrom!=0 ) return 0;
+  if( xCond && !xCond(z) ) return 1;
+  while( *zTo ){
+    *(--z) = *(zTo++);
+  }
+  *pz = z;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** This is the fallback stemmer used when the porter stemmer is
+** inappropriate.  The input word is copied into the output with
+** US-ASCII case folding.  If the input word is too long (more
+** than 20 bytes if it contains no digits or more than 6 bytes if
+** it contains digits) then word is truncated to 20 or 6 bytes
+** by taking 10 or 3 bytes from the beginning and end.
+*/
+static void copy_stemmer(const char *zIn, int nIn, char *zOut, int *pnOut){
+  int i, mx, j;
+  int hasDigit = 0;
+  for(i=0; i<nIn; i++){
+    int c = zIn[i];
+    if( c>='A' && c<='Z' ){
+      zOut[i] = c - 'A' + 'a';
+    }else{
+      if( c>='0' && c<='9' ) hasDigit = 1;
+      zOut[i] = c;
+    }
+  }
+  mx = hasDigit ? 3 : 10;
+  if( nIn>mx*2 ){
+    for(j=mx, i=nIn-mx; i<nIn; i++, j++){
+      zOut[j] = zOut[i];
+    }
+    i = j;
+  }
+  zOut[i] = 0;
+  *pnOut = i;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Stem the input word zIn[0..nIn-1].  Store the output in zOut.
+** zOut is at least big enough to hold nIn bytes.  Write the actual
+** size of the output word (exclusive of the '\0' terminator) into *pnOut.
+**
+** Any upper-case characters in the US-ASCII character set ([A-Z])
+** are converted to lower case.  Upper-case UTF characters are
+** unchanged.
+**
+** Words that are longer than about 20 bytes are stemmed by retaining
+** a few bytes from the beginning and the end of the word.  If the
+** word contains digits, 3 bytes are taken from the beginning and
+** 3 bytes from the end.  For long words without digits, 10 bytes
+** are taken from each end.  US-ASCII case folding still applies.
+** 
+** If the input word contains not digits but does characters not 
+** in [a-zA-Z] then no stemming is attempted and this routine just 
+** copies the input into the input into the output with US-ASCII
+** case folding.
+**
+** Stemming never increases the length of the word.  So there is
+** no chance of overflowing the zOut buffer.
+*/
+static void porter_stemmer(const char *zIn, int nIn, char *zOut, int *pnOut){
+  int i, j, c;
+  char zReverse[28];
+  char *z, *z2;
+  if( nIn<3 || nIn>=sizeof(zReverse)-7 ){
+    /* The word is too big or too small for the porter stemmer.
+    ** Fallback to the copy stemmer */
+    copy_stemmer(zIn, nIn, zOut, pnOut);
+    return;
+  }
+  for(i=0, j=sizeof(zReverse)-6; i<nIn; i++, j--){
+    c = zIn[i];
+    if( c>='A' && c<='Z' ){
+      zReverse[j] = c + 'a' - 'A';
+    }else if( c>='a' && c<='z' ){
+      zReverse[j] = c;
+    }else{
+      /* The use of a character not in [a-zA-Z] means that we fallback
+      ** to the copy stemmer */
+      copy_stemmer(zIn, nIn, zOut, pnOut);
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+  memset(&zReverse[sizeof(zReverse)-5], 0, 5);
+  z = &zReverse[j+1];
+
+
+  /* Step 1a */
+  if( z[0]=='s' ){
+    if(
+     !stem(&z, "sess", "ss", 0) &&
+     !stem(&z, "sei", "i", 0)  &&
+     !stem(&z, "ss", "ss", 0)
+    ){
+      z++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Step 1b */  
+  z2 = z;
+  if( stem(&z, "dee", "ee", m_gt_0) ){
+    /* Do nothing.  The work was all in the test */
+  }else if( 
+     (stem(&z, "gni", "", hasVowel) || stem(&z, "de", "", hasVowel))
+      && z!=z2
+  ){
+     if( stem(&z, "ta", "ate", 0) ||
+         stem(&z, "lb", "ble", 0) ||
+         stem(&z, "zi", "ize", 0) ){
+       /* Do nothing.  The work was all in the test */
+     }else if( doubleConsonant(z) && (*z!='l' && *z!='s' && *z!='z') ){
+       z++;
+     }else if( m_eq_1(z) && star_oh(z) ){
+       *(--z) = 'e';
+     }
+  }
+
+  /* Step 1c */
+  if( z[0]=='y' && hasVowel(z+1) ){
+    z[0] = 'i';
+  }
+
+  /* Step 2 */
+  switch( z[1] ){
+   case 'a':
+     stem(&z, "lanoita", "ate", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "lanoit", "tion", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+   case 'c':
+     stem(&z, "icne", "ence", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "icna", "ance", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+   case 'e':
+     stem(&z, "rezi", "ize", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+   case 'g':
+     stem(&z, "igol", "log", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+   case 'l':
+     stem(&z, "ilb", "ble", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "illa", "al", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "iltne", "ent", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "ile", "e", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "ilsuo", "ous", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+   case 'o':
+     stem(&z, "noitazi", "ize", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "noita", "ate", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "rota", "ate", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+   case 's':
+     stem(&z, "msila", "al", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "ssenevi", "ive", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "ssenluf", "ful", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "ssensuo", "ous", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+   case 't':
+     stem(&z, "itila", "al", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "itivi", "ive", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "itilib", "ble", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+  }
+
+  /* Step 3 */
+  switch( z[0] ){
+   case 'e':
+     stem(&z, "etaci", "ic", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "evita", "", m_gt_0)   ||
+     stem(&z, "ezila", "al", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+   case 'i':
+     stem(&z, "itici", "ic", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+   case 'l':
+     stem(&z, "laci", "ic", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "luf", "", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+   case 's':
+     stem(&z, "ssen", "", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+  }
+
+  /* Step 4 */
+  switch( z[1] ){
+   case 'a':
+     if( z[0]=='l' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){
+       z += 2;
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'c':
+     if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='n' && (z[3]=='a' || z[3]=='e')  && m_gt_1(z+4)  ){
+       z += 4;
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'e':
+     if( z[0]=='r' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){
+       z += 2;
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'i':
+     if( z[0]=='c' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){
+       z += 2;
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'l':
+     if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='b' && (z[3]=='a' || z[3]=='i') && m_gt_1(z+4) ){
+       z += 4;
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'n':
+     if( z[0]=='t' ){
+       if( z[2]=='a' ){
+         if( m_gt_1(z+3) ){
+           z += 3;
+         }
+       }else if( z[2]=='e' ){
+         stem(&z, "tneme", "", m_gt_1) ||
+         stem(&z, "tnem", "", m_gt_1) ||
+         stem(&z, "tne", "", m_gt_1);
+       }
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'o':
+     if( z[0]=='u' ){
+       if( m_gt_1(z+2) ){
+         z += 2;
+       }
+     }else if( z[3]=='s' || z[3]=='t' ){
+       stem(&z, "noi", "", m_gt_1);
+     }
+     break;
+   case 's':
+     if( z[0]=='m' && z[2]=='i' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){
+       z += 3;
+     }
+     break;
+   case 't':
+     stem(&z, "eta", "", m_gt_1) ||
+     stem(&z, "iti", "", m_gt_1);
+     break;
+   case 'u':
+     if( z[0]=='s' && z[2]=='o' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){
+       z += 3;
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'v':
+   case 'z':
+     if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='i' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){
+       z += 3;
+     }
+     break;
+  }
+
+  /* Step 5a */
+  if( z[0]=='e' ){
+    if( m_gt_1(z+1) ){
+      z++;
+    }else if( m_eq_1(z+1) && !star_oh(z+1) ){
+      z++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Step 5b */
+  if( m_gt_1(z) && z[0]=='l' && z[1]=='l' ){
+    z++;
+  }
+
+  /* z[] is now the stemmed word in reverse order.  Flip it back
+  ** around into forward order and return.
+  */
+  *pnOut = i = strlen(z);
+  zOut[i] = 0;
+  while( *z ){
+    zOut[--i] = *(z++);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Characters that can be part of a token.  We assume any character
+** whose value is greater than 0x80 (any UTF character) can be
+** part of a token.  In other words, delimiters all must have
+** values of 0x7f or lower.
+*/
+static const char isIdChar[] = {
+/* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xA xB xC xD xE xF */
+    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 3x */
+    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* 4x */
+    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1,  /* 5x */
+    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* 6x */
+    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 7x */
+};
+#define idChar(C)  (((ch=C)&0x80)!=0 || (ch>0x2f && isIdChar[ch-0x30]))
+#define isDelim(C) (((ch=C)&0x80)==0 && (ch<0x30 || !isIdChar[ch-0x30]))
+
+/*
+** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor.  The cursor must
+** have been opened by a prior call to porterOpen().
+*/
+static int porterNext(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor,  /* Cursor returned by porterOpen */
+  const char **pzToken,               /* OUT: *pzToken is the token text */
+  int *pnBytes,                       /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */
+  int *piStartOffset,                 /* OUT: Starting offset of token */
+  int *piEndOffset,                   /* OUT: Ending offset of token */
+  int *piPosition                     /* OUT: Position integer of token */
+){
+  porter_tokenizer_cursor *c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
+  const char *z = c->zInput;
+
+  while( c->iOffset<c->nInput ){
+    int iStartOffset, ch;
+
+    /* Scan past delimiter characters */
+    while( c->iOffset<c->nInput && isDelim(z[c->iOffset]) ){
+      c->iOffset++;
+    }
+
+    /* Count non-delimiter characters. */
+    iStartOffset = c->iOffset;
+    while( c->iOffset<c->nInput && !isDelim(z[c->iOffset]) ){
+      c->iOffset++;
+    }
+
+    if( c->iOffset>iStartOffset ){
+      int n = c->iOffset-iStartOffset;
+      if( n>c->nAllocated ){
+        c->nAllocated = n+20;
+        c->zToken = realloc(c->zToken, c->nAllocated);
+        if( c->zToken==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }
+      porter_stemmer(&z[iStartOffset], n, c->zToken, pnBytes);
+      *pzToken = c->zToken;
+      *piStartOffset = iStartOffset;
+      *piEndOffset = c->iOffset;
+      *piPosition = c->iToken++;
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_DONE;
+}
+
+/*
+** The set of routines that implement the porter-stemmer tokenizer
+*/
+static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module porterTokenizerModule = {
+  0,
+  porterCreate,
+  porterDestroy,
+  porterOpen,
+  porterClose,
+  porterNext,
+};
+
+/*
+** Allocate a new porter tokenizer.  Return a pointer to the new
+** tokenizer in *ppModule
+*/
+void sqlite3Fts1PorterTokenizerModule(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule
+){
+  *ppModule = &porterTokenizerModule;
+}
+
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS1) */

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/ext/fts1/fts1_tokenizer.h

@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/*
+** 2006 July 10
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Defines the interface to tokenizers used by fulltext-search.  There
+** are three basic components:
+**
+** sqlite3_tokenizer_module is a singleton defining the tokenizer
+** interface functions.  This is essentially the class structure for
+** tokenizers.
+**
+** sqlite3_tokenizer is used to define a particular tokenizer, perhaps
+** including customization information defined at creation time.
+**
+** sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor is generated by a tokenizer to generate
+** tokens from a particular input.
+*/
+#ifndef _FTS1_TOKENIZER_H_
+#define _FTS1_TOKENIZER_H_
+
+/* TODO(shess) Only used for SQLITE_OK and SQLITE_DONE at this time.
+** If tokenizers are to be allowed to call sqlite3_*() functions, then
+** we will need a way to register the API consistently.
+*/
+#include "sqlite3.h"
+
+/*
+** Structures used by the tokenizer interface.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer sqlite3_tokenizer;
+typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor;
+typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module sqlite3_tokenizer_module;
+
+struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module {
+  int iVersion;                  /* currently 0 */
+
+  /*
+  ** Create and destroy a tokenizer.  argc/argv are passed down from
+  ** the fulltext virtual table creation to allow customization.
+  */
+  int (*xCreate)(int argc, const char *const*argv,
+                 sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer);
+  int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer);
+
+  /*
+  ** Tokenize a particular input.  Call xOpen() to prepare to
+  ** tokenize, xNext() repeatedly until it returns SQLITE_DONE, then
+  ** xClose() to free any internal state.  The pInput passed to
+  ** xOpen() must exist until the cursor is closed.  The ppToken
+  ** result from xNext() is only valid until the next call to xNext()
+  ** or until xClose() is called.
+  */
+  /* TODO(shess) current implementation requires pInput to be
+  ** nul-terminated.  This should either be fixed, or pInput/nBytes
+  ** should be converted to zInput.
+  */
+  int (*xOpen)(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer,
+               const char *pInput, int nBytes,
+               sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor);
+  int (*xClose)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor);
+  int (*xNext)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor,
+               const char **ppToken, int *pnBytes,
+               int *piStartOffset, int *piEndOffset, int *piPosition);
+};
+
+struct sqlite3_tokenizer {
+  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pModule;  /* The module for this tokenizer */
+  /* Tokenizer implementations will typically add additional fields */
+};
+
+struct sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor {
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer;       /* Tokenizer for this cursor. */
+  /* Tokenizer implementations will typically add additional fields */
+};
+
+/*
+** Get the module for a tokenizer which generates tokens based on a
+** set of non-token characters.  The default is to break tokens at any
+** non-alnum character, though the set of delimiters can also be
+** specified by the first argv argument to xCreate().
+*/
+/* TODO(shess) This doesn't belong here.  Need some sort of
+** registration process.
+*/
+void sqlite3Fts1SimpleTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
+void sqlite3Fts1PorterTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
+
+#endif /* _FTS1_TOKENIZER_H_ */

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/ext/fts1/fts1_tokenizer1.c

@@ -0,0 +1,221 @@
+/*
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Implementation of the "simple" full-text-search tokenizer.
+*/
+
+/*
+** The code in this file is only compiled if:
+**
+**     * The FTS1 module is being built as an extension
+**       (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
+**
+**     * The FTS1 module is being built into the core of
+**       SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS1 is defined).
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS1)
+
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#include "fts1_tokenizer.h"
+
+typedef struct simple_tokenizer {
+  sqlite3_tokenizer base;
+  char delim[128];             /* flag ASCII delimiters */
+} simple_tokenizer;
+
+typedef struct simple_tokenizer_cursor {
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base;
+  const char *pInput;          /* input we are tokenizing */
+  int nBytes;                  /* size of the input */
+  int iOffset;                 /* current position in pInput */
+  int iToken;                  /* index of next token to be returned */
+  char *pToken;                /* storage for current token */
+  int nTokenAllocated;         /* space allocated to zToken buffer */
+} simple_tokenizer_cursor;
+
+
+/* Forward declaration */
+static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module simpleTokenizerModule;
+
+static int isDelim(simple_tokenizer *t, unsigned char c){
+  return c<0x80 && t->delim[c];
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a new tokenizer instance.
+*/
+static int simpleCreate(
+  int argc, const char * const *argv,
+  sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer
+){
+  simple_tokenizer *t;
+
+  t = (simple_tokenizer *) calloc(sizeof(*t), 1);
+  if( t==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+
+  /* TODO(shess) Delimiters need to remain the same from run to run,
+  ** else we need to reindex.  One solution would be a meta-table to
+  ** track such information in the database, then we'd only want this
+  ** information on the initial create.
+  */
+  if( argc>1 ){
+    int i, n = strlen(argv[1]);
+    for(i=0; i<n; i++){
+      unsigned char ch = argv[1][i];
+      /* We explicitly don't support UTF-8 delimiters for now. */
+      if( ch>=0x80 ){
+        free(t);
+        return SQLITE_ERROR;
+      }
+      t->delim[ch] = 1;
+    }
+  } else {
+    /* Mark non-alphanumeric ASCII characters as delimiters */
+    int i;
+    for(i=1; i<0x80; i++){
+      t->delim[i] = !isalnum(i);
+    }
+  }
+
+  *ppTokenizer = &t->base;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Destroy a tokenizer
+*/
+static int simpleDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){
+  free(pTokenizer);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string.  The input
+** string to be tokenized is pInput[0..nBytes-1].  A cursor
+** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in 
+** *ppCursor.
+*/
+static int simpleOpen(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer,         /* The tokenizer */
+  const char *pInput, int nBytes,        /* String to be tokenized */
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor    /* OUT: Tokenization cursor */
+){
+  simple_tokenizer_cursor *c;
+
+  c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) malloc(sizeof(*c));
+  if( c==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+
+  c->pInput = pInput;
+  if( pInput==0 ){
+    c->nBytes = 0;
+  }else if( nBytes<0 ){
+    c->nBytes = (int)strlen(pInput);
+  }else{
+    c->nBytes = nBytes;
+  }
+  c->iOffset = 0;                 /* start tokenizing at the beginning */
+  c->iToken = 0;
+  c->pToken = NULL;               /* no space allocated, yet. */
+  c->nTokenAllocated = 0;
+
+  *ppCursor = &c->base;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to
+** simpleOpen() above.
+*/
+static int simpleClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){
+  simple_tokenizer_cursor *c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
+  free(c->pToken);
+  free(c);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor.  The cursor must
+** have been opened by a prior call to simpleOpen().
+*/
+static int simpleNext(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor,  /* Cursor returned by simpleOpen */
+  const char **ppToken,               /* OUT: *ppToken is the token text */
+  int *pnBytes,                       /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */
+  int *piStartOffset,                 /* OUT: Starting offset of token */
+  int *piEndOffset,                   /* OUT: Ending offset of token */
+  int *piPosition                     /* OUT: Position integer of token */
+){
+  simple_tokenizer_cursor *c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
+  simple_tokenizer *t = (simple_tokenizer *) pCursor->pTokenizer;
+  unsigned char *p = (unsigned char *)c->pInput;
+
+  while( c->iOffset<c->nBytes ){
+    int iStartOffset;
+
+    /* Scan past delimiter characters */
+    while( c->iOffset<c->nBytes && isDelim(t, p[c->iOffset]) ){
+      c->iOffset++;
+    }
+
+    /* Count non-delimiter characters. */
+    iStartOffset = c->iOffset;
+    while( c->iOffset<c->nBytes && !isDelim(t, p[c->iOffset]) ){
+      c->iOffset++;
+    }
+
+    if( c->iOffset>iStartOffset ){
+      int i, n = c->iOffset-iStartOffset;
+      if( n>c->nTokenAllocated ){
+        c->nTokenAllocated = n+20;
+        c->pToken = realloc(c->pToken, c->nTokenAllocated);
+        if( c->pToken==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }
+      for(i=0; i<n; i++){
+        /* TODO(shess) This needs expansion to handle UTF-8
+        ** case-insensitivity.
+        */
+        unsigned char ch = p[iStartOffset+i];
+        c->pToken[i] = ch<0x80 ? tolower(ch) : ch;
+      }
+      *ppToken = c->pToken;
+      *pnBytes = n;
+      *piStartOffset = iStartOffset;
+      *piEndOffset = c->iOffset;
+      *piPosition = c->iToken++;
+
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_DONE;
+}
+
+/*
+** The set of routines that implement the simple tokenizer
+*/
+static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module simpleTokenizerModule = {
+  0,
+  simpleCreate,
+  simpleDestroy,
+  simpleOpen,
+  simpleClose,
+  simpleNext,
+};
+
+/*
+** Allocate a new simple tokenizer.  Return a pointer to the new
+** tokenizer in *ppModule
+*/
+void sqlite3Fts1SimpleTokenizerModule(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule
+){
+  *ppModule = &simpleTokenizerModule;
+}
+
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS1) */

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/ext/fts1/fulltext.h

@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+#include "sqlite3.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif  /* __cplusplus */
+
+int fulltext_init(sqlite3 *db);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}  /* extern "C" */
+#endif  /* __cplusplus */

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/ext/fts1/simple_tokenizer.c

@@ -0,0 +1,174 @@
+/*
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Implementation of the "simple" full-text-search tokenizer.
+*/
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#if !defined(__APPLE__)
+#include <malloc.h>
+#else
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#include "tokenizer.h"
+
+/* Duplicate a string; the caller must free() the returned string.
+ * (We don't use strdup() since it's not part of the standard C library and
+ * may not be available everywhere.) */
+/* TODO(shess) Copied from fulltext.c, consider util.c for such
+** things. */
+static char *string_dup(const char *s){
+  char *str = malloc(strlen(s) + 1);
+  strcpy(str, s);
+  return str;
+}
+
+typedef struct simple_tokenizer {
+  sqlite3_tokenizer base;
+  const char *zDelim;          /* token delimiters */
+} simple_tokenizer;
+
+typedef struct simple_tokenizer_cursor {
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base;
+  const char *pInput;          /* input we are tokenizing */
+  int nBytes;                  /* size of the input */
+  const char *pCurrent;        /* current position in pInput */
+  int iToken;                  /* index of next token to be returned */
+  char *zToken;                /* storage for current token */
+  int nTokenBytes;             /* actual size of current token */
+  int nTokenAllocated;         /* space allocated to zToken buffer */
+} simple_tokenizer_cursor;
+
+static sqlite3_tokenizer_module simpleTokenizerModule;/* forward declaration */
+
+static int simpleCreate(
+  int argc, const char **argv,
+  sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer
+){
+  simple_tokenizer *t;
+
+  t = (simple_tokenizer *) malloc(sizeof(simple_tokenizer));
+  /* TODO(shess) Delimiters need to remain the same from run to run,
+  ** else we need to reindex.  One solution would be a meta-table to
+  ** track such information in the database, then we'd only want this
+  ** information on the initial create.
+  */
+  if( argc>1 ){
+    t->zDelim = string_dup(argv[1]);
+  } else {
+    /* Build a string excluding alphanumeric ASCII characters */
+    char zDelim[0x80];               /* nul-terminated, so nul not a member */
+    int i, j;
+    for(i=1, j=0; i<0x80; i++){
+      if( !isalnum(i) ){
+        zDelim[j++] = i;
+      }
+    }
+    zDelim[j++] = '\0';
+    assert( j<=sizeof(zDelim) );
+    t->zDelim = string_dup(zDelim);
+  }
+
+  *ppTokenizer = &t->base;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+static int simpleDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){
+  simple_tokenizer *t = (simple_tokenizer *) pTokenizer;
+
+  free((void *) t->zDelim);
+  free(t);
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+static int simpleOpen(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer,
+  const char *pInput, int nBytes,
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor
+){
+  simple_tokenizer_cursor *c;
+
+  c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) malloc(sizeof(simple_tokenizer_cursor));
+  c->pInput = pInput;
+  c->nBytes = nBytes<0 ? (int) strlen(pInput) : nBytes;
+  c->pCurrent = c->pInput;        /* start tokenizing at the beginning */
+  c->iToken = 0;
+  c->zToken = NULL;               /* no space allocated, yet. */
+  c->nTokenBytes = 0;
+  c->nTokenAllocated = 0;
+
+  *ppCursor = &c->base;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+static int simpleClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){
+  simple_tokenizer_cursor *c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
+
+  if( NULL!=c->zToken ){
+    free(c->zToken);
+  }
+  free(c);
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+static int simpleNext(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor,
+  const char **ppToken, int *pnBytes,
+  int *piStartOffset, int *piEndOffset, int *piPosition
+){
+  simple_tokenizer_cursor *c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
+  simple_tokenizer *t = (simple_tokenizer *) pCursor->pTokenizer;
+  int ii;
+
+  while( c->pCurrent-c->pInput<c->nBytes ){
+    int n = (int) strcspn(c->pCurrent, t->zDelim);
+    if( n>0 ){
+      if( n+1>c->nTokenAllocated ){
+        c->zToken = realloc(c->zToken, n+1);
+      }
+      for(ii=0; ii<n; ii++){
+        /* TODO(shess) This needs expansion to handle UTF-8
+        ** case-insensitivity.
+        */
+        char ch = c->pCurrent[ii];
+        c->zToken[ii] = (unsigned char)ch<0x80 ? tolower(ch) : ch;
+      }
+      c->zToken[n] = '\0';
+      *ppToken = c->zToken;
+      *pnBytes = n;
+      *piStartOffset = (int) (c->pCurrent-c->pInput);
+      *piEndOffset = *piStartOffset+n;
+      *piPosition = c->iToken++;
+      c->pCurrent += n + 1;
+
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+    c->pCurrent += n + 1;
+    /* TODO(shess) could strspn() to skip delimiters en masse.  Needs
+    ** to happen in two places, though, which is annoying.
+    */
+  }
+  return SQLITE_DONE;
+}
+
+static sqlite3_tokenizer_module simpleTokenizerModule = {
+  0,
+  simpleCreate,
+  simpleDestroy,
+  simpleOpen,
+  simpleClose,
+  simpleNext,
+};
+
+void get_simple_tokenizer_module(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_module **ppModule
+){
+  *ppModule = &simpleTokenizerModule;
+}

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/ext/fts1/tokenizer.h

@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/*
+** 2006 July 10
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Defines the interface to tokenizers used by fulltext-search.  There
+** are three basic components:
+**
+** sqlite3_tokenizer_module is a singleton defining the tokenizer
+** interface functions.  This is essentially the class structure for
+** tokenizers.
+**
+** sqlite3_tokenizer is used to define a particular tokenizer, perhaps
+** including customization information defined at creation time.
+**
+** sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor is generated by a tokenizer to generate
+** tokens from a particular input.
+*/
+#ifndef _TOKENIZER_H_
+#define _TOKENIZER_H_
+
+/* TODO(shess) Only used for SQLITE_OK and SQLITE_DONE at this time.
+** If tokenizers are to be allowed to call sqlite3_*() functions, then
+** we will need a way to register the API consistently.
+*/
+#include "sqlite3.h"
+
+/*
+** Structures used by the tokenizer interface.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer sqlite3_tokenizer;
+typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor;
+typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module sqlite3_tokenizer_module;
+
+struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module {
+  int iVersion;                  /* currently 0 */
+
+  /*
+  ** Create and destroy a tokenizer.  argc/argv are passed down from
+  ** the fulltext virtual table creation to allow customization.
+  */
+  int (*xCreate)(int argc, const char **argv,
+                 sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer);
+  int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer);
+
+  /*
+  ** Tokenize a particular input.  Call xOpen() to prepare to
+  ** tokenize, xNext() repeatedly until it returns SQLITE_DONE, then
+  ** xClose() to free any internal state.  The pInput passed to
+  ** xOpen() must exist until the cursor is closed.  The ppToken
+  ** result from xNext() is only valid until the next call to xNext()
+  ** or until xClose() is called.
+  */
+  /* TODO(shess) current implementation requires pInput to be
+  ** nul-terminated.  This should either be fixed, or pInput/nBytes
+  ** should be converted to zInput.
+  */
+  int (*xOpen)(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer,
+               const char *pInput, int nBytes,
+               sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor);
+  int (*xClose)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor);
+  int (*xNext)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor,
+               const char **ppToken, int *pnBytes,
+               int *piStartOffset, int *piEndOffset, int *piPosition);
+};
+
+struct sqlite3_tokenizer {
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pModule;  /* The module for this tokenizer */
+  /* Tokenizer implementations will typically add additional fields */
+};
+
+struct sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor {
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer;       /* Tokenizer for this cursor. */
+  /* Tokenizer implementations will typically add additional fields */
+};
+
+/*
+** Get the module for a tokenizer which generates tokens based on a
+** set of non-token characters.  The default is to break tokens at any
+** non-alnum character, though the set of delimiters can also be
+** specified by the first argv argument to xCreate().
+*/
+/* TODO(shess) This doesn't belong here.  Need some sort of
+** registration process.
+*/
+void get_simple_tokenizer_module(sqlite3_tokenizer_module **ppModule);
+
+#endif /* _TOKENIZER_H_ */

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/ext/fts2/CVS/Entries

@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+/README.txt/1.1/Tue Oct 10 17:37:14 2006//
+/fts2.h/1.3/Fri Nov 30 01:28:10 2007//
+/fts2_hash.c/1.2/Fri Nov 30 01:28:10 2007//
+/fts2_hash.h/1.1/Tue Oct 10 17:37:14 2006//
+/fts2_icu.c/1.1/Fri Jun 22 15:21:16 2007//
+/fts2_porter.c/1.7/Fri Nov 30 01:28:10 2007//
+/fts2_tokenizer.c/1.6/Tue Jun 26 10:55:02 2007//
+/fts2_tokenizer.h/1.3/Fri Nov 30 01:28:10 2007//
+/fts2_tokenizer1.c/1.5/Fri Nov 30 01:28:10 2007//
+/mkfts2amal.tcl/1.3/Fri Nov 30 01:28:10 2007//
+/README.tokenizers/1.3/Thu Dec 13 21:44:03 2007//
+/fts2.c/1.48/Thu Dec 13 21:45:31 2007//
+D

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/ext/fts2/CVS/Repository

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+sqlite/ext/fts2

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/ext/fts2/CVS/Root

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+:pserver:drh@sqlite.org:/sqlite

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/ext/fts2/README.tokenizers

@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+
+1. FTS2 Tokenizers
+
+  When creating a new full-text table, FTS2 allows the user to select
+  the text tokenizer implementation to be used when indexing text
+  by specifying a "tokenizer" clause as part of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE
+  statement:
+
+    CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE <table-name> USING fts2(
+      <columns ...> [, tokenizer <tokenizer-name> [<tokenizer-args>]]
+    );
+
+  The built-in tokenizers (valid values to pass as <tokenizer name>) are
+  "simple" and "porter".
+
+  <tokenizer-args> should consist of zero or more white-space separated
+  arguments to pass to the selected tokenizer implementation. The 
+  interpretation of the arguments, if any, depends on the individual 
+  tokenizer.
+
+2. Custom Tokenizers
+
+  FTS2 allows users to provide custom tokenizer implementations. The 
+  interface used to create a new tokenizer is defined and described in 
+  the fts2_tokenizer.h source file.
+
+  Registering a new FTS2 tokenizer is similar to registering a new 
+  virtual table module with SQLite. The user passes a pointer to a
+  structure containing pointers to various callback functions that
+  make up the implementation of the new tokenizer type. For tokenizers,
+  the structure (defined in fts2_tokenizer.h) is called
+  "sqlite3_tokenizer_module".
+
+  FTS2 does not expose a C-function that users call to register new
+  tokenizer types with a database handle. Instead, the pointer must
+  be encoded as an SQL blob value and passed to FTS2 through the SQL
+  engine by evaluating a special scalar function, "fts2_tokenizer()".
+  The fts2_tokenizer() function may be called with one or two arguments,
+  as follows:
+
+    SELECT fts2_tokenizer(<tokenizer-name>);
+    SELECT fts2_tokenizer(<tokenizer-name>, <sqlite3_tokenizer_module ptr>);
+  
+  Where <tokenizer-name> is a string identifying the tokenizer and
+  <sqlite3_tokenizer_module ptr> is a pointer to an sqlite3_tokenizer_module
+  structure encoded as an SQL blob. If the second argument is present,
+  it is registered as tokenizer <tokenizer-name> and a copy of it
+  returned. If only one argument is passed, a pointer to the tokenizer
+  implementation currently registered as <tokenizer-name> is returned,
+  encoded as a blob. Or, if no such tokenizer exists, an SQL exception
+  (error) is raised.
+
+  SECURITY: If the fts2 extension is used in an environment where potentially
+    malicious users may execute arbitrary SQL (i.e. gears), they should be
+    prevented from invoking the fts2_tokenizer() function, possibly using the
+    authorisation callback.
+
+  See "Sample code" below for an example of calling the fts2_tokenizer()
+  function from C code.
+
+3. ICU Library Tokenizers
+
+  If this extension is compiled with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU pre-processor 
+  symbol defined, then there exists a built-in tokenizer named "icu" 
+  implemented using the ICU library. The first argument passed to the
+  xCreate() method (see fts2_tokenizer.h) of this tokenizer may be
+  an ICU locale identifier. For example "tr_TR" for Turkish as used
+  in Turkey, or "en_AU" for English as used in Australia. For example:
+
+    "CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE thai_text USING fts2(text, tokenizer icu th_TH)"
+
+  The ICU tokenizer implementation is very simple. It splits the input
+  text according to the ICU rules for finding word boundaries and discards
+  any tokens that consist entirely of white-space. This may be suitable
+  for some applications in some locales, but not all. If more complex
+  processing is required, for example to implement stemming or 
+  discard punctuation, this can be done by creating a tokenizer 
+  implementation that uses the ICU tokenizer as part of its implementation.
+
+  When using the ICU tokenizer this way, it is safe to overwrite the
+  contents of the strings returned by the xNext() method (see
+  fts2_tokenizer.h).
+
+4. Sample code.
+
+  The following two code samples illustrate the way C code should invoke
+  the fts2_tokenizer() scalar function:
+
+      int registerTokenizer(
+        sqlite3 *db, 
+        char *zName, 
+        const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p
+      ){
+        int rc;
+        sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+        const char zSql[] = "SELECT fts2_tokenizer(?, ?)";
+      
+        rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          return rc;
+        }
+      
+        sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+        sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 2, &p, sizeof(p), SQLITE_STATIC);
+        sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+      
+        return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+      }
+      
+      int queryTokenizer(
+        sqlite3 *db, 
+        char *zName,  
+        const sqlite3_tokenizer_module **pp
+      ){
+        int rc;
+        sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+        const char zSql[] = "SELECT fts2_tokenizer(?)";
+      
+        *pp = 0;
+        rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          return rc;
+        }
+      
+        sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+        if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+          if( sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)==SQLITE_BLOB ){
+            memcpy(pp, sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0), sizeof(*pp));
+          }
+        }
+      
+        return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+      }

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/ext/fts2/README.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+This folder contains source code to the second full-text search
+extension for SQLite.  While the API is the same, this version uses a
+substantially different storage schema from fts1, so tables will need
+to be rebuilt.

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/ext/fts2/fts2.h

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+/*
+** 2006 Oct 10
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This header file is used by programs that want to link against the
+** FTS2 library.  All it does is declare the sqlite3Fts2Init() interface.
+*/
+#include "sqlite3.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif  /* __cplusplus */
+
+int sqlite3Fts2Init(sqlite3 *db);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}  /* extern "C" */
+#endif  /* __cplusplus */

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/ext/fts2/fts2_hash.c

@@ -0,0 +1,369 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This is the implementation of generic hash-tables used in SQLite.
+** We've modified it slightly to serve as a standalone hash table
+** implementation for the full-text indexing module.
+*/
+
+/*
+** The code in this file is only compiled if:
+**
+**     * The FTS2 module is being built as an extension
+**       (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
+**
+**     * The FTS2 module is being built into the core of
+**       SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2 is defined).
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2)
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "fts2_hash.h"
+
+static void *malloc_and_zero(int n){
+  void *p = malloc(n);
+  if( p ){
+    memset(p, 0, n);
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+
+/* Turn bulk memory into a hash table object by initializing the
+** fields of the Hash structure.
+**
+** "pNew" is a pointer to the hash table that is to be initialized.
+** keyClass is one of the constants 
+** FTS2_HASH_BINARY or FTS2_HASH_STRING.  The value of keyClass 
+** determines what kind of key the hash table will use.  "copyKey" is
+** true if the hash table should make its own private copy of keys and
+** false if it should just use the supplied pointer.
+*/
+void sqlite3Fts2HashInit(fts2Hash *pNew, int keyClass, int copyKey){
+  assert( pNew!=0 );
+  assert( keyClass>=FTS2_HASH_STRING && keyClass<=FTS2_HASH_BINARY );
+  pNew->keyClass = keyClass;
+  pNew->copyKey = copyKey;
+  pNew->first = 0;
+  pNew->count = 0;
+  pNew->htsize = 0;
+  pNew->ht = 0;
+  pNew->xMalloc = malloc_and_zero;
+  pNew->xFree = free;
+}
+
+/* Remove all entries from a hash table.  Reclaim all memory.
+** Call this routine to delete a hash table or to reset a hash table
+** to the empty state.
+*/
+void sqlite3Fts2HashClear(fts2Hash *pH){
+  fts2HashElem *elem;         /* For looping over all elements of the table */
+
+  assert( pH!=0 );
+  elem = pH->first;
+  pH->first = 0;
+  if( pH->ht ) pH->xFree(pH->ht);
+  pH->ht = 0;
+  pH->htsize = 0;
+  while( elem ){
+    fts2HashElem *next_elem = elem->next;
+    if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){
+      pH->xFree(elem->pKey);
+    }
+    pH->xFree(elem);
+    elem = next_elem;
+  }
+  pH->count = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is FTS2_HASH_STRING
+*/
+static int strHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
+  const char *z = (const char *)pKey;
+  int h = 0;
+  if( nKey<=0 ) nKey = (int) strlen(z);
+  while( nKey > 0  ){
+    h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ *z++;
+    nKey--;
+  }
+  return h & 0x7fffffff;
+}
+static int strCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
+  if( n1!=n2 ) return 1;
+  return strncmp((const char*)pKey1,(const char*)pKey2,n1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is FTS2_HASH_BINARY
+*/
+static int binHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
+  int h = 0;
+  const char *z = (const char *)pKey;
+  while( nKey-- > 0 ){
+    h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ *(z++);
+  }
+  return h & 0x7fffffff;
+}
+static int binCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
+  if( n1!=n2 ) return 1;
+  return memcmp(pKey1,pKey2,n1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class.
+**
+** The C syntax in this function definition may be unfamilar to some 
+** programmers, so we provide the following additional explanation:
+**
+** The name of the function is "hashFunction".  The function takes a
+** single parameter "keyClass".  The return value of hashFunction()
+** is a pointer to another function.  Specifically, the return value
+** of hashFunction() is a pointer to a function that takes two parameters
+** with types "const void*" and "int" and returns an "int".
+*/
+static int (*hashFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int){
+  if( keyClass==FTS2_HASH_STRING ){
+    return &strHash;
+  }else{
+    assert( keyClass==FTS2_HASH_BINARY );
+    return &binHash;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class.
+**
+** For help in interpreted the obscure C code in the function definition,
+** see the header comment on the previous function.
+*/
+static int (*compareFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int,const void*,int){
+  if( keyClass==FTS2_HASH_STRING ){
+    return &strCompare;
+  }else{
+    assert( keyClass==FTS2_HASH_BINARY );
+    return &binCompare;
+  }
+}
+
+/* Link an element into the hash table
+*/
+static void insertElement(
+  fts2Hash *pH,            /* The complete hash table */
+  struct _fts2ht *pEntry,  /* The entry into which pNew is inserted */
+  fts2HashElem *pNew       /* The element to be inserted */
+){
+  fts2HashElem *pHead;     /* First element already in pEntry */
+  pHead = pEntry->chain;
+  if( pHead ){
+    pNew->next = pHead;
+    pNew->prev = pHead->prev;
+    if( pHead->prev ){ pHead->prev->next = pNew; }
+    else             { pH->first = pNew; }
+    pHead->prev = pNew;
+  }else{
+    pNew->next = pH->first;
+    if( pH->first ){ pH->first->prev = pNew; }
+    pNew->prev = 0;
+    pH->first = pNew;
+  }
+  pEntry->count++;
+  pEntry->chain = pNew;
+}
+
+
+/* Resize the hash table so that it cantains "new_size" buckets.
+** "new_size" must be a power of 2.  The hash table might fail 
+** to resize if sqliteMalloc() fails.
+*/
+static void rehash(fts2Hash *pH, int new_size){
+  struct _fts2ht *new_ht;          /* The new hash table */
+  fts2HashElem *elem, *next_elem;  /* For looping over existing elements */
+  int (*xHash)(const void*,int);   /* The hash function */
+
+  assert( (new_size & (new_size-1))==0 );
+  new_ht = (struct _fts2ht *)pH->xMalloc( new_size*sizeof(struct _fts2ht) );
+  if( new_ht==0 ) return;
+  if( pH->ht ) pH->xFree(pH->ht);
+  pH->ht = new_ht;
+  pH->htsize = new_size;
+  xHash = hashFunction(pH->keyClass);
+  for(elem=pH->first, pH->first=0; elem; elem = next_elem){
+    int h = (*xHash)(elem->pKey, elem->nKey) & (new_size-1);
+    next_elem = elem->next;
+    insertElement(pH, &new_ht[h], elem);
+  }
+}
+
+/* This function (for internal use only) locates an element in an
+** hash table that matches the given key.  The hash for this key has
+** already been computed and is passed as the 4th parameter.
+*/
+static fts2HashElem *findElementGivenHash(
+  const fts2Hash *pH, /* The pH to be searched */
+  const void *pKey,   /* The key we are searching for */
+  int nKey,
+  int h               /* The hash for this key. */
+){
+  fts2HashElem *elem;            /* Used to loop thru the element list */
+  int count;                     /* Number of elements left to test */
+  int (*xCompare)(const void*,int,const void*,int);  /* comparison function */
+
+  if( pH->ht ){
+    struct _fts2ht *pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
+    elem = pEntry->chain;
+    count = pEntry->count;
+    xCompare = compareFunction(pH->keyClass);
+    while( count-- && elem ){
+      if( (*xCompare)(elem->pKey,elem->nKey,pKey,nKey)==0 ){ 
+        return elem;
+      }
+      elem = elem->next;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Remove a single entry from the hash table given a pointer to that
+** element and a hash on the element's key.
+*/
+static void removeElementGivenHash(
+  fts2Hash *pH,         /* The pH containing "elem" */
+  fts2HashElem* elem,   /* The element to be removed from the pH */
+  int h                 /* Hash value for the element */
+){
+  struct _fts2ht *pEntry;
+  if( elem->prev ){
+    elem->prev->next = elem->next; 
+  }else{
+    pH->first = elem->next;
+  }
+  if( elem->next ){
+    elem->next->prev = elem->prev;
+  }
+  pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
+  if( pEntry->chain==elem ){
+    pEntry->chain = elem->next;
+  }
+  pEntry->count--;
+  if( pEntry->count<=0 ){
+    pEntry->chain = 0;
+  }
+  if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){
+    pH->xFree(elem->pKey);
+  }
+  pH->xFree( elem );
+  pH->count--;
+  if( pH->count<=0 ){
+    assert( pH->first==0 );
+    assert( pH->count==0 );
+    fts2HashClear(pH);
+  }
+}
+
+/* Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key
+** that matches pKey,nKey.  Return the data for this element if it is
+** found, or NULL if there is no match.
+*/
+void *sqlite3Fts2HashFind(const fts2Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey){
+  int h;                 /* A hash on key */
+  fts2HashElem *elem;    /* The element that matches key */
+  int (*xHash)(const void*,int);  /* The hash function */
+
+  if( pH==0 || pH->ht==0 ) return 0;
+  xHash = hashFunction(pH->keyClass);
+  assert( xHash!=0 );
+  h = (*xHash)(pKey,nKey);
+  assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
+  elem = findElementGivenHash(pH,pKey,nKey, h & (pH->htsize-1));
+  return elem ? elem->data : 0;
+}
+
+/* Insert an element into the hash table pH.  The key is pKey,nKey
+** and the data is "data".
+**
+** If no element exists with a matching key, then a new
+** element is created.  A copy of the key is made if the copyKey
+** flag is set.  NULL is returned.
+**
+** If another element already exists with the same key, then the
+** new data replaces the old data and the old data is returned.
+** The key is not copied in this instance.  If a malloc fails, then
+** the new data is returned and the hash table is unchanged.
+**
+** If the "data" parameter to this function is NULL, then the
+** element corresponding to "key" is removed from the hash table.
+*/
+void *sqlite3Fts2HashInsert(
+  fts2Hash *pH,        /* The hash table to insert into */
+  const void *pKey,    /* The key */
+  int nKey,            /* Number of bytes in the key */
+  void *data           /* The data */
+){
+  int hraw;                 /* Raw hash value of the key */
+  int h;                    /* the hash of the key modulo hash table size */
+  fts2HashElem *elem;       /* Used to loop thru the element list */
+  fts2HashElem *new_elem;   /* New element added to the pH */
+  int (*xHash)(const void*,int);  /* The hash function */
+
+  assert( pH!=0 );
+  xHash = hashFunction(pH->keyClass);
+  assert( xHash!=0 );
+  hraw = (*xHash)(pKey, nKey);
+  assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
+  h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1);
+  elem = findElementGivenHash(pH,pKey,nKey,h);
+  if( elem ){
+    void *old_data = elem->data;
+    if( data==0 ){
+      removeElementGivenHash(pH,elem,h);
+    }else{
+      elem->data = data;
+    }
+    return old_data;
+  }
+  if( data==0 ) return 0;
+  new_elem = (fts2HashElem*)pH->xMalloc( sizeof(fts2HashElem) );
+  if( new_elem==0 ) return data;
+  if( pH->copyKey && pKey!=0 ){
+    new_elem->pKey = pH->xMalloc( nKey );
+    if( new_elem->pKey==0 ){
+      pH->xFree(new_elem);
+      return data;
+    }
+    memcpy((void*)new_elem->pKey, pKey, nKey);
+  }else{
+    new_elem->pKey = (void*)pKey;
+  }
+  new_elem->nKey = nKey;
+  pH->count++;
+  if( pH->htsize==0 ){
+    rehash(pH,8);
+    if( pH->htsize==0 ){
+      pH->count = 0;
+      pH->xFree(new_elem);
+      return data;
+    }
+  }
+  if( pH->count > pH->htsize ){
+    rehash(pH,pH->htsize*2);
+  }
+  assert( pH->htsize>0 );
+  assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
+  h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1);
+  insertElement(pH, &pH->ht[h], new_elem);
+  new_elem->data = data;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2) */

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/ext/fts2/fts2_hash.h

@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implemenation
+** used in SQLite.  We've modified it slightly to serve as a standalone
+** hash table implementation for the full-text indexing module.
+**
+*/
+#ifndef _FTS2_HASH_H_
+#define _FTS2_HASH_H_
+
+/* Forward declarations of structures. */
+typedef struct fts2Hash fts2Hash;
+typedef struct fts2HashElem fts2HashElem;
+
+/* A complete hash table is an instance of the following structure.
+** The internals of this structure are intended to be opaque -- client
+** code should not attempt to access or modify the fields of this structure
+** directly.  Change this structure only by using the routines below.
+** However, many of the "procedures" and "functions" for modifying and
+** accessing this structure are really macros, so we can't really make
+** this structure opaque.
+*/
+struct fts2Hash {
+  char keyClass;          /* HASH_INT, _POINTER, _STRING, _BINARY */
+  char copyKey;           /* True if copy of key made on insert */
+  int count;              /* Number of entries in this table */
+  fts2HashElem *first;    /* The first element of the array */
+  void *(*xMalloc)(int);  /* malloc() function to use */
+  void (*xFree)(void *);  /* free() function to use */
+  int htsize;             /* Number of buckets in the hash table */
+  struct _fts2ht {        /* the hash table */
+    int count;               /* Number of entries with this hash */
+    fts2HashElem *chain;     /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */
+  } *ht;
+};
+
+/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following 
+** structure.  All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list.
+**
+** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really
+** be opaque because it is used by macros.
+*/
+struct fts2HashElem {
+  fts2HashElem *next, *prev; /* Next and previous elements in the table */
+  void *data;                /* Data associated with this element */
+  void *pKey; int nKey;      /* Key associated with this element */
+};
+
+/*
+** There are 2 different modes of operation for a hash table:
+**
+**   FTS2_HASH_STRING        pKey points to a string that is nKey bytes long
+**                           (including the null-terminator, if any).  Case
+**                           is respected in comparisons.
+**
+**   FTS2_HASH_BINARY        pKey points to binary data nKey bytes long. 
+**                           memcmp() is used to compare keys.
+**
+** A copy of the key is made if the copyKey parameter to fts2HashInit is 1.  
+*/
+#define FTS2_HASH_STRING    1
+#define FTS2_HASH_BINARY    2
+
+/*
+** Access routines.  To delete, insert a NULL pointer.
+*/
+void sqlite3Fts2HashInit(fts2Hash*, int keytype, int copyKey);
+void *sqlite3Fts2HashInsert(fts2Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey, void *pData);
+void *sqlite3Fts2HashFind(const fts2Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey);
+void sqlite3Fts2HashClear(fts2Hash*);
+
+/*
+** Shorthand for the functions above
+*/
+#define fts2HashInit   sqlite3Fts2HashInit
+#define fts2HashInsert sqlite3Fts2HashInsert
+#define fts2HashFind   sqlite3Fts2HashFind
+#define fts2HashClear  sqlite3Fts2HashClear
+
+/*
+** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table.  The idiom is
+** like this:
+**
+**   fts2Hash h;
+**   fts2HashElem *p;
+**   ...
+**   for(p=fts2HashFirst(&h); p; p=fts2HashNext(p)){
+**     SomeStructure *pData = fts2HashData(p);
+**     // do something with pData
+**   }
+*/
+#define fts2HashFirst(H)  ((H)->first)
+#define fts2HashNext(E)   ((E)->next)
+#define fts2HashData(E)   ((E)->data)
+#define fts2HashKey(E)    ((E)->pKey)
+#define fts2HashKeysize(E) ((E)->nKey)
+
+/*
+** Number of entries in a hash table
+*/
+#define fts2HashCount(H)  ((H)->count)
+
+#endif /* _FTS2_HASH_H_ */

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/ext/fts2/fts2_icu.c

@@ -0,0 +1,257 @@
+/*
+** 2007 June 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file implements a tokenizer for fts2 based on the ICU library.
+** 
+** $Id: fts2_icu.c,v 1.1 2007/06/22 15:21:16 danielk1977 Exp $
+*/
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2)
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include "fts2_tokenizer.h"
+
+#include <unicode/ubrk.h>
+#include <unicode/ucol.h>
+#include <unicode/ustring.h>
+#include <unicode/utf16.h>
+
+typedef struct IcuTokenizer IcuTokenizer;
+typedef struct IcuCursor IcuCursor;
+
+struct IcuTokenizer {
+  sqlite3_tokenizer base;
+  char *zLocale;
+};
+
+struct IcuCursor {
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base;
+
+  UBreakIterator *pIter;      /* ICU break-iterator object */
+  int nChar;                  /* Number of UChar elements in pInput */
+  UChar *aChar;               /* Copy of input using utf-16 encoding */
+  int *aOffset;               /* Offsets of each character in utf-8 input */
+
+  int nBuffer;
+  char *zBuffer;
+
+  int iToken;
+};
+
+/*
+** Create a new tokenizer instance.
+*/
+static int icuCreate(
+  int argc,                            /* Number of entries in argv[] */
+  const char * const *argv,            /* Tokenizer creation arguments */
+  sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer      /* OUT: Created tokenizer */
+){
+  IcuTokenizer *p;
+  int n = 0;
+
+  if( argc>0 ){
+    n = strlen(argv[0])+1;
+  }
+  p = (IcuTokenizer *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(IcuTokenizer)+n);
+  if( !p ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  memset(p, 0, sizeof(IcuTokenizer));
+
+  if( n ){
+    p->zLocale = (char *)&p[1];
+    memcpy(p->zLocale, argv[0], n);
+  }
+
+  *ppTokenizer = (sqlite3_tokenizer *)p;
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Destroy a tokenizer
+*/
+static int icuDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){
+  IcuTokenizer *p = (IcuTokenizer *)pTokenizer;
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string.  The input
+** string to be tokenized is pInput[0..nBytes-1].  A cursor
+** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in 
+** *ppCursor.
+*/
+static int icuOpen(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer,         /* The tokenizer */
+  const char *zInput,                    /* Input string */
+  int nInput,                            /* Length of zInput in bytes */
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor    /* OUT: Tokenization cursor */
+){
+  IcuTokenizer *p = (IcuTokenizer *)pTokenizer;
+  IcuCursor *pCsr;
+
+  const int32_t opt = U_FOLD_CASE_DEFAULT;
+  UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+  int nChar;
+
+  UChar32 c;
+  int iInput = 0;
+  int iOut = 0;
+
+  *ppCursor = 0;
+
+  nChar = nInput+1;
+  pCsr = (IcuCursor *)sqlite3_malloc(
+      sizeof(IcuCursor) +                /* IcuCursor */
+      nChar * sizeof(UChar) +            /* IcuCursor.aChar[] */
+      (nChar+1) * sizeof(int)            /* IcuCursor.aOffset[] */
+  );
+  if( !pCsr ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(IcuCursor));
+  pCsr->aChar = (UChar *)&pCsr[1];
+  pCsr->aOffset = (int *)&pCsr->aChar[nChar];
+
+  pCsr->aOffset[iOut] = iInput;
+  U8_NEXT(zInput, iInput, nInput, c); 
+  while( c>0 ){
+    int isError = 0;
+    c = u_foldCase(c, opt);
+    U16_APPEND(pCsr->aChar, iOut, nChar, c, isError);
+    if( isError ){
+      sqlite3_free(pCsr);
+      return SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+    pCsr->aOffset[iOut] = iInput;
+
+    if( iInput<nInput ){
+      U8_NEXT(zInput, iInput, nInput, c);
+    }else{
+      c = 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  pCsr->pIter = ubrk_open(UBRK_WORD, p->zLocale, pCsr->aChar, iOut, &status);
+  if( !U_SUCCESS(status) ){
+    sqlite3_free(pCsr);
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  pCsr->nChar = iOut;
+
+  ubrk_first(pCsr->pIter);
+  *ppCursor = (sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *)pCsr;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to icuOpen().
+*/
+static int icuClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){
+  IcuCursor *pCsr = (IcuCursor *)pCursor;
+  ubrk_close(pCsr->pIter);
+  sqlite3_free(pCsr->zBuffer);
+  sqlite3_free(pCsr);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor.
+*/
+static int icuNext(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor,  /* Cursor returned by simpleOpen */
+  const char **ppToken,               /* OUT: *ppToken is the token text */
+  int *pnBytes,                       /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */
+  int *piStartOffset,                 /* OUT: Starting offset of token */
+  int *piEndOffset,                   /* OUT: Ending offset of token */
+  int *piPosition                     /* OUT: Position integer of token */
+){
+  IcuCursor *pCsr = (IcuCursor *)pCursor;
+
+  int iStart = 0;
+  int iEnd = 0;
+  int nByte = 0;
+
+  while( iStart==iEnd ){
+    UChar32 c;
+
+    iStart = ubrk_current(pCsr->pIter);
+    iEnd = ubrk_next(pCsr->pIter);
+    if( iEnd==UBRK_DONE ){
+      return SQLITE_DONE;
+    }
+
+    while( iStart<iEnd ){
+      int iWhite = iStart;
+      U8_NEXT(pCsr->aChar, iWhite, pCsr->nChar, c);
+      if( u_isspace(c) ){
+        iStart = iWhite;
+      }else{
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    assert(iStart<=iEnd);
+  }
+
+  do {
+    UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+    if( nByte ){
+      char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->zBuffer, nByte);
+      if( !zNew ){
+        return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }
+      pCsr->zBuffer = zNew;
+      pCsr->nBuffer = nByte;
+    }
+
+    u_strToUTF8(
+        pCsr->zBuffer, pCsr->nBuffer, &nByte,    /* Output vars */
+        &pCsr->aChar[iStart], iEnd-iStart,       /* Input vars */
+        &status                                  /* Output success/failure */
+    );
+  } while( nByte>pCsr->nBuffer );
+
+  *ppToken = pCsr->zBuffer;
+  *pnBytes = nByte;
+  *piStartOffset = pCsr->aOffset[iStart];
+  *piEndOffset = pCsr->aOffset[iEnd];
+  *piPosition = pCsr->iToken++;
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** The set of routines that implement the simple tokenizer
+*/
+static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module icuTokenizerModule = {
+  0,                           /* iVersion */
+  icuCreate,                   /* xCreate  */
+  icuDestroy,                  /* xCreate  */
+  icuOpen,                     /* xOpen    */
+  icuClose,                    /* xClose   */
+  icuNext,                     /* xNext    */
+};
+
+/*
+** Set *ppModule to point at the implementation of the ICU tokenizer.
+*/
+void sqlite3Fts2IcuTokenizerModule(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule
+){
+  *ppModule = &icuTokenizerModule;
+}
+
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU) */
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2) */

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/ext/fts2/fts2_porter.c

@@ -0,0 +1,642 @@
+/*
+** 2006 September 30
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Implementation of the full-text-search tokenizer that implements
+** a Porter stemmer.
+*/
+
+/*
+** The code in this file is only compiled if:
+**
+**     * The FTS2 module is being built as an extension
+**       (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
+**
+**     * The FTS2 module is being built into the core of
+**       SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2 is defined).
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2)
+
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#include "fts2_tokenizer.h"
+
+/*
+** Class derived from sqlite3_tokenizer
+*/
+typedef struct porter_tokenizer {
+  sqlite3_tokenizer base;      /* Base class */
+} porter_tokenizer;
+
+/*
+** Class derived from sqlit3_tokenizer_cursor
+*/
+typedef struct porter_tokenizer_cursor {
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base;
+  const char *zInput;          /* input we are tokenizing */
+  int nInput;                  /* size of the input */
+  int iOffset;                 /* current position in zInput */
+  int iToken;                  /* index of next token to be returned */
+  char *zToken;                /* storage for current token */
+  int nAllocated;              /* space allocated to zToken buffer */
+} porter_tokenizer_cursor;
+
+
+/* Forward declaration */
+static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module porterTokenizerModule;
+
+
+/*
+** Create a new tokenizer instance.
+*/
+static int porterCreate(
+  int argc, const char * const *argv,
+  sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer
+){
+  porter_tokenizer *t;
+  t = (porter_tokenizer *) calloc(sizeof(*t), 1);
+  if( t==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+
+  *ppTokenizer = &t->base;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Destroy a tokenizer
+*/
+static int porterDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){
+  free(pTokenizer);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string.  The input
+** string to be tokenized is zInput[0..nInput-1].  A cursor
+** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in 
+** *ppCursor.
+*/
+static int porterOpen(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer,         /* The tokenizer */
+  const char *zInput, int nInput,        /* String to be tokenized */
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor    /* OUT: Tokenization cursor */
+){
+  porter_tokenizer_cursor *c;
+
+  c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) malloc(sizeof(*c));
+  if( c==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+
+  c->zInput = zInput;
+  if( zInput==0 ){
+    c->nInput = 0;
+  }else if( nInput<0 ){
+    c->nInput = (int)strlen(zInput);
+  }else{
+    c->nInput = nInput;
+  }
+  c->iOffset = 0;                 /* start tokenizing at the beginning */
+  c->iToken = 0;
+  c->zToken = NULL;               /* no space allocated, yet. */
+  c->nAllocated = 0;
+
+  *ppCursor = &c->base;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to
+** porterOpen() above.
+*/
+static int porterClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){
+  porter_tokenizer_cursor *c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
+  free(c->zToken);
+  free(c);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+/*
+** Vowel or consonant
+*/
+static const char cType[] = {
+   0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0,
+   1, 1, 1, 2, 1
+};
+
+/*
+** isConsonant() and isVowel() determine if their first character in
+** the string they point to is a consonant or a vowel, according
+** to Porter ruls.  
+**
+** A consonate is any letter other than 'a', 'e', 'i', 'o', or 'u'.
+** 'Y' is a consonant unless it follows another consonant,
+** in which case it is a vowel.
+**
+** In these routine, the letters are in reverse order.  So the 'y' rule
+** is that 'y' is a consonant unless it is followed by another
+** consonent.
+*/
+static int isVowel(const char*);
+static int isConsonant(const char *z){
+  int j;
+  char x = *z;
+  if( x==0 ) return 0;
+  assert( x>='a' && x<='z' );
+  j = cType[x-'a'];
+  if( j<2 ) return j;
+  return z[1]==0 || isVowel(z + 1);
+}
+static int isVowel(const char *z){
+  int j;
+  char x = *z;
+  if( x==0 ) return 0;
+  assert( x>='a' && x<='z' );
+  j = cType[x-'a'];
+  if( j<2 ) return 1-j;
+  return isConsonant(z + 1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Let any sequence of one or more vowels be represented by V and let
+** C be sequence of one or more consonants.  Then every word can be
+** represented as:
+**
+**           [C] (VC){m} [V]
+**
+** In prose:  A word is an optional consonant followed by zero or
+** vowel-consonant pairs followed by an optional vowel.  "m" is the
+** number of vowel consonant pairs.  This routine computes the value
+** of m for the first i bytes of a word.
+**
+** Return true if the m-value for z is 1 or more.  In other words,
+** return true if z contains at least one vowel that is followed
+** by a consonant.
+**
+** In this routine z[] is in reverse order.  So we are really looking
+** for an instance of of a consonant followed by a vowel.
+*/
+static int m_gt_0(const char *z){
+  while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
+  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
+  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
+  return *z!=0;
+}
+
+/* Like mgt0 above except we are looking for a value of m which is
+** exactly 1
+*/
+static int m_eq_1(const char *z){
+  while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
+  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
+  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
+  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
+  while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
+  if( *z==0 ) return 1;
+  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
+  return *z==0;
+}
+
+/* Like mgt0 above except we are looking for a value of m>1 instead
+** or m>0
+*/
+static int m_gt_1(const char *z){
+  while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
+  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
+  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
+  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
+  while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
+  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
+  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
+  return *z!=0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if there is a vowel anywhere within z[0..n-1]
+*/
+static int hasVowel(const char *z){
+  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
+  return *z!=0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the word ends in a double consonant.
+**
+** The text is reversed here. So we are really looking at
+** the first two characters of z[].
+*/
+static int doubleConsonant(const char *z){
+  return isConsonant(z) && z[0]==z[1] && isConsonant(z+1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the word ends with three letters which
+** are consonant-vowel-consonent and where the final consonant
+** is not 'w', 'x', or 'y'.
+**
+** The word is reversed here.  So we are really checking the
+** first three letters and the first one cannot be in [wxy].
+*/
+static int star_oh(const char *z){
+  return
+    z[0]!=0 && isConsonant(z) &&
+    z[0]!='w' && z[0]!='x' && z[0]!='y' &&
+    z[1]!=0 && isVowel(z+1) &&
+    z[2]!=0 && isConsonant(z+2);
+}
+
+/*
+** If the word ends with zFrom and xCond() is true for the stem
+** of the word that preceeds the zFrom ending, then change the 
+** ending to zTo.
+**
+** The input word *pz and zFrom are both in reverse order.  zTo
+** is in normal order. 
+**
+** Return TRUE if zFrom matches.  Return FALSE if zFrom does not
+** match.  Not that TRUE is returned even if xCond() fails and
+** no substitution occurs.
+*/
+static int stem(
+  char **pz,             /* The word being stemmed (Reversed) */
+  const char *zFrom,     /* If the ending matches this... (Reversed) */
+  const char *zTo,       /* ... change the ending to this (not reversed) */
+  int (*xCond)(const char*)   /* Condition that must be true */
+){
+  char *z = *pz;
+  while( *zFrom && *zFrom==*z ){ z++; zFrom++; }
+  if( *zFrom!=0 ) return 0;
+  if( xCond && !xCond(z) ) return 1;
+  while( *zTo ){
+    *(--z) = *(zTo++);
+  }
+  *pz = z;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** This is the fallback stemmer used when the porter stemmer is
+** inappropriate.  The input word is copied into the output with
+** US-ASCII case folding.  If the input word is too long (more
+** than 20 bytes if it contains no digits or more than 6 bytes if
+** it contains digits) then word is truncated to 20 or 6 bytes
+** by taking 10 or 3 bytes from the beginning and end.
+*/
+static void copy_stemmer(const char *zIn, int nIn, char *zOut, int *pnOut){
+  int i, mx, j;
+  int hasDigit = 0;
+  for(i=0; i<nIn; i++){
+    int c = zIn[i];
+    if( c>='A' && c<='Z' ){
+      zOut[i] = c - 'A' + 'a';
+    }else{
+      if( c>='0' && c<='9' ) hasDigit = 1;
+      zOut[i] = c;
+    }
+  }
+  mx = hasDigit ? 3 : 10;
+  if( nIn>mx*2 ){
+    for(j=mx, i=nIn-mx; i<nIn; i++, j++){
+      zOut[j] = zOut[i];
+    }
+    i = j;
+  }
+  zOut[i] = 0;
+  *pnOut = i;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Stem the input word zIn[0..nIn-1].  Store the output in zOut.
+** zOut is at least big enough to hold nIn bytes.  Write the actual
+** size of the output word (exclusive of the '\0' terminator) into *pnOut.
+**
+** Any upper-case characters in the US-ASCII character set ([A-Z])
+** are converted to lower case.  Upper-case UTF characters are
+** unchanged.
+**
+** Words that are longer than about 20 bytes are stemmed by retaining
+** a few bytes from the beginning and the end of the word.  If the
+** word contains digits, 3 bytes are taken from the beginning and
+** 3 bytes from the end.  For long words without digits, 10 bytes
+** are taken from each end.  US-ASCII case folding still applies.
+** 
+** If the input word contains not digits but does characters not 
+** in [a-zA-Z] then no stemming is attempted and this routine just 
+** copies the input into the input into the output with US-ASCII
+** case folding.
+**
+** Stemming never increases the length of the word.  So there is
+** no chance of overflowing the zOut buffer.
+*/
+static void porter_stemmer(const char *zIn, int nIn, char *zOut, int *pnOut){
+  int i, j, c;
+  char zReverse[28];
+  char *z, *z2;
+  if( nIn<3 || nIn>=sizeof(zReverse)-7 ){
+    /* The word is too big or too small for the porter stemmer.
+    ** Fallback to the copy stemmer */
+    copy_stemmer(zIn, nIn, zOut, pnOut);
+    return;
+  }
+  for(i=0, j=sizeof(zReverse)-6; i<nIn; i++, j--){
+    c = zIn[i];
+    if( c>='A' && c<='Z' ){
+      zReverse[j] = c + 'a' - 'A';
+    }else if( c>='a' && c<='z' ){
+      zReverse[j] = c;
+    }else{
+      /* The use of a character not in [a-zA-Z] means that we fallback
+      ** to the copy stemmer */
+      copy_stemmer(zIn, nIn, zOut, pnOut);
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+  memset(&zReverse[sizeof(zReverse)-5], 0, 5);
+  z = &zReverse[j+1];
+
+
+  /* Step 1a */
+  if( z[0]=='s' ){
+    if(
+     !stem(&z, "sess", "ss", 0) &&
+     !stem(&z, "sei", "i", 0)  &&
+     !stem(&z, "ss", "ss", 0)
+    ){
+      z++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Step 1b */  
+  z2 = z;
+  if( stem(&z, "dee", "ee", m_gt_0) ){
+    /* Do nothing.  The work was all in the test */
+  }else if( 
+     (stem(&z, "gni", "", hasVowel) || stem(&z, "de", "", hasVowel))
+      && z!=z2
+  ){
+     if( stem(&z, "ta", "ate", 0) ||
+         stem(&z, "lb", "ble", 0) ||
+         stem(&z, "zi", "ize", 0) ){
+       /* Do nothing.  The work was all in the test */
+     }else if( doubleConsonant(z) && (*z!='l' && *z!='s' && *z!='z') ){
+       z++;
+     }else if( m_eq_1(z) && star_oh(z) ){
+       *(--z) = 'e';
+     }
+  }
+
+  /* Step 1c */
+  if( z[0]=='y' && hasVowel(z+1) ){
+    z[0] = 'i';
+  }
+
+  /* Step 2 */
+  switch( z[1] ){
+   case 'a':
+     stem(&z, "lanoita", "ate", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "lanoit", "tion", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+   case 'c':
+     stem(&z, "icne", "ence", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "icna", "ance", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+   case 'e':
+     stem(&z, "rezi", "ize", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+   case 'g':
+     stem(&z, "igol", "log", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+   case 'l':
+     stem(&z, "ilb", "ble", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "illa", "al", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "iltne", "ent", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "ile", "e", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "ilsuo", "ous", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+   case 'o':
+     stem(&z, "noitazi", "ize", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "noita", "ate", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "rota", "ate", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+   case 's':
+     stem(&z, "msila", "al", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "ssenevi", "ive", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "ssenluf", "ful", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "ssensuo", "ous", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+   case 't':
+     stem(&z, "itila", "al", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "itivi", "ive", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "itilib", "ble", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+  }
+
+  /* Step 3 */
+  switch( z[0] ){
+   case 'e':
+     stem(&z, "etaci", "ic", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "evita", "", m_gt_0)   ||
+     stem(&z, "ezila", "al", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+   case 'i':
+     stem(&z, "itici", "ic", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+   case 'l':
+     stem(&z, "laci", "ic", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "luf", "", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+   case 's':
+     stem(&z, "ssen", "", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+  }
+
+  /* Step 4 */
+  switch( z[1] ){
+   case 'a':
+     if( z[0]=='l' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){
+       z += 2;
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'c':
+     if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='n' && (z[3]=='a' || z[3]=='e')  && m_gt_1(z+4)  ){
+       z += 4;
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'e':
+     if( z[0]=='r' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){
+       z += 2;
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'i':
+     if( z[0]=='c' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){
+       z += 2;
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'l':
+     if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='b' && (z[3]=='a' || z[3]=='i') && m_gt_1(z+4) ){
+       z += 4;
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'n':
+     if( z[0]=='t' ){
+       if( z[2]=='a' ){
+         if( m_gt_1(z+3) ){
+           z += 3;
+         }
+       }else if( z[2]=='e' ){
+         stem(&z, "tneme", "", m_gt_1) ||
+         stem(&z, "tnem", "", m_gt_1) ||
+         stem(&z, "tne", "", m_gt_1);
+       }
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'o':
+     if( z[0]=='u' ){
+       if( m_gt_1(z+2) ){
+         z += 2;
+       }
+     }else if( z[3]=='s' || z[3]=='t' ){
+       stem(&z, "noi", "", m_gt_1);
+     }
+     break;
+   case 's':
+     if( z[0]=='m' && z[2]=='i' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){
+       z += 3;
+     }
+     break;
+   case 't':
+     stem(&z, "eta", "", m_gt_1) ||
+     stem(&z, "iti", "", m_gt_1);
+     break;
+   case 'u':
+     if( z[0]=='s' && z[2]=='o' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){
+       z += 3;
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'v':
+   case 'z':
+     if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='i' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){
+       z += 3;
+     }
+     break;
+  }
+
+  /* Step 5a */
+  if( z[0]=='e' ){
+    if( m_gt_1(z+1) ){
+      z++;
+    }else if( m_eq_1(z+1) && !star_oh(z+1) ){
+      z++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Step 5b */
+  if( m_gt_1(z) && z[0]=='l' && z[1]=='l' ){
+    z++;
+  }
+
+  /* z[] is now the stemmed word in reverse order.  Flip it back
+  ** around into forward order and return.
+  */
+  *pnOut = i = strlen(z);
+  zOut[i] = 0;
+  while( *z ){
+    zOut[--i] = *(z++);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Characters that can be part of a token.  We assume any character
+** whose value is greater than 0x80 (any UTF character) can be
+** part of a token.  In other words, delimiters all must have
+** values of 0x7f or lower.
+*/
+static const char porterIdChar[] = {
+/* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xA xB xC xD xE xF */
+    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 3x */
+    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* 4x */
+    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1,  /* 5x */
+    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* 6x */
+    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 7x */
+};
+#define isDelim(C) (((ch=C)&0x80)==0 && (ch<0x30 || !porterIdChar[ch-0x30]))
+
+/*
+** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor.  The cursor must
+** have been opened by a prior call to porterOpen().
+*/
+static int porterNext(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor,  /* Cursor returned by porterOpen */
+  const char **pzToken,               /* OUT: *pzToken is the token text */
+  int *pnBytes,                       /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */
+  int *piStartOffset,                 /* OUT: Starting offset of token */
+  int *piEndOffset,                   /* OUT: Ending offset of token */
+  int *piPosition                     /* OUT: Position integer of token */
+){
+  porter_tokenizer_cursor *c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
+  const char *z = c->zInput;
+
+  while( c->iOffset<c->nInput ){
+    int iStartOffset, ch;
+
+    /* Scan past delimiter characters */
+    while( c->iOffset<c->nInput && isDelim(z[c->iOffset]) ){
+      c->iOffset++;
+    }
+
+    /* Count non-delimiter characters. */
+    iStartOffset = c->iOffset;
+    while( c->iOffset<c->nInput && !isDelim(z[c->iOffset]) ){
+      c->iOffset++;
+    }
+
+    if( c->iOffset>iStartOffset ){
+      int n = c->iOffset-iStartOffset;
+      if( n>c->nAllocated ){
+        c->nAllocated = n+20;
+        c->zToken = realloc(c->zToken, c->nAllocated);
+        if( c->zToken==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }
+      porter_stemmer(&z[iStartOffset], n, c->zToken, pnBytes);
+      *pzToken = c->zToken;
+      *piStartOffset = iStartOffset;
+      *piEndOffset = c->iOffset;
+      *piPosition = c->iToken++;
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_DONE;
+}
+
+/*
+** The set of routines that implement the porter-stemmer tokenizer
+*/
+static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module porterTokenizerModule = {
+  0,
+  porterCreate,
+  porterDestroy,
+  porterOpen,
+  porterClose,
+  porterNext,
+};
+
+/*
+** Allocate a new porter tokenizer.  Return a pointer to the new
+** tokenizer in *ppModule
+*/
+void sqlite3Fts2PorterTokenizerModule(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule
+){
+  *ppModule = &porterTokenizerModule;
+}
+
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2) */

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/ext/fts2/fts2_tokenizer.c

@@ -0,0 +1,371 @@
+/*
+** 2007 June 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This is part of an SQLite module implementing full-text search.
+** This particular file implements the generic tokenizer interface.
+*/
+
+/*
+** The code in this file is only compiled if:
+**
+**     * The FTS2 module is being built as an extension
+**       (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
+**
+**     * The FTS2 module is being built into the core of
+**       SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2 is defined).
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2)
+
+
+#include "sqlite3.h"
+#include "sqlite3ext.h"
+SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1
+
+#include "fts2_hash.h"
+#include "fts2_tokenizer.h"
+#include <assert.h>
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the SQL scalar function for accessing the underlying 
+** hash table. This function may be called as follows:
+**
+**   SELECT <function-name>(<key-name>);
+**   SELECT <function-name>(<key-name>, <pointer>);
+**
+** where <function-name> is the name passed as the second argument
+** to the sqlite3Fts2InitHashTable() function (e.g. 'fts2_tokenizer').
+**
+** If the <pointer> argument is specified, it must be a blob value
+** containing a pointer to be stored as the hash data corresponding
+** to the string <key-name>. If <pointer> is not specified, then
+** the string <key-name> must already exist in the has table. Otherwise,
+** an error is returned.
+**
+** Whether or not the <pointer> argument is specified, the value returned
+** is a blob containing the pointer stored as the hash data corresponding
+** to string <key-name> (after the hash-table is updated, if applicable).
+*/
+static void scalarFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  fts2Hash *pHash;
+  void *pPtr = 0;
+  const unsigned char *zName;
+  int nName;
+
+  assert( argc==1 || argc==2 );
+
+  pHash = (fts2Hash *)sqlite3_user_data(context);
+
+  zName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  nName = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])+1;
+
+  if( argc==2 ){
+    void *pOld;
+    int n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]);
+    if( n!=sizeof(pPtr) ){
+      sqlite3_result_error(context, "argument type mismatch", -1);
+      return;
+    }
+    pPtr = *(void **)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[1]);
+    pOld = sqlite3Fts2HashInsert(pHash, (void *)zName, nName, pPtr);
+    if( pOld==pPtr ){
+      sqlite3_result_error(context, "out of memory", -1);
+      return;
+    }
+  }else{
+    pPtr = sqlite3Fts2HashFind(pHash, zName, nName);
+    if( !pPtr ){
+      char *zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer: %s", zName);
+      sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
+      sqlite3_free(zErr);
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_result_blob(context, (void *)&pPtr, sizeof(pPtr), SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+
+#include <tcl.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+/*
+** Implementation of a special SQL scalar function for testing tokenizers 
+** designed to be used in concert with the Tcl testing framework. This
+** function must be called with two arguments:
+**
+**   SELECT <function-name>(<key-name>, <input-string>);
+**   SELECT <function-name>(<key-name>, <pointer>);
+**
+** where <function-name> is the name passed as the second argument
+** to the sqlite3Fts2InitHashTable() function (e.g. 'fts2_tokenizer')
+** concatenated with the string '_test' (e.g. 'fts2_tokenizer_test').
+**
+** The return value is a string that may be interpreted as a Tcl
+** list. For each token in the <input-string>, three elements are
+** added to the returned list. The first is the token position, the 
+** second is the token text (folded, stemmed, etc.) and the third is the
+** substring of <input-string> associated with the token. For example, 
+** using the built-in "simple" tokenizer:
+**
+**   SELECT fts_tokenizer_test('simple', 'I don't see how');
+**
+** will return the string:
+**
+**   "{0 i I 1 dont don't 2 see see 3 how how}"
+**   
+*/
+static void testFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  fts2Hash *pHash;
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p;
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = 0;
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr = 0;
+
+  const char *zErr = 0;
+
+  const char *zName;
+  int nName;
+  const char *zInput;
+  int nInput;
+
+  const char *zArg = 0;
+
+  const char *zToken;
+  int nToken;
+  int iStart;
+  int iEnd;
+  int iPos;
+
+  Tcl_Obj *pRet;
+
+  assert( argc==2 || argc==3 );
+
+  nName = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
+  zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  nInput = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[argc-1]);
+  zInput = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[argc-1]);
+
+  if( argc==3 ){
+    zArg = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+  }
+
+  pHash = (fts2Hash *)sqlite3_user_data(context);
+  p = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)sqlite3Fts2HashFind(pHash, zName, nName+1);
+
+  if( !p ){
+    char *zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer: %s", zName);
+    sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
+    sqlite3_free(zErr);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  pRet = Tcl_NewObj();
+  Tcl_IncrRefCount(pRet);
+
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xCreate(zArg ? 1 : 0, &zArg, &pTokenizer) ){
+    zErr = "error in xCreate()";
+    goto finish;
+  }
+  pTokenizer->pModule = p;
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xOpen(pTokenizer, zInput, nInput, &pCsr) ){
+    zErr = "error in xOpen()";
+    goto finish;
+  }
+  pCsr->pTokenizer = pTokenizer;
+
+  while( SQLITE_OK==p->xNext(pCsr, &zToken, &nToken, &iStart, &iEnd, &iPos) ){
+    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewIntObj(iPos));
+    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewStringObj(zToken, nToken));
+    zToken = &zInput[iStart];
+    nToken = iEnd-iStart;
+    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewStringObj(zToken, nToken));
+  }
+
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xClose(pCsr) ){
+    zErr = "error in xClose()";
+    goto finish;
+  }
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xDestroy(pTokenizer) ){
+    zErr = "error in xDestroy()";
+    goto finish;
+  }
+
+finish:
+  if( zErr ){
+    sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_result_text(context, Tcl_GetString(pRet), -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  }
+  Tcl_DecrRefCount(pRet);
+}
+
+static
+int registerTokenizer(
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  char *zName, 
+  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p
+){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  const char zSql[] = "SELECT fts2_tokenizer(?, ?)";
+
+  rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 2, &p, sizeof(p), SQLITE_STATIC);
+  sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+
+  return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+}
+
+static
+int queryTokenizer(
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  char *zName,  
+  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module **pp
+){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  const char zSql[] = "SELECT fts2_tokenizer(?)";
+
+  *pp = 0;
+  rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+    if( sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)==SQLITE_BLOB ){
+      memcpy(pp, sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0), sizeof(*pp));
+    }
+  }
+
+  return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+}
+
+void sqlite3Fts2SimpleTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the scalar function fts2_tokenizer_internal_test().
+** This function is used for testing only, it is not included in the
+** build unless SQLITE_TEST is defined.
+**
+** The purpose of this is to test that the fts2_tokenizer() function
+** can be used as designed by the C-code in the queryTokenizer and
+** registerTokenizer() functions above. These two functions are repeated
+** in the README.tokenizer file as an example, so it is important to
+** test them.
+**
+** To run the tests, evaluate the fts2_tokenizer_internal_test() scalar
+** function with no arguments. An assert() will fail if a problem is
+** detected. i.e.:
+**
+**     SELECT fts2_tokenizer_internal_test();
+**
+*/
+static void intTestFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  int rc;
+  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p1;
+  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p2;
+  sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)sqlite3_user_data(context);
+
+  /* Test the query function */
+  sqlite3Fts2SimpleTokenizerModule(&p1);
+  rc = queryTokenizer(db, "simple", &p2);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+  assert( p1==p2 );
+  rc = queryTokenizer(db, "nosuchtokenizer", &p2);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_ERROR );
+  assert( p2==0 );
+  assert( 0==strcmp(sqlite3_errmsg(db), "unknown tokenizer: nosuchtokenizer") );
+
+  /* Test the storage function */
+  rc = registerTokenizer(db, "nosuchtokenizer", p1);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+  rc = queryTokenizer(db, "nosuchtokenizer", &p2);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+  assert( p2==p1 );
+
+  sqlite3_result_text(context, "ok", -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Set up SQL objects in database db used to access the contents of
+** the hash table pointed to by argument pHash. The hash table must
+** been initialised to use string keys, and to take a private copy 
+** of the key when a value is inserted. i.e. by a call similar to:
+**
+**    sqlite3Fts2HashInit(pHash, FTS2_HASH_STRING, 1);
+**
+** This function adds a scalar function (see header comment above
+** scalarFunc() in this file for details) and, if ENABLE_TABLE is
+** defined at compilation time, a temporary virtual table (see header 
+** comment above struct HashTableVtab) to the database schema. Both 
+** provide read/write access to the contents of *pHash.
+**
+** The third argument to this function, zName, is used as the name
+** of both the scalar and, if created, the virtual table.
+*/
+int sqlite3Fts2InitHashTable(
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  fts2Hash *pHash, 
+  const char *zName
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  void *p = (void *)pHash;
+  const int any = SQLITE_ANY;
+  char *zTest = 0;
+  char *zTest2 = 0;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  void *pdb = (void *)db;
+  zTest = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_test", zName);
+  zTest2 = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_internal_test", zName);
+  if( !zTest || !zTest2 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK
+   || (rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zName, 1, any, p, scalarFunc, 0, 0))
+   || (rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zName, 2, any, p, scalarFunc, 0, 0))
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+   || (rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zTest, 2, any, p, testFunc, 0, 0))
+   || (rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zTest, 3, any, p, testFunc, 0, 0))
+   || (rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zTest2, 0, any, pdb, intTestFunc, 0, 0))
+#endif
+  );
+
+  sqlite3_free(zTest);
+  sqlite3_free(zTest2);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2) */

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/ext/fts2/fts2_tokenizer.h

@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+/*
+** 2006 July 10
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Defines the interface to tokenizers used by fulltext-search.  There
+** are three basic components:
+**
+** sqlite3_tokenizer_module is a singleton defining the tokenizer
+** interface functions.  This is essentially the class structure for
+** tokenizers.
+**
+** sqlite3_tokenizer is used to define a particular tokenizer, perhaps
+** including customization information defined at creation time.
+**
+** sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor is generated by a tokenizer to generate
+** tokens from a particular input.
+*/
+#ifndef _FTS2_TOKENIZER_H_
+#define _FTS2_TOKENIZER_H_
+
+/* TODO(shess) Only used for SQLITE_OK and SQLITE_DONE at this time.
+** If tokenizers are to be allowed to call sqlite3_*() functions, then
+** we will need a way to register the API consistently.
+*/
+#include "sqlite3.h"
+
+/*
+** Structures used by the tokenizer interface. When a new tokenizer
+** implementation is registered, the caller provides a pointer to
+** an sqlite3_tokenizer_module containing pointers to the callback
+** functions that make up an implementation.
+**
+** When an fts2 table is created, it passes any arguments passed to
+** the tokenizer clause of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement to the
+** sqlite3_tokenizer_module.xCreate() function of the requested tokenizer
+** implementation. The xCreate() function in turn returns an 
+** sqlite3_tokenizer structure representing the specific tokenizer to
+** be used for the fts2 table (customized by the tokenizer clause arguments).
+**
+** To tokenize an input buffer, the sqlite3_tokenizer_module.xOpen()
+** method is called. It returns an sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor object
+** that may be used to tokenize a specific input buffer based on
+** the tokenization rules supplied by a specific sqlite3_tokenizer
+** object.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module sqlite3_tokenizer_module;
+typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer sqlite3_tokenizer;
+typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor;
+
+struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module {
+
+  /*
+  ** Structure version. Should always be set to 0.
+  */
+  int iVersion;
+
+  /*
+  ** Create a new tokenizer. The values in the argv[] array are the
+  ** arguments passed to the "tokenizer" clause of the CREATE VIRTUAL
+  ** TABLE statement that created the fts2 table. For example, if
+  ** the following SQL is executed:
+  **
+  **   CREATE .. USING fts2( ... , tokenizer <tokenizer-name> arg1 arg2)
+  **
+  ** then argc is set to 2, and the argv[] array contains pointers
+  ** to the strings "arg1" and "arg2".
+  **
+  ** This method should return either SQLITE_OK (0), or an SQLite error 
+  ** code. If SQLITE_OK is returned, then *ppTokenizer should be set
+  ** to point at the newly created tokenizer structure. The generic
+  ** sqlite3_tokenizer.pModule variable should not be initialised by
+  ** this callback. The caller will do so.
+  */
+  int (*xCreate)(
+    int argc,                           /* Size of argv array */
+    const char *const*argv,             /* Tokenizer argument strings */
+    sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer     /* OUT: Created tokenizer */
+  );
+
+  /*
+  ** Destroy an existing tokenizer. The fts2 module calls this method
+  ** exactly once for each successful call to xCreate().
+  */
+  int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer);
+
+  /*
+  ** Create a tokenizer cursor to tokenize an input buffer. The caller
+  ** is responsible for ensuring that the input buffer remains valid
+  ** until the cursor is closed (using the xClose() method). 
+  */
+  int (*xOpen)(
+    sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer,       /* Tokenizer object */
+    const char *pInput, int nBytes,      /* Input buffer */
+    sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor  /* OUT: Created tokenizer cursor */
+  );
+
+  /*
+  ** Destroy an existing tokenizer cursor. The fts2 module calls this 
+  ** method exactly once for each successful call to xOpen().
+  */
+  int (*xClose)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor);
+
+  /*
+  ** Retrieve the next token from the tokenizer cursor pCursor. This
+  ** method should either return SQLITE_OK and set the values of the
+  ** "OUT" variables identified below, or SQLITE_DONE to indicate that
+  ** the end of the buffer has been reached, or an SQLite error code.
+  **
+  ** *ppToken should be set to point at a buffer containing the 
+  ** normalized version of the token (i.e. after any case-folding and/or
+  ** stemming has been performed). *pnBytes should be set to the length
+  ** of this buffer in bytes. The input text that generated the token is
+  ** identified by the byte offsets returned in *piStartOffset and
+  ** *piEndOffset.
+  **
+  ** The buffer *ppToken is set to point at is managed by the tokenizer
+  ** implementation. It is only required to be valid until the next call
+  ** to xNext() or xClose(). 
+  */
+  /* TODO(shess) current implementation requires pInput to be
+  ** nul-terminated.  This should either be fixed, or pInput/nBytes
+  ** should be converted to zInput.
+  */
+  int (*xNext)(
+    sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor,   /* Tokenizer cursor */
+    const char **ppToken, int *pnBytes,  /* OUT: Normalized text for token */
+    int *piStartOffset,  /* OUT: Byte offset of token in input buffer */
+    int *piEndOffset,    /* OUT: Byte offset of end of token in input buffer */
+    int *piPosition      /* OUT: Number of tokens returned before this one */
+  );
+};
+
+struct sqlite3_tokenizer {
+  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pModule;  /* The module for this tokenizer */
+  /* Tokenizer implementations will typically add additional fields */
+};
+
+struct sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor {
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer;       /* Tokenizer for this cursor. */
+  /* Tokenizer implementations will typically add additional fields */
+};
+
+#endif /* _FTS2_TOKENIZER_H_ */

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/ext/fts2/fts2_tokenizer1.c

@@ -0,0 +1,229 @@
+/*
+** 2006 Oct 10
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of the "simple" full-text-search tokenizer.
+*/
+
+/*
+** The code in this file is only compiled if:
+**
+**     * The FTS2 module is being built as an extension
+**       (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
+**
+**     * The FTS2 module is being built into the core of
+**       SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2 is defined).
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2)
+
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#include "fts2_tokenizer.h"
+
+typedef struct simple_tokenizer {
+  sqlite3_tokenizer base;
+  char delim[128];             /* flag ASCII delimiters */
+} simple_tokenizer;
+
+typedef struct simple_tokenizer_cursor {
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base;
+  const char *pInput;          /* input we are tokenizing */
+  int nBytes;                  /* size of the input */
+  int iOffset;                 /* current position in pInput */
+  int iToken;                  /* index of next token to be returned */
+  char *pToken;                /* storage for current token */
+  int nTokenAllocated;         /* space allocated to zToken buffer */
+} simple_tokenizer_cursor;
+
+
+/* Forward declaration */
+static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module simpleTokenizerModule;
+
+static int simpleDelim(simple_tokenizer *t, unsigned char c){
+  return c<0x80 && t->delim[c];
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a new tokenizer instance.
+*/
+static int simpleCreate(
+  int argc, const char * const *argv,
+  sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer
+){
+  simple_tokenizer *t;
+
+  t = (simple_tokenizer *) calloc(sizeof(*t), 1);
+  if( t==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+
+  /* TODO(shess) Delimiters need to remain the same from run to run,
+  ** else we need to reindex.  One solution would be a meta-table to
+  ** track such information in the database, then we'd only want this
+  ** information on the initial create.
+  */
+  if( argc>1 ){
+    int i, n = strlen(argv[1]);
+    for(i=0; i<n; i++){
+      unsigned char ch = argv[1][i];
+      /* We explicitly don't support UTF-8 delimiters for now. */
+      if( ch>=0x80 ){
+        free(t);
+        return SQLITE_ERROR;
+      }
+      t->delim[ch] = 1;
+    }
+  } else {
+    /* Mark non-alphanumeric ASCII characters as delimiters */
+    int i;
+    for(i=1; i<0x80; i++){
+      t->delim[i] = !isalnum(i);
+    }
+  }
+
+  *ppTokenizer = &t->base;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Destroy a tokenizer
+*/
+static int simpleDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){
+  free(pTokenizer);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string.  The input
+** string to be tokenized is pInput[0..nBytes-1].  A cursor
+** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in 
+** *ppCursor.
+*/
+static int simpleOpen(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer,         /* The tokenizer */
+  const char *pInput, int nBytes,        /* String to be tokenized */
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor    /* OUT: Tokenization cursor */
+){
+  simple_tokenizer_cursor *c;
+
+  c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) malloc(sizeof(*c));
+  if( c==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+
+  c->pInput = pInput;
+  if( pInput==0 ){
+    c->nBytes = 0;
+  }else if( nBytes<0 ){
+    c->nBytes = (int)strlen(pInput);
+  }else{
+    c->nBytes = nBytes;
+  }
+  c->iOffset = 0;                 /* start tokenizing at the beginning */
+  c->iToken = 0;
+  c->pToken = NULL;               /* no space allocated, yet. */
+  c->nTokenAllocated = 0;
+
+  *ppCursor = &c->base;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to
+** simpleOpen() above.
+*/
+static int simpleClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){
+  simple_tokenizer_cursor *c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
+  free(c->pToken);
+  free(c);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor.  The cursor must
+** have been opened by a prior call to simpleOpen().
+*/
+static int simpleNext(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor,  /* Cursor returned by simpleOpen */
+  const char **ppToken,               /* OUT: *ppToken is the token text */
+  int *pnBytes,                       /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */
+  int *piStartOffset,                 /* OUT: Starting offset of token */
+  int *piEndOffset,                   /* OUT: Ending offset of token */
+  int *piPosition                     /* OUT: Position integer of token */
+){
+  simple_tokenizer_cursor *c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
+  simple_tokenizer *t = (simple_tokenizer *) pCursor->pTokenizer;
+  unsigned char *p = (unsigned char *)c->pInput;
+
+  while( c->iOffset<c->nBytes ){
+    int iStartOffset;
+
+    /* Scan past delimiter characters */
+    while( c->iOffset<c->nBytes && simpleDelim(t, p[c->iOffset]) ){
+      c->iOffset++;
+    }
+
+    /* Count non-delimiter characters. */
+    iStartOffset = c->iOffset;
+    while( c->iOffset<c->nBytes && !simpleDelim(t, p[c->iOffset]) ){
+      c->iOffset++;
+    }
+
+    if( c->iOffset>iStartOffset ){
+      int i, n = c->iOffset-iStartOffset;
+      if( n>c->nTokenAllocated ){
+        c->nTokenAllocated = n+20;
+        c->pToken = realloc(c->pToken, c->nTokenAllocated);
+        if( c->pToken==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }
+      for(i=0; i<n; i++){
+        /* TODO(shess) This needs expansion to handle UTF-8
+        ** case-insensitivity.
+        */
+        unsigned char ch = p[iStartOffset+i];
+        c->pToken[i] = ch<0x80 ? tolower(ch) : ch;
+      }
+      *ppToken = c->pToken;
+      *pnBytes = n;
+      *piStartOffset = iStartOffset;
+      *piEndOffset = c->iOffset;
+      *piPosition = c->iToken++;
+
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_DONE;
+}
+
+/*
+** The set of routines that implement the simple tokenizer
+*/
+static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module simpleTokenizerModule = {
+  0,
+  simpleCreate,
+  simpleDestroy,
+  simpleOpen,
+  simpleClose,
+  simpleNext,
+};
+
+/*
+** Allocate a new simple tokenizer.  Return a pointer to the new
+** tokenizer in *ppModule
+*/
+void sqlite3Fts2SimpleTokenizerModule(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule
+){
+  *ppModule = &simpleTokenizerModule;
+}
+
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS2) */

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/ext/fts2/mkfts2amal.tcl

@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+#!/usr/bin/tclsh
+#
+# This script builds a single C code file holding all of FTS2 code.
+# The name of the output file is fts2amal.c.  To build this file,
+# first do:
+#
+#      make target_source
+#
+# The make target above moves all of the source code files into
+# a subdirectory named "tsrc".  (This script expects to find the files
+# there and will not work if they are not found.)
+#
+# After the "tsrc" directory has been created and populated, run
+# this script:
+#
+#      tclsh mkfts2amal.tcl
+#
+# The amalgamated FTS2 code will be written into fts2amal.c
+#
+
+# Open the output file and write a header comment at the beginning
+# of the file.
+#
+set out [open fts2amal.c w]
+set today [clock format [clock seconds] -format "%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S UTC" -gmt 1]
+puts $out [subst \
+{/******************************************************************************
+** This file is an amalgamation of separate C source files from the SQLite
+** Full Text Search extension 2 (fts2).  By combining all the individual C 
+** code  files into this single large file, the entire code can be compiled 
+** as a one translation unit.  This allows many compilers to do optimizations
+** that would not be possible if the files were compiled separately.  It also
+** makes the code easier to import into other projects.
+**
+** This amalgamation was generated on $today.
+*/}]
+
+# These are the header files used by FTS2.  The first time any of these 
+# files are seen in a #include statement in the C code, include the complete
+# text of the file in-line.  The file only needs to be included once.
+#
+foreach hdr {
+   fts2.h
+   fts2_hash.h
+   fts2_tokenizer.h
+   sqlite3.h
+   sqlite3ext.h
+} {
+  set available_hdr($hdr) 1
+}
+
+# 78 stars used for comment formatting.
+set s78 \
+{*****************************************************************************}
+
+# Insert a comment into the code
+#
+proc section_comment {text} {
+  global out s78
+  set n [string length $text]
+  set nstar [expr {60 - $n}]
+  set stars [string range $s78 0 $nstar]
+  puts $out "/************** $text $stars/"
+}
+
+# Read the source file named $filename and write it into the
+# sqlite3.c output file.  If any #include statements are seen,
+# process them approprately.
+#
+proc copy_file {filename} {
+  global seen_hdr available_hdr out
+  set tail [file tail $filename]
+  section_comment "Begin file $tail"
+  set in [open $filename r]
+  while {![eof $in]} {
+    set line [gets $in]
+    if {[regexp {^#\s*include\s+["<]([^">]+)[">]} $line all hdr]} {
+      if {[info exists available_hdr($hdr)]} {
+        if {$available_hdr($hdr)} {
+          section_comment "Include $hdr in the middle of $tail"
+          copy_file tsrc/$hdr
+          section_comment "Continuing where we left off in $tail"
+        }
+      } elseif {![info exists seen_hdr($hdr)]} {
+        set seen_hdr($hdr) 1
+        puts $out $line
+      }
+    } elseif {[regexp {^#ifdef __cplusplus} $line]} {
+      puts $out "#if 0"
+    } elseif {[regexp {^#line} $line]} {
+      # Skip #line directives.
+    } else {
+      puts $out $line
+    }
+  }
+  close $in
+  section_comment "End of $tail"
+}
+
+
+# Process the source files.  Process files containing commonly
+# used subroutines first in order to help the compiler find
+# inlining opportunities.
+#
+foreach file {
+   fts2.c
+   fts2_hash.c
+   fts2_porter.c
+   fts2_tokenizer.c
+   fts2_tokenizer1.c
+   fts2_icu.c
+} {
+  copy_file tsrc/$file
+}
+
+close $out

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/ext/fts3/CVS/Entries

@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+/README.txt/1.1/Mon Aug 20 17:37:03 2007//
+/fts3.h/1.1/Mon Aug 20 17:37:04 2007//
+/fts3_hash.c/1.4/Sat Nov 24 00:41:52 2007//
+/fts3_hash.h/1.2/Thu Sep 20 12:53:28 2007//
+/fts3_icu.c/1.2/Wed Oct 24 21:52:37 2007//
+/fts3_tokenizer.h/1.1/Mon Aug 20 17:37:04 2007//
+/fts3_tokenizer1.c/1.2/Fri Nov 23 17:31:18 2007//
+/README.tokenizers/1.2/Thu Dec 13 21:44:26 2007//
+/mkfts3amal.tcl/1.2/Thu Jan 31 12:32:59 2008//
+/fts3_porter.c/1.2/Fri Feb  1 15:40:34 2008//
+/fts3.c/1.15/Sat Feb  2 16:24:34 2008//
+/fts3_tokenizer.c/1.3/Sat Feb  2 16:24:34 2008//
+D

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/ext/fts3/CVS/Repository

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+sqlite/ext/fts3

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/ext/fts3/CVS/Root

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+:pserver:drh@sqlite.org:/sqlite

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/ext/fts3/README.tokenizers

@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+
+1. FTS3 Tokenizers
+
+  When creating a new full-text table, FTS3 allows the user to select
+  the text tokenizer implementation to be used when indexing text
+  by specifying a "tokenizer" clause as part of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE
+  statement:
+
+    CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE <table-name> USING fts3(
+      <columns ...> [, tokenizer <tokenizer-name> [<tokenizer-args>]]
+    );
+
+  The built-in tokenizers (valid values to pass as <tokenizer name>) are
+  "simple" and "porter".
+
+  <tokenizer-args> should consist of zero or more white-space separated
+  arguments to pass to the selected tokenizer implementation. The 
+  interpretation of the arguments, if any, depends on the individual 
+  tokenizer.
+
+2. Custom Tokenizers
+
+  FTS3 allows users to provide custom tokenizer implementations. The 
+  interface used to create a new tokenizer is defined and described in 
+  the fts3_tokenizer.h source file.
+
+  Registering a new FTS3 tokenizer is similar to registering a new 
+  virtual table module with SQLite. The user passes a pointer to a
+  structure containing pointers to various callback functions that
+  make up the implementation of the new tokenizer type. For tokenizers,
+  the structure (defined in fts3_tokenizer.h) is called
+  "sqlite3_tokenizer_module".
+
+  FTS3 does not expose a C-function that users call to register new
+  tokenizer types with a database handle. Instead, the pointer must
+  be encoded as an SQL blob value and passed to FTS3 through the SQL
+  engine by evaluating a special scalar function, "fts3_tokenizer()".
+  The fts3_tokenizer() function may be called with one or two arguments,
+  as follows:
+
+    SELECT fts3_tokenizer(<tokenizer-name>);
+    SELECT fts3_tokenizer(<tokenizer-name>, <sqlite3_tokenizer_module ptr>);
+  
+  Where <tokenizer-name> is a string identifying the tokenizer and
+  <sqlite3_tokenizer_module ptr> is a pointer to an sqlite3_tokenizer_module
+  structure encoded as an SQL blob. If the second argument is present,
+  it is registered as tokenizer <tokenizer-name> and a copy of it
+  returned. If only one argument is passed, a pointer to the tokenizer
+  implementation currently registered as <tokenizer-name> is returned,
+  encoded as a blob. Or, if no such tokenizer exists, an SQL exception
+  (error) is raised.
+
+  SECURITY: If the fts3 extension is used in an environment where potentially
+    malicious users may execute arbitrary SQL (i.e. gears), they should be
+    prevented from invoking the fts3_tokenizer() function, possibly using the
+    authorisation callback.
+
+  See "Sample code" below for an example of calling the fts3_tokenizer()
+  function from C code.
+
+3. ICU Library Tokenizers
+
+  If this extension is compiled with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU pre-processor 
+  symbol defined, then there exists a built-in tokenizer named "icu" 
+  implemented using the ICU library. The first argument passed to the
+  xCreate() method (see fts3_tokenizer.h) of this tokenizer may be
+  an ICU locale identifier. For example "tr_TR" for Turkish as used
+  in Turkey, or "en_AU" for English as used in Australia. For example:
+
+    "CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE thai_text USING fts3(text, tokenizer icu th_TH)"
+
+  The ICU tokenizer implementation is very simple. It splits the input
+  text according to the ICU rules for finding word boundaries and discards
+  any tokens that consist entirely of white-space. This may be suitable
+  for some applications in some locales, but not all. If more complex
+  processing is required, for example to implement stemming or 
+  discard punctuation, this can be done by creating a tokenizer 
+  implementation that uses the ICU tokenizer as part of its implementation.
+
+  When using the ICU tokenizer this way, it is safe to overwrite the
+  contents of the strings returned by the xNext() method (see
+  fts3_tokenizer.h).
+
+4. Sample code.
+
+  The following two code samples illustrate the way C code should invoke
+  the fts3_tokenizer() scalar function:
+
+      int registerTokenizer(
+        sqlite3 *db, 
+        char *zName, 
+        const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p
+      ){
+        int rc;
+        sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+        const char zSql[] = "SELECT fts3_tokenizer(?, ?)";
+      
+        rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          return rc;
+        }
+      
+        sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+        sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 2, &p, sizeof(p), SQLITE_STATIC);
+        sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+      
+        return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+      }
+      
+      int queryTokenizer(
+        sqlite3 *db, 
+        char *zName,  
+        const sqlite3_tokenizer_module **pp
+      ){
+        int rc;
+        sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+        const char zSql[] = "SELECT fts3_tokenizer(?)";
+      
+        *pp = 0;
+        rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+          return rc;
+        }
+      
+        sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+        if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+          if( sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)==SQLITE_BLOB ){
+            memcpy(pp, sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0), sizeof(*pp));
+          }
+        }
+      
+        return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+      }

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/ext/fts3/README.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+This folder contains source code to the second full-text search
+extension for SQLite.  While the API is the same, this version uses a
+substantially different storage schema from fts1, so tables will need
+to be rebuilt.

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/ext/fts3/fts3.h

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+/*
+** 2006 Oct 10
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This header file is used by programs that want to link against the
+** FTS3 library.  All it does is declare the sqlite3Fts3Init() interface.
+*/
+#include "sqlite3.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif  /* __cplusplus */
+
+int sqlite3Fts3Init(sqlite3 *db);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}  /* extern "C" */
+#endif  /* __cplusplus */

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/ext/fts3/fts3_hash.c

@@ -0,0 +1,374 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This is the implementation of generic hash-tables used in SQLite.
+** We've modified it slightly to serve as a standalone hash table
+** implementation for the full-text indexing module.
+*/
+
+/*
+** The code in this file is only compiled if:
+**
+**     * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension
+**       (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
+**
+**     * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
+**       SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "sqlite3.h"
+#include "fts3_hash.h"
+
+/*
+** Malloc and Free functions
+*/
+static void *fts3HashMalloc(int n){
+  void *p = sqlite3_malloc(n);
+  if( p ){
+    memset(p, 0, n);
+  }
+  return p;
+}
+static void fts3HashFree(void *p){
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+}
+
+/* Turn bulk memory into a hash table object by initializing the
+** fields of the Hash structure.
+**
+** "pNew" is a pointer to the hash table that is to be initialized.
+** keyClass is one of the constants 
+** FTS3_HASH_BINARY or FTS3_HASH_STRING.  The value of keyClass 
+** determines what kind of key the hash table will use.  "copyKey" is
+** true if the hash table should make its own private copy of keys and
+** false if it should just use the supplied pointer.
+*/
+void sqlite3Fts3HashInit(fts3Hash *pNew, int keyClass, int copyKey){
+  assert( pNew!=0 );
+  assert( keyClass>=FTS3_HASH_STRING && keyClass<=FTS3_HASH_BINARY );
+  pNew->keyClass = keyClass;
+  pNew->copyKey = copyKey;
+  pNew->first = 0;
+  pNew->count = 0;
+  pNew->htsize = 0;
+  pNew->ht = 0;
+}
+
+/* Remove all entries from a hash table.  Reclaim all memory.
+** Call this routine to delete a hash table or to reset a hash table
+** to the empty state.
+*/
+void sqlite3Fts3HashClear(fts3Hash *pH){
+  fts3HashElem *elem;         /* For looping over all elements of the table */
+
+  assert( pH!=0 );
+  elem = pH->first;
+  pH->first = 0;
+  fts3HashFree(pH->ht);
+  pH->ht = 0;
+  pH->htsize = 0;
+  while( elem ){
+    fts3HashElem *next_elem = elem->next;
+    if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){
+      fts3HashFree(elem->pKey);
+    }
+    fts3HashFree(elem);
+    elem = next_elem;
+  }
+  pH->count = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is FTS3_HASH_STRING
+*/
+static int fts3StrHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
+  const char *z = (const char *)pKey;
+  int h = 0;
+  if( nKey<=0 ) nKey = (int) strlen(z);
+  while( nKey > 0  ){
+    h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ *z++;
+    nKey--;
+  }
+  return h & 0x7fffffff;
+}
+static int fts3StrCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
+  if( n1!=n2 ) return 1;
+  return strncmp((const char*)pKey1,(const char*)pKey2,n1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is FTS3_HASH_BINARY
+*/
+static int fts3BinHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
+  int h = 0;
+  const char *z = (const char *)pKey;
+  while( nKey-- > 0 ){
+    h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ *(z++);
+  }
+  return h & 0x7fffffff;
+}
+static int fts3BinCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
+  if( n1!=n2 ) return 1;
+  return memcmp(pKey1,pKey2,n1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class.
+**
+** The C syntax in this function definition may be unfamilar to some 
+** programmers, so we provide the following additional explanation:
+**
+** The name of the function is "ftsHashFunction".  The function takes a
+** single parameter "keyClass".  The return value of ftsHashFunction()
+** is a pointer to another function.  Specifically, the return value
+** of ftsHashFunction() is a pointer to a function that takes two parameters
+** with types "const void*" and "int" and returns an "int".
+*/
+static int (*ftsHashFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int){
+  if( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_STRING ){
+    return &fts3StrHash;
+  }else{
+    assert( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_BINARY );
+    return &fts3BinHash;
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class.
+**
+** For help in interpreted the obscure C code in the function definition,
+** see the header comment on the previous function.
+*/
+static int (*ftsCompareFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int,const void*,int){
+  if( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_STRING ){
+    return &fts3StrCompare;
+  }else{
+    assert( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_BINARY );
+    return &fts3BinCompare;
+  }
+}
+
+/* Link an element into the hash table
+*/
+static void fts3HashInsertElement(
+  fts3Hash *pH,            /* The complete hash table */
+  struct _fts3ht *pEntry,  /* The entry into which pNew is inserted */
+  fts3HashElem *pNew       /* The element to be inserted */
+){
+  fts3HashElem *pHead;     /* First element already in pEntry */
+  pHead = pEntry->chain;
+  if( pHead ){
+    pNew->next = pHead;
+    pNew->prev = pHead->prev;
+    if( pHead->prev ){ pHead->prev->next = pNew; }
+    else             { pH->first = pNew; }
+    pHead->prev = pNew;
+  }else{
+    pNew->next = pH->first;
+    if( pH->first ){ pH->first->prev = pNew; }
+    pNew->prev = 0;
+    pH->first = pNew;
+  }
+  pEntry->count++;
+  pEntry->chain = pNew;
+}
+
+
+/* Resize the hash table so that it cantains "new_size" buckets.
+** "new_size" must be a power of 2.  The hash table might fail 
+** to resize if sqliteMalloc() fails.
+*/
+static void fts3Rehash(fts3Hash *pH, int new_size){
+  struct _fts3ht *new_ht;          /* The new hash table */
+  fts3HashElem *elem, *next_elem;  /* For looping over existing elements */
+  int (*xHash)(const void*,int);   /* The hash function */
+
+  assert( (new_size & (new_size-1))==0 );
+  new_ht = (struct _fts3ht *)fts3HashMalloc( new_size*sizeof(struct _fts3ht) );
+  if( new_ht==0 ) return;
+  fts3HashFree(pH->ht);
+  pH->ht = new_ht;
+  pH->htsize = new_size;
+  xHash = ftsHashFunction(pH->keyClass);
+  for(elem=pH->first, pH->first=0; elem; elem = next_elem){
+    int h = (*xHash)(elem->pKey, elem->nKey) & (new_size-1);
+    next_elem = elem->next;
+    fts3HashInsertElement(pH, &new_ht[h], elem);
+  }
+}
+
+/* This function (for internal use only) locates an element in an
+** hash table that matches the given key.  The hash for this key has
+** already been computed and is passed as the 4th parameter.
+*/
+static fts3HashElem *fts3FindElementByHash(
+  const fts3Hash *pH, /* The pH to be searched */
+  const void *pKey,   /* The key we are searching for */
+  int nKey,
+  int h               /* The hash for this key. */
+){
+  fts3HashElem *elem;            /* Used to loop thru the element list */
+  int count;                     /* Number of elements left to test */
+  int (*xCompare)(const void*,int,const void*,int);  /* comparison function */
+
+  if( pH->ht ){
+    struct _fts3ht *pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
+    elem = pEntry->chain;
+    count = pEntry->count;
+    xCompare = ftsCompareFunction(pH->keyClass);
+    while( count-- && elem ){
+      if( (*xCompare)(elem->pKey,elem->nKey,pKey,nKey)==0 ){ 
+        return elem;
+      }
+      elem = elem->next;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Remove a single entry from the hash table given a pointer to that
+** element and a hash on the element's key.
+*/
+static void fts3RemoveElementByHash(
+  fts3Hash *pH,         /* The pH containing "elem" */
+  fts3HashElem* elem,   /* The element to be removed from the pH */
+  int h                 /* Hash value for the element */
+){
+  struct _fts3ht *pEntry;
+  if( elem->prev ){
+    elem->prev->next = elem->next; 
+  }else{
+    pH->first = elem->next;
+  }
+  if( elem->next ){
+    elem->next->prev = elem->prev;
+  }
+  pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
+  if( pEntry->chain==elem ){
+    pEntry->chain = elem->next;
+  }
+  pEntry->count--;
+  if( pEntry->count<=0 ){
+    pEntry->chain = 0;
+  }
+  if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){
+    fts3HashFree(elem->pKey);
+  }
+  fts3HashFree( elem );
+  pH->count--;
+  if( pH->count<=0 ){
+    assert( pH->first==0 );
+    assert( pH->count==0 );
+    fts3HashClear(pH);
+  }
+}
+
+/* Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key
+** that matches pKey,nKey.  Return the data for this element if it is
+** found, or NULL if there is no match.
+*/
+void *sqlite3Fts3HashFind(const fts3Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey){
+  int h;                 /* A hash on key */
+  fts3HashElem *elem;    /* The element that matches key */
+  int (*xHash)(const void*,int);  /* The hash function */
+
+  if( pH==0 || pH->ht==0 ) return 0;
+  xHash = ftsHashFunction(pH->keyClass);
+  assert( xHash!=0 );
+  h = (*xHash)(pKey,nKey);
+  assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
+  elem = fts3FindElementByHash(pH,pKey,nKey, h & (pH->htsize-1));
+  return elem ? elem->data : 0;
+}
+
+/* Insert an element into the hash table pH.  The key is pKey,nKey
+** and the data is "data".
+**
+** If no element exists with a matching key, then a new
+** element is created.  A copy of the key is made if the copyKey
+** flag is set.  NULL is returned.
+**
+** If another element already exists with the same key, then the
+** new data replaces the old data and the old data is returned.
+** The key is not copied in this instance.  If a malloc fails, then
+** the new data is returned and the hash table is unchanged.
+**
+** If the "data" parameter to this function is NULL, then the
+** element corresponding to "key" is removed from the hash table.
+*/
+void *sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(
+  fts3Hash *pH,        /* The hash table to insert into */
+  const void *pKey,    /* The key */
+  int nKey,            /* Number of bytes in the key */
+  void *data           /* The data */
+){
+  int hraw;                 /* Raw hash value of the key */
+  int h;                    /* the hash of the key modulo hash table size */
+  fts3HashElem *elem;       /* Used to loop thru the element list */
+  fts3HashElem *new_elem;   /* New element added to the pH */
+  int (*xHash)(const void*,int);  /* The hash function */
+
+  assert( pH!=0 );
+  xHash = ftsHashFunction(pH->keyClass);
+  assert( xHash!=0 );
+  hraw = (*xHash)(pKey, nKey);
+  assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
+  h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1);
+  elem = fts3FindElementByHash(pH,pKey,nKey,h);
+  if( elem ){
+    void *old_data = elem->data;
+    if( data==0 ){
+      fts3RemoveElementByHash(pH,elem,h);
+    }else{
+      elem->data = data;
+    }
+    return old_data;
+  }
+  if( data==0 ) return 0;
+  new_elem = (fts3HashElem*)fts3HashMalloc( sizeof(fts3HashElem) );
+  if( new_elem==0 ) return data;
+  if( pH->copyKey && pKey!=0 ){
+    new_elem->pKey = fts3HashMalloc( nKey );
+    if( new_elem->pKey==0 ){
+      fts3HashFree(new_elem);
+      return data;
+    }
+    memcpy((void*)new_elem->pKey, pKey, nKey);
+  }else{
+    new_elem->pKey = (void*)pKey;
+  }
+  new_elem->nKey = nKey;
+  pH->count++;
+  if( pH->htsize==0 ){
+    fts3Rehash(pH,8);
+    if( pH->htsize==0 ){
+      pH->count = 0;
+      fts3HashFree(new_elem);
+      return data;
+    }
+  }
+  if( pH->count > pH->htsize ){
+    fts3Rehash(pH,pH->htsize*2);
+  }
+  assert( pH->htsize>0 );
+  assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
+  h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1);
+  fts3HashInsertElement(pH, &pH->ht[h], new_elem);
+  new_elem->data = data;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/ext/fts3/fts3_hash.h

@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+/*
+** 2001 September 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implemenation
+** used in SQLite.  We've modified it slightly to serve as a standalone
+** hash table implementation for the full-text indexing module.
+**
+*/
+#ifndef _FTS3_HASH_H_
+#define _FTS3_HASH_H_
+
+/* Forward declarations of structures. */
+typedef struct fts3Hash fts3Hash;
+typedef struct fts3HashElem fts3HashElem;
+
+/* A complete hash table is an instance of the following structure.
+** The internals of this structure are intended to be opaque -- client
+** code should not attempt to access or modify the fields of this structure
+** directly.  Change this structure only by using the routines below.
+** However, many of the "procedures" and "functions" for modifying and
+** accessing this structure are really macros, so we can't really make
+** this structure opaque.
+*/
+struct fts3Hash {
+  char keyClass;          /* HASH_INT, _POINTER, _STRING, _BINARY */
+  char copyKey;           /* True if copy of key made on insert */
+  int count;              /* Number of entries in this table */
+  fts3HashElem *first;    /* The first element of the array */
+  int htsize;             /* Number of buckets in the hash table */
+  struct _fts3ht {        /* the hash table */
+    int count;               /* Number of entries with this hash */
+    fts3HashElem *chain;     /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */
+  } *ht;
+};
+
+/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following 
+** structure.  All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list.
+**
+** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really
+** be opaque because it is used by macros.
+*/
+struct fts3HashElem {
+  fts3HashElem *next, *prev; /* Next and previous elements in the table */
+  void *data;                /* Data associated with this element */
+  void *pKey; int nKey;      /* Key associated with this element */
+};
+
+/*
+** There are 2 different modes of operation for a hash table:
+**
+**   FTS3_HASH_STRING        pKey points to a string that is nKey bytes long
+**                           (including the null-terminator, if any).  Case
+**                           is respected in comparisons.
+**
+**   FTS3_HASH_BINARY        pKey points to binary data nKey bytes long. 
+**                           memcmp() is used to compare keys.
+**
+** A copy of the key is made if the copyKey parameter to fts3HashInit is 1.  
+*/
+#define FTS3_HASH_STRING    1
+#define FTS3_HASH_BINARY    2
+
+/*
+** Access routines.  To delete, insert a NULL pointer.
+*/
+void sqlite3Fts3HashInit(fts3Hash*, int keytype, int copyKey);
+void *sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(fts3Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey, void *pData);
+void *sqlite3Fts3HashFind(const fts3Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey);
+void sqlite3Fts3HashClear(fts3Hash*);
+
+/*
+** Shorthand for the functions above
+*/
+#define fts3HashInit   sqlite3Fts3HashInit
+#define fts3HashInsert sqlite3Fts3HashInsert
+#define fts3HashFind   sqlite3Fts3HashFind
+#define fts3HashClear  sqlite3Fts3HashClear
+
+/*
+** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table.  The idiom is
+** like this:
+**
+**   fts3Hash h;
+**   fts3HashElem *p;
+**   ...
+**   for(p=fts3HashFirst(&h); p; p=fts3HashNext(p)){
+**     SomeStructure *pData = fts3HashData(p);
+**     // do something with pData
+**   }
+*/
+#define fts3HashFirst(H)  ((H)->first)
+#define fts3HashNext(E)   ((E)->next)
+#define fts3HashData(E)   ((E)->data)
+#define fts3HashKey(E)    ((E)->pKey)
+#define fts3HashKeysize(E) ((E)->nKey)
+
+/*
+** Number of entries in a hash table
+*/
+#define fts3HashCount(H)  ((H)->count)
+
+#endif /* _FTS3_HASH_H_ */

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/ext/fts3/fts3_icu.c

@@ -0,0 +1,258 @@
+/*
+** 2007 June 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** This file implements a tokenizer for fts3 based on the ICU library.
+** 
+** $Id: fts3_icu.c,v 1.2 2007/10/24 21:52:37 shess Exp $
+*/
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include "fts3_tokenizer.h"
+
+#include <unicode/ubrk.h>
+#include <unicode/ucol.h>
+#include <unicode/ustring.h>
+#include <unicode/utf16.h>
+
+typedef struct IcuTokenizer IcuTokenizer;
+typedef struct IcuCursor IcuCursor;
+
+struct IcuTokenizer {
+  sqlite3_tokenizer base;
+  char *zLocale;
+};
+
+struct IcuCursor {
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base;
+
+  UBreakIterator *pIter;      /* ICU break-iterator object */
+  int nChar;                  /* Number of UChar elements in pInput */
+  UChar *aChar;               /* Copy of input using utf-16 encoding */
+  int *aOffset;               /* Offsets of each character in utf-8 input */
+
+  int nBuffer;
+  char *zBuffer;
+
+  int iToken;
+};
+
+/*
+** Create a new tokenizer instance.
+*/
+static int icuCreate(
+  int argc,                            /* Number of entries in argv[] */
+  const char * const *argv,            /* Tokenizer creation arguments */
+  sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer      /* OUT: Created tokenizer */
+){
+  IcuTokenizer *p;
+  int n = 0;
+
+  if( argc>0 ){
+    n = strlen(argv[0])+1;
+  }
+  p = (IcuTokenizer *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(IcuTokenizer)+n);
+  if( !p ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  memset(p, 0, sizeof(IcuTokenizer));
+
+  if( n ){
+    p->zLocale = (char *)&p[1];
+    memcpy(p->zLocale, argv[0], n);
+  }
+
+  *ppTokenizer = (sqlite3_tokenizer *)p;
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Destroy a tokenizer
+*/
+static int icuDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){
+  IcuTokenizer *p = (IcuTokenizer *)pTokenizer;
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string.  The input
+** string to be tokenized is pInput[0..nBytes-1].  A cursor
+** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in 
+** *ppCursor.
+*/
+static int icuOpen(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer,         /* The tokenizer */
+  const char *zInput,                    /* Input string */
+  int nInput,                            /* Length of zInput in bytes */
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor    /* OUT: Tokenization cursor */
+){
+  IcuTokenizer *p = (IcuTokenizer *)pTokenizer;
+  IcuCursor *pCsr;
+
+  const int32_t opt = U_FOLD_CASE_DEFAULT;
+  UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+  int nChar;
+
+  UChar32 c;
+  int iInput = 0;
+  int iOut = 0;
+
+  *ppCursor = 0;
+
+  if( -1 == nInput ) nInput = strlen(nInput);
+  nChar = nInput+1;
+  pCsr = (IcuCursor *)sqlite3_malloc(
+      sizeof(IcuCursor) +                /* IcuCursor */
+      nChar * sizeof(UChar) +            /* IcuCursor.aChar[] */
+      (nChar+1) * sizeof(int)            /* IcuCursor.aOffset[] */
+  );
+  if( !pCsr ){
+    return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+  memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(IcuCursor));
+  pCsr->aChar = (UChar *)&pCsr[1];
+  pCsr->aOffset = (int *)&pCsr->aChar[nChar];
+
+  pCsr->aOffset[iOut] = iInput;
+  U8_NEXT(zInput, iInput, nInput, c); 
+  while( c>0 ){
+    int isError = 0;
+    c = u_foldCase(c, opt);
+    U16_APPEND(pCsr->aChar, iOut, nChar, c, isError);
+    if( isError ){
+      sqlite3_free(pCsr);
+      return SQLITE_ERROR;
+    }
+    pCsr->aOffset[iOut] = iInput;
+
+    if( iInput<nInput ){
+      U8_NEXT(zInput, iInput, nInput, c);
+    }else{
+      c = 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  pCsr->pIter = ubrk_open(UBRK_WORD, p->zLocale, pCsr->aChar, iOut, &status);
+  if( !U_SUCCESS(status) ){
+    sqlite3_free(pCsr);
+    return SQLITE_ERROR;
+  }
+  pCsr->nChar = iOut;
+
+  ubrk_first(pCsr->pIter);
+  *ppCursor = (sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *)pCsr;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to icuOpen().
+*/
+static int icuClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){
+  IcuCursor *pCsr = (IcuCursor *)pCursor;
+  ubrk_close(pCsr->pIter);
+  sqlite3_free(pCsr->zBuffer);
+  sqlite3_free(pCsr);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor.
+*/
+static int icuNext(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor,  /* Cursor returned by simpleOpen */
+  const char **ppToken,               /* OUT: *ppToken is the token text */
+  int *pnBytes,                       /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */
+  int *piStartOffset,                 /* OUT: Starting offset of token */
+  int *piEndOffset,                   /* OUT: Ending offset of token */
+  int *piPosition                     /* OUT: Position integer of token */
+){
+  IcuCursor *pCsr = (IcuCursor *)pCursor;
+
+  int iStart = 0;
+  int iEnd = 0;
+  int nByte = 0;
+
+  while( iStart==iEnd ){
+    UChar32 c;
+
+    iStart = ubrk_current(pCsr->pIter);
+    iEnd = ubrk_next(pCsr->pIter);
+    if( iEnd==UBRK_DONE ){
+      return SQLITE_DONE;
+    }
+
+    while( iStart<iEnd ){
+      int iWhite = iStart;
+      U8_NEXT(pCsr->aChar, iWhite, pCsr->nChar, c);
+      if( u_isspace(c) ){
+        iStart = iWhite;
+      }else{
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+    assert(iStart<=iEnd);
+  }
+
+  do {
+    UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+    if( nByte ){
+      char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->zBuffer, nByte);
+      if( !zNew ){
+        return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }
+      pCsr->zBuffer = zNew;
+      pCsr->nBuffer = nByte;
+    }
+
+    u_strToUTF8(
+        pCsr->zBuffer, pCsr->nBuffer, &nByte,    /* Output vars */
+        &pCsr->aChar[iStart], iEnd-iStart,       /* Input vars */
+        &status                                  /* Output success/failure */
+    );
+  } while( nByte>pCsr->nBuffer );
+
+  *ppToken = pCsr->zBuffer;
+  *pnBytes = nByte;
+  *piStartOffset = pCsr->aOffset[iStart];
+  *piEndOffset = pCsr->aOffset[iEnd];
+  *piPosition = pCsr->iToken++;
+
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** The set of routines that implement the simple tokenizer
+*/
+static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module icuTokenizerModule = {
+  0,                           /* iVersion */
+  icuCreate,                   /* xCreate  */
+  icuDestroy,                  /* xCreate  */
+  icuOpen,                     /* xOpen    */
+  icuClose,                    /* xClose   */
+  icuNext,                     /* xNext    */
+};
+
+/*
+** Set *ppModule to point at the implementation of the ICU tokenizer.
+*/
+void sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule
+){
+  *ppModule = &icuTokenizerModule;
+}
+
+#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU) */
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/ext/fts3/fts3_porter.c

@@ -0,0 +1,642 @@
+/*
+** 2006 September 30
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Implementation of the full-text-search tokenizer that implements
+** a Porter stemmer.
+*/
+
+/*
+** The code in this file is only compiled if:
+**
+**     * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension
+**       (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
+**
+**     * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
+**       SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#include "fts3_tokenizer.h"
+
+/*
+** Class derived from sqlite3_tokenizer
+*/
+typedef struct porter_tokenizer {
+  sqlite3_tokenizer base;      /* Base class */
+} porter_tokenizer;
+
+/*
+** Class derived from sqlit3_tokenizer_cursor
+*/
+typedef struct porter_tokenizer_cursor {
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base;
+  const char *zInput;          /* input we are tokenizing */
+  int nInput;                  /* size of the input */
+  int iOffset;                 /* current position in zInput */
+  int iToken;                  /* index of next token to be returned */
+  char *zToken;                /* storage for current token */
+  int nAllocated;              /* space allocated to zToken buffer */
+} porter_tokenizer_cursor;
+
+
+/* Forward declaration */
+static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module porterTokenizerModule;
+
+
+/*
+** Create a new tokenizer instance.
+*/
+static int porterCreate(
+  int argc, const char * const *argv,
+  sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer
+){
+  porter_tokenizer *t;
+  t = (porter_tokenizer *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*t));
+  if( t==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  memset(t, 0, sizeof(*t));
+  *ppTokenizer = &t->base;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Destroy a tokenizer
+*/
+static int porterDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){
+  sqlite3_free(pTokenizer);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string.  The input
+** string to be tokenized is zInput[0..nInput-1].  A cursor
+** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in 
+** *ppCursor.
+*/
+static int porterOpen(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer,         /* The tokenizer */
+  const char *zInput, int nInput,        /* String to be tokenized */
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor    /* OUT: Tokenization cursor */
+){
+  porter_tokenizer_cursor *c;
+
+  c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*c));
+  if( c==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+
+  c->zInput = zInput;
+  if( zInput==0 ){
+    c->nInput = 0;
+  }else if( nInput<0 ){
+    c->nInput = (int)strlen(zInput);
+  }else{
+    c->nInput = nInput;
+  }
+  c->iOffset = 0;                 /* start tokenizing at the beginning */
+  c->iToken = 0;
+  c->zToken = NULL;               /* no space allocated, yet. */
+  c->nAllocated = 0;
+
+  *ppCursor = &c->base;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to
+** porterOpen() above.
+*/
+static int porterClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){
+  porter_tokenizer_cursor *c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
+  sqlite3_free(c->zToken);
+  sqlite3_free(c);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+/*
+** Vowel or consonant
+*/
+static const char cType[] = {
+   0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0,
+   1, 1, 1, 2, 1
+};
+
+/*
+** isConsonant() and isVowel() determine if their first character in
+** the string they point to is a consonant or a vowel, according
+** to Porter ruls.  
+**
+** A consonate is any letter other than 'a', 'e', 'i', 'o', or 'u'.
+** 'Y' is a consonant unless it follows another consonant,
+** in which case it is a vowel.
+**
+** In these routine, the letters are in reverse order.  So the 'y' rule
+** is that 'y' is a consonant unless it is followed by another
+** consonent.
+*/
+static int isVowel(const char*);
+static int isConsonant(const char *z){
+  int j;
+  char x = *z;
+  if( x==0 ) return 0;
+  assert( x>='a' && x<='z' );
+  j = cType[x-'a'];
+  if( j<2 ) return j;
+  return z[1]==0 || isVowel(z + 1);
+}
+static int isVowel(const char *z){
+  int j;
+  char x = *z;
+  if( x==0 ) return 0;
+  assert( x>='a' && x<='z' );
+  j = cType[x-'a'];
+  if( j<2 ) return 1-j;
+  return isConsonant(z + 1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Let any sequence of one or more vowels be represented by V and let
+** C be sequence of one or more consonants.  Then every word can be
+** represented as:
+**
+**           [C] (VC){m} [V]
+**
+** In prose:  A word is an optional consonant followed by zero or
+** vowel-consonant pairs followed by an optional vowel.  "m" is the
+** number of vowel consonant pairs.  This routine computes the value
+** of m for the first i bytes of a word.
+**
+** Return true if the m-value for z is 1 or more.  In other words,
+** return true if z contains at least one vowel that is followed
+** by a consonant.
+**
+** In this routine z[] is in reverse order.  So we are really looking
+** for an instance of of a consonant followed by a vowel.
+*/
+static int m_gt_0(const char *z){
+  while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
+  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
+  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
+  return *z!=0;
+}
+
+/* Like mgt0 above except we are looking for a value of m which is
+** exactly 1
+*/
+static int m_eq_1(const char *z){
+  while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
+  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
+  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
+  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
+  while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
+  if( *z==0 ) return 1;
+  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
+  return *z==0;
+}
+
+/* Like mgt0 above except we are looking for a value of m>1 instead
+** or m>0
+*/
+static int m_gt_1(const char *z){
+  while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
+  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
+  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
+  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
+  while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
+  if( *z==0 ) return 0;
+  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
+  return *z!=0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if there is a vowel anywhere within z[0..n-1]
+*/
+static int hasVowel(const char *z){
+  while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
+  return *z!=0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the word ends in a double consonant.
+**
+** The text is reversed here. So we are really looking at
+** the first two characters of z[].
+*/
+static int doubleConsonant(const char *z){
+  return isConsonant(z) && z[0]==z[1] && isConsonant(z+1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Return TRUE if the word ends with three letters which
+** are consonant-vowel-consonent and where the final consonant
+** is not 'w', 'x', or 'y'.
+**
+** The word is reversed here.  So we are really checking the
+** first three letters and the first one cannot be in [wxy].
+*/
+static int star_oh(const char *z){
+  return
+    z[0]!=0 && isConsonant(z) &&
+    z[0]!='w' && z[0]!='x' && z[0]!='y' &&
+    z[1]!=0 && isVowel(z+1) &&
+    z[2]!=0 && isConsonant(z+2);
+}
+
+/*
+** If the word ends with zFrom and xCond() is true for the stem
+** of the word that preceeds the zFrom ending, then change the 
+** ending to zTo.
+**
+** The input word *pz and zFrom are both in reverse order.  zTo
+** is in normal order. 
+**
+** Return TRUE if zFrom matches.  Return FALSE if zFrom does not
+** match.  Not that TRUE is returned even if xCond() fails and
+** no substitution occurs.
+*/
+static int stem(
+  char **pz,             /* The word being stemmed (Reversed) */
+  const char *zFrom,     /* If the ending matches this... (Reversed) */
+  const char *zTo,       /* ... change the ending to this (not reversed) */
+  int (*xCond)(const char*)   /* Condition that must be true */
+){
+  char *z = *pz;
+  while( *zFrom && *zFrom==*z ){ z++; zFrom++; }
+  if( *zFrom!=0 ) return 0;
+  if( xCond && !xCond(z) ) return 1;
+  while( *zTo ){
+    *(--z) = *(zTo++);
+  }
+  *pz = z;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+** This is the fallback stemmer used when the porter stemmer is
+** inappropriate.  The input word is copied into the output with
+** US-ASCII case folding.  If the input word is too long (more
+** than 20 bytes if it contains no digits or more than 6 bytes if
+** it contains digits) then word is truncated to 20 or 6 bytes
+** by taking 10 or 3 bytes from the beginning and end.
+*/
+static void copy_stemmer(const char *zIn, int nIn, char *zOut, int *pnOut){
+  int i, mx, j;
+  int hasDigit = 0;
+  for(i=0; i<nIn; i++){
+    int c = zIn[i];
+    if( c>='A' && c<='Z' ){
+      zOut[i] = c - 'A' + 'a';
+    }else{
+      if( c>='0' && c<='9' ) hasDigit = 1;
+      zOut[i] = c;
+    }
+  }
+  mx = hasDigit ? 3 : 10;
+  if( nIn>mx*2 ){
+    for(j=mx, i=nIn-mx; i<nIn; i++, j++){
+      zOut[j] = zOut[i];
+    }
+    i = j;
+  }
+  zOut[i] = 0;
+  *pnOut = i;
+}
+
+
+/*
+** Stem the input word zIn[0..nIn-1].  Store the output in zOut.
+** zOut is at least big enough to hold nIn bytes.  Write the actual
+** size of the output word (exclusive of the '\0' terminator) into *pnOut.
+**
+** Any upper-case characters in the US-ASCII character set ([A-Z])
+** are converted to lower case.  Upper-case UTF characters are
+** unchanged.
+**
+** Words that are longer than about 20 bytes are stemmed by retaining
+** a few bytes from the beginning and the end of the word.  If the
+** word contains digits, 3 bytes are taken from the beginning and
+** 3 bytes from the end.  For long words without digits, 10 bytes
+** are taken from each end.  US-ASCII case folding still applies.
+** 
+** If the input word contains not digits but does characters not 
+** in [a-zA-Z] then no stemming is attempted and this routine just 
+** copies the input into the input into the output with US-ASCII
+** case folding.
+**
+** Stemming never increases the length of the word.  So there is
+** no chance of overflowing the zOut buffer.
+*/
+static void porter_stemmer(const char *zIn, int nIn, char *zOut, int *pnOut){
+  int i, j, c;
+  char zReverse[28];
+  char *z, *z2;
+  if( nIn<3 || nIn>=sizeof(zReverse)-7 ){
+    /* The word is too big or too small for the porter stemmer.
+    ** Fallback to the copy stemmer */
+    copy_stemmer(zIn, nIn, zOut, pnOut);
+    return;
+  }
+  for(i=0, j=sizeof(zReverse)-6; i<nIn; i++, j--){
+    c = zIn[i];
+    if( c>='A' && c<='Z' ){
+      zReverse[j] = c + 'a' - 'A';
+    }else if( c>='a' && c<='z' ){
+      zReverse[j] = c;
+    }else{
+      /* The use of a character not in [a-zA-Z] means that we fallback
+      ** to the copy stemmer */
+      copy_stemmer(zIn, nIn, zOut, pnOut);
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+  memset(&zReverse[sizeof(zReverse)-5], 0, 5);
+  z = &zReverse[j+1];
+
+
+  /* Step 1a */
+  if( z[0]=='s' ){
+    if(
+     !stem(&z, "sess", "ss", 0) &&
+     !stem(&z, "sei", "i", 0)  &&
+     !stem(&z, "ss", "ss", 0)
+    ){
+      z++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Step 1b */  
+  z2 = z;
+  if( stem(&z, "dee", "ee", m_gt_0) ){
+    /* Do nothing.  The work was all in the test */
+  }else if( 
+     (stem(&z, "gni", "", hasVowel) || stem(&z, "de", "", hasVowel))
+      && z!=z2
+  ){
+     if( stem(&z, "ta", "ate", 0) ||
+         stem(&z, "lb", "ble", 0) ||
+         stem(&z, "zi", "ize", 0) ){
+       /* Do nothing.  The work was all in the test */
+     }else if( doubleConsonant(z) && (*z!='l' && *z!='s' && *z!='z') ){
+       z++;
+     }else if( m_eq_1(z) && star_oh(z) ){
+       *(--z) = 'e';
+     }
+  }
+
+  /* Step 1c */
+  if( z[0]=='y' && hasVowel(z+1) ){
+    z[0] = 'i';
+  }
+
+  /* Step 2 */
+  switch( z[1] ){
+   case 'a':
+     stem(&z, "lanoita", "ate", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "lanoit", "tion", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+   case 'c':
+     stem(&z, "icne", "ence", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "icna", "ance", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+   case 'e':
+     stem(&z, "rezi", "ize", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+   case 'g':
+     stem(&z, "igol", "log", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+   case 'l':
+     stem(&z, "ilb", "ble", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "illa", "al", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "iltne", "ent", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "ile", "e", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "ilsuo", "ous", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+   case 'o':
+     stem(&z, "noitazi", "ize", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "noita", "ate", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "rota", "ate", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+   case 's':
+     stem(&z, "msila", "al", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "ssenevi", "ive", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "ssenluf", "ful", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "ssensuo", "ous", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+   case 't':
+     stem(&z, "itila", "al", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "itivi", "ive", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "itilib", "ble", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+  }
+
+  /* Step 3 */
+  switch( z[0] ){
+   case 'e':
+     stem(&z, "etaci", "ic", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "evita", "", m_gt_0)   ||
+     stem(&z, "ezila", "al", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+   case 'i':
+     stem(&z, "itici", "ic", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+   case 'l':
+     stem(&z, "laci", "ic", m_gt_0) ||
+     stem(&z, "luf", "", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+   case 's':
+     stem(&z, "ssen", "", m_gt_0);
+     break;
+  }
+
+  /* Step 4 */
+  switch( z[1] ){
+   case 'a':
+     if( z[0]=='l' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){
+       z += 2;
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'c':
+     if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='n' && (z[3]=='a' || z[3]=='e')  && m_gt_1(z+4)  ){
+       z += 4;
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'e':
+     if( z[0]=='r' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){
+       z += 2;
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'i':
+     if( z[0]=='c' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){
+       z += 2;
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'l':
+     if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='b' && (z[3]=='a' || z[3]=='i') && m_gt_1(z+4) ){
+       z += 4;
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'n':
+     if( z[0]=='t' ){
+       if( z[2]=='a' ){
+         if( m_gt_1(z+3) ){
+           z += 3;
+         }
+       }else if( z[2]=='e' ){
+         stem(&z, "tneme", "", m_gt_1) ||
+         stem(&z, "tnem", "", m_gt_1) ||
+         stem(&z, "tne", "", m_gt_1);
+       }
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'o':
+     if( z[0]=='u' ){
+       if( m_gt_1(z+2) ){
+         z += 2;
+       }
+     }else if( z[3]=='s' || z[3]=='t' ){
+       stem(&z, "noi", "", m_gt_1);
+     }
+     break;
+   case 's':
+     if( z[0]=='m' && z[2]=='i' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){
+       z += 3;
+     }
+     break;
+   case 't':
+     stem(&z, "eta", "", m_gt_1) ||
+     stem(&z, "iti", "", m_gt_1);
+     break;
+   case 'u':
+     if( z[0]=='s' && z[2]=='o' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){
+       z += 3;
+     }
+     break;
+   case 'v':
+   case 'z':
+     if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='i' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){
+       z += 3;
+     }
+     break;
+  }
+
+  /* Step 5a */
+  if( z[0]=='e' ){
+    if( m_gt_1(z+1) ){
+      z++;
+    }else if( m_eq_1(z+1) && !star_oh(z+1) ){
+      z++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Step 5b */
+  if( m_gt_1(z) && z[0]=='l' && z[1]=='l' ){
+    z++;
+  }
+
+  /* z[] is now the stemmed word in reverse order.  Flip it back
+  ** around into forward order and return.
+  */
+  *pnOut = i = strlen(z);
+  zOut[i] = 0;
+  while( *z ){
+    zOut[--i] = *(z++);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Characters that can be part of a token.  We assume any character
+** whose value is greater than 0x80 (any UTF character) can be
+** part of a token.  In other words, delimiters all must have
+** values of 0x7f or lower.
+*/
+static const char porterIdChar[] = {
+/* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xA xB xC xD xE xF */
+    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 3x */
+    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* 4x */
+    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1,  /* 5x */
+    0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,  /* 6x */
+    1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,  /* 7x */
+};
+#define isDelim(C) (((ch=C)&0x80)==0 && (ch<0x30 || !porterIdChar[ch-0x30]))
+
+/*
+** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor.  The cursor must
+** have been opened by a prior call to porterOpen().
+*/
+static int porterNext(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor,  /* Cursor returned by porterOpen */
+  const char **pzToken,               /* OUT: *pzToken is the token text */
+  int *pnBytes,                       /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */
+  int *piStartOffset,                 /* OUT: Starting offset of token */
+  int *piEndOffset,                   /* OUT: Ending offset of token */
+  int *piPosition                     /* OUT: Position integer of token */
+){
+  porter_tokenizer_cursor *c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
+  const char *z = c->zInput;
+
+  while( c->iOffset<c->nInput ){
+    int iStartOffset, ch;
+
+    /* Scan past delimiter characters */
+    while( c->iOffset<c->nInput && isDelim(z[c->iOffset]) ){
+      c->iOffset++;
+    }
+
+    /* Count non-delimiter characters. */
+    iStartOffset = c->iOffset;
+    while( c->iOffset<c->nInput && !isDelim(z[c->iOffset]) ){
+      c->iOffset++;
+    }
+
+    if( c->iOffset>iStartOffset ){
+      int n = c->iOffset-iStartOffset;
+      if( n>c->nAllocated ){
+        c->nAllocated = n+20;
+        c->zToken = sqlite3_realloc(c->zToken, c->nAllocated);
+        if( c->zToken==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }
+      porter_stemmer(&z[iStartOffset], n, c->zToken, pnBytes);
+      *pzToken = c->zToken;
+      *piStartOffset = iStartOffset;
+      *piEndOffset = c->iOffset;
+      *piPosition = c->iToken++;
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_DONE;
+}
+
+/*
+** The set of routines that implement the porter-stemmer tokenizer
+*/
+static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module porterTokenizerModule = {
+  0,
+  porterCreate,
+  porterDestroy,
+  porterOpen,
+  porterClose,
+  porterNext,
+};
+
+/*
+** Allocate a new porter tokenizer.  Return a pointer to the new
+** tokenizer in *ppModule
+*/
+void sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule
+){
+  *ppModule = &porterTokenizerModule;
+}
+
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/ext/fts3/fts3_tokenizer.c

@@ -0,0 +1,371 @@
+/*
+** 2007 June 22
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** This is part of an SQLite module implementing full-text search.
+** This particular file implements the generic tokenizer interface.
+*/
+
+/*
+** The code in this file is only compiled if:
+**
+**     * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension
+**       (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
+**
+**     * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
+**       SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+
+#include "sqlite3ext.h"
+#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
+  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1
+#endif
+
+#include "fts3_hash.h"
+#include "fts3_tokenizer.h"
+#include <assert.h>
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the SQL scalar function for accessing the underlying 
+** hash table. This function may be called as follows:
+**
+**   SELECT <function-name>(<key-name>);
+**   SELECT <function-name>(<key-name>, <pointer>);
+**
+** where <function-name> is the name passed as the second argument
+** to the sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable() function (e.g. 'fts3_tokenizer').
+**
+** If the <pointer> argument is specified, it must be a blob value
+** containing a pointer to be stored as the hash data corresponding
+** to the string <key-name>. If <pointer> is not specified, then
+** the string <key-name> must already exist in the has table. Otherwise,
+** an error is returned.
+**
+** Whether or not the <pointer> argument is specified, the value returned
+** is a blob containing the pointer stored as the hash data corresponding
+** to string <key-name> (after the hash-table is updated, if applicable).
+*/
+static void scalarFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  fts3Hash *pHash;
+  void *pPtr = 0;
+  const unsigned char *zName;
+  int nName;
+
+  assert( argc==1 || argc==2 );
+
+  pHash = (fts3Hash *)sqlite3_user_data(context);
+
+  zName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  nName = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])+1;
+
+  if( argc==2 ){
+    void *pOld;
+    int n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]);
+    if( n!=sizeof(pPtr) ){
+      sqlite3_result_error(context, "argument type mismatch", -1);
+      return;
+    }
+    pPtr = *(void **)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[1]);
+    pOld = sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, (void *)zName, nName, pPtr);
+    if( pOld==pPtr ){
+      sqlite3_result_error(context, "out of memory", -1);
+      return;
+    }
+  }else{
+    pPtr = sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash, zName, nName);
+    if( !pPtr ){
+      char *zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer: %s", zName);
+      sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
+      sqlite3_free(zErr);
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_result_blob(context, (void *)&pPtr, sizeof(pPtr), SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+}
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+
+#include <tcl.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+/*
+** Implementation of a special SQL scalar function for testing tokenizers 
+** designed to be used in concert with the Tcl testing framework. This
+** function must be called with two arguments:
+**
+**   SELECT <function-name>(<key-name>, <input-string>);
+**   SELECT <function-name>(<key-name>, <pointer>);
+**
+** where <function-name> is the name passed as the second argument
+** to the sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable() function (e.g. 'fts3_tokenizer')
+** concatenated with the string '_test' (e.g. 'fts3_tokenizer_test').
+**
+** The return value is a string that may be interpreted as a Tcl
+** list. For each token in the <input-string>, three elements are
+** added to the returned list. The first is the token position, the 
+** second is the token text (folded, stemmed, etc.) and the third is the
+** substring of <input-string> associated with the token. For example, 
+** using the built-in "simple" tokenizer:
+**
+**   SELECT fts_tokenizer_test('simple', 'I don't see how');
+**
+** will return the string:
+**
+**   "{0 i I 1 dont don't 2 see see 3 how how}"
+**   
+*/
+static void testFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  fts3Hash *pHash;
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p;
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = 0;
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr = 0;
+
+  const char *zErr = 0;
+
+  const char *zName;
+  int nName;
+  const char *zInput;
+  int nInput;
+
+  const char *zArg = 0;
+
+  const char *zToken;
+  int nToken;
+  int iStart;
+  int iEnd;
+  int iPos;
+
+  Tcl_Obj *pRet;
+
+  assert( argc==2 || argc==3 );
+
+  nName = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
+  zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  nInput = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[argc-1]);
+  zInput = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[argc-1]);
+
+  if( argc==3 ){
+    zArg = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+  }
+
+  pHash = (fts3Hash *)sqlite3_user_data(context);
+  p = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash, zName, nName+1);
+
+  if( !p ){
+    char *zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer: %s", zName);
+    sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
+    sqlite3_free(zErr);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  pRet = Tcl_NewObj();
+  Tcl_IncrRefCount(pRet);
+
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xCreate(zArg ? 1 : 0, &zArg, &pTokenizer) ){
+    zErr = "error in xCreate()";
+    goto finish;
+  }
+  pTokenizer->pModule = p;
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xOpen(pTokenizer, zInput, nInput, &pCsr) ){
+    zErr = "error in xOpen()";
+    goto finish;
+  }
+  pCsr->pTokenizer = pTokenizer;
+
+  while( SQLITE_OK==p->xNext(pCsr, &zToken, &nToken, &iStart, &iEnd, &iPos) ){
+    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewIntObj(iPos));
+    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewStringObj(zToken, nToken));
+    zToken = &zInput[iStart];
+    nToken = iEnd-iStart;
+    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewStringObj(zToken, nToken));
+  }
+
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xClose(pCsr) ){
+    zErr = "error in xClose()";
+    goto finish;
+  }
+  if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xDestroy(pTokenizer) ){
+    zErr = "error in xDestroy()";
+    goto finish;
+  }
+
+finish:
+  if( zErr ){
+    sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
+  }else{
+    sqlite3_result_text(context, Tcl_GetString(pRet), -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
+  }
+  Tcl_DecrRefCount(pRet);
+}
+
+static
+int registerTokenizer(
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  char *zName, 
+  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p
+){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  const char zSql[] = "SELECT fts3_tokenizer(?, ?)";
+
+  rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 2, &p, sizeof(p), SQLITE_STATIC);
+  sqlite3_step(pStmt);
+
+  return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+}
+
+static
+int queryTokenizer(
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  char *zName,  
+  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module **pp
+){
+  int rc;
+  sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
+  const char zSql[] = "SELECT fts3_tokenizer(?)";
+
+  *pp = 0;
+  rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    return rc;
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+  if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
+    if( sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)==SQLITE_BLOB ){
+      memcpy(pp, sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0), sizeof(*pp));
+    }
+  }
+
+  return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
+}
+
+void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the scalar function fts3_tokenizer_internal_test().
+** This function is used for testing only, it is not included in the
+** build unless SQLITE_TEST is defined.
+**
+** The purpose of this is to test that the fts3_tokenizer() function
+** can be used as designed by the C-code in the queryTokenizer and
+** registerTokenizer() functions above. These two functions are repeated
+** in the README.tokenizer file as an example, so it is important to
+** test them.
+**
+** To run the tests, evaluate the fts3_tokenizer_internal_test() scalar
+** function with no arguments. An assert() will fail if a problem is
+** detected. i.e.:
+**
+**     SELECT fts3_tokenizer_internal_test();
+**
+*/
+static void intTestFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context,
+  int argc,
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  int rc;
+  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p1;
+  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p2;
+  sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)sqlite3_user_data(context);
+
+  /* Test the query function */
+  sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(&p1);
+  rc = queryTokenizer(db, "simple", &p2);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+  assert( p1==p2 );
+  rc = queryTokenizer(db, "nosuchtokenizer", &p2);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_ERROR );
+  assert( p2==0 );
+  assert( 0==strcmp(sqlite3_errmsg(db), "unknown tokenizer: nosuchtokenizer") );
+
+  /* Test the storage function */
+  rc = registerTokenizer(db, "nosuchtokenizer", p1);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+  rc = queryTokenizer(db, "nosuchtokenizer", &p2);
+  assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
+  assert( p2==p1 );
+
+  sqlite3_result_text(context, "ok", -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Set up SQL objects in database db used to access the contents of
+** the hash table pointed to by argument pHash. The hash table must
+** been initialised to use string keys, and to take a private copy 
+** of the key when a value is inserted. i.e. by a call similar to:
+**
+**    sqlite3Fts3HashInit(pHash, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1);
+**
+** This function adds a scalar function (see header comment above
+** scalarFunc() in this file for details) and, if ENABLE_TABLE is
+** defined at compilation time, a temporary virtual table (see header 
+** comment above struct HashTableVtab) to the database schema. Both 
+** provide read/write access to the contents of *pHash.
+**
+** The third argument to this function, zName, is used as the name
+** of both the scalar and, if created, the virtual table.
+*/
+int sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  fts3Hash *pHash, 
+  const char *zName
+){
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  void *p = (void *)pHash;
+  const int any = SQLITE_ANY;
+  char *zTest = 0;
+  char *zTest2 = 0;
+
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+  void *pdb = (void *)db;
+  zTest = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_test", zName);
+  zTest2 = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_internal_test", zName);
+  if( !zTest || !zTest2 ){
+    rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK
+   || (rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zName, 1, any, p, scalarFunc, 0, 0))
+   || (rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zName, 2, any, p, scalarFunc, 0, 0))
+#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
+   || (rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zTest, 2, any, p, testFunc, 0, 0))
+   || (rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zTest, 3, any, p, testFunc, 0, 0))
+   || (rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zTest2, 0, any, pdb, intTestFunc, 0, 0))
+#endif
+  );
+
+  sqlite3_free(zTest);
+  sqlite3_free(zTest2);
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/ext/fts3/fts3_tokenizer.h

@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+/*
+** 2006 July 10
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** Defines the interface to tokenizers used by fulltext-search.  There
+** are three basic components:
+**
+** sqlite3_tokenizer_module is a singleton defining the tokenizer
+** interface functions.  This is essentially the class structure for
+** tokenizers.
+**
+** sqlite3_tokenizer is used to define a particular tokenizer, perhaps
+** including customization information defined at creation time.
+**
+** sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor is generated by a tokenizer to generate
+** tokens from a particular input.
+*/
+#ifndef _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_
+#define _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_
+
+/* TODO(shess) Only used for SQLITE_OK and SQLITE_DONE at this time.
+** If tokenizers are to be allowed to call sqlite3_*() functions, then
+** we will need a way to register the API consistently.
+*/
+#include "sqlite3.h"
+
+/*
+** Structures used by the tokenizer interface. When a new tokenizer
+** implementation is registered, the caller provides a pointer to
+** an sqlite3_tokenizer_module containing pointers to the callback
+** functions that make up an implementation.
+**
+** When an fts3 table is created, it passes any arguments passed to
+** the tokenizer clause of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement to the
+** sqlite3_tokenizer_module.xCreate() function of the requested tokenizer
+** implementation. The xCreate() function in turn returns an 
+** sqlite3_tokenizer structure representing the specific tokenizer to
+** be used for the fts3 table (customized by the tokenizer clause arguments).
+**
+** To tokenize an input buffer, the sqlite3_tokenizer_module.xOpen()
+** method is called. It returns an sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor object
+** that may be used to tokenize a specific input buffer based on
+** the tokenization rules supplied by a specific sqlite3_tokenizer
+** object.
+*/
+typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module sqlite3_tokenizer_module;
+typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer sqlite3_tokenizer;
+typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor;
+
+struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module {
+
+  /*
+  ** Structure version. Should always be set to 0.
+  */
+  int iVersion;
+
+  /*
+  ** Create a new tokenizer. The values in the argv[] array are the
+  ** arguments passed to the "tokenizer" clause of the CREATE VIRTUAL
+  ** TABLE statement that created the fts3 table. For example, if
+  ** the following SQL is executed:
+  **
+  **   CREATE .. USING fts3( ... , tokenizer <tokenizer-name> arg1 arg2)
+  **
+  ** then argc is set to 2, and the argv[] array contains pointers
+  ** to the strings "arg1" and "arg2".
+  **
+  ** This method should return either SQLITE_OK (0), or an SQLite error 
+  ** code. If SQLITE_OK is returned, then *ppTokenizer should be set
+  ** to point at the newly created tokenizer structure. The generic
+  ** sqlite3_tokenizer.pModule variable should not be initialised by
+  ** this callback. The caller will do so.
+  */
+  int (*xCreate)(
+    int argc,                           /* Size of argv array */
+    const char *const*argv,             /* Tokenizer argument strings */
+    sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer     /* OUT: Created tokenizer */
+  );
+
+  /*
+  ** Destroy an existing tokenizer. The fts3 module calls this method
+  ** exactly once for each successful call to xCreate().
+  */
+  int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer);
+
+  /*
+  ** Create a tokenizer cursor to tokenize an input buffer. The caller
+  ** is responsible for ensuring that the input buffer remains valid
+  ** until the cursor is closed (using the xClose() method). 
+  */
+  int (*xOpen)(
+    sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer,       /* Tokenizer object */
+    const char *pInput, int nBytes,      /* Input buffer */
+    sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor  /* OUT: Created tokenizer cursor */
+  );
+
+  /*
+  ** Destroy an existing tokenizer cursor. The fts3 module calls this 
+  ** method exactly once for each successful call to xOpen().
+  */
+  int (*xClose)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor);
+
+  /*
+  ** Retrieve the next token from the tokenizer cursor pCursor. This
+  ** method should either return SQLITE_OK and set the values of the
+  ** "OUT" variables identified below, or SQLITE_DONE to indicate that
+  ** the end of the buffer has been reached, or an SQLite error code.
+  **
+  ** *ppToken should be set to point at a buffer containing the 
+  ** normalized version of the token (i.e. after any case-folding and/or
+  ** stemming has been performed). *pnBytes should be set to the length
+  ** of this buffer in bytes. The input text that generated the token is
+  ** identified by the byte offsets returned in *piStartOffset and
+  ** *piEndOffset.
+  **
+  ** The buffer *ppToken is set to point at is managed by the tokenizer
+  ** implementation. It is only required to be valid until the next call
+  ** to xNext() or xClose(). 
+  */
+  /* TODO(shess) current implementation requires pInput to be
+  ** nul-terminated.  This should either be fixed, or pInput/nBytes
+  ** should be converted to zInput.
+  */
+  int (*xNext)(
+    sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor,   /* Tokenizer cursor */
+    const char **ppToken, int *pnBytes,  /* OUT: Normalized text for token */
+    int *piStartOffset,  /* OUT: Byte offset of token in input buffer */
+    int *piEndOffset,    /* OUT: Byte offset of end of token in input buffer */
+    int *piPosition      /* OUT: Number of tokens returned before this one */
+  );
+};
+
+struct sqlite3_tokenizer {
+  const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pModule;  /* The module for this tokenizer */
+  /* Tokenizer implementations will typically add additional fields */
+};
+
+struct sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor {
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer;       /* Tokenizer for this cursor. */
+  /* Tokenizer implementations will typically add additional fields */
+};
+
+#endif /* _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_ */

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/ext/fts3/fts3_tokenizer1.c

@@ -0,0 +1,230 @@
+/*
+** 2006 Oct 10
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+******************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of the "simple" full-text-search tokenizer.
+*/
+
+/*
+** The code in this file is only compiled if:
+**
+**     * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension
+**       (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
+**
+**     * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
+**       SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
+*/
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
+
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#include "fts3_tokenizer.h"
+
+typedef struct simple_tokenizer {
+  sqlite3_tokenizer base;
+  char delim[128];             /* flag ASCII delimiters */
+} simple_tokenizer;
+
+typedef struct simple_tokenizer_cursor {
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base;
+  const char *pInput;          /* input we are tokenizing */
+  int nBytes;                  /* size of the input */
+  int iOffset;                 /* current position in pInput */
+  int iToken;                  /* index of next token to be returned */
+  char *pToken;                /* storage for current token */
+  int nTokenAllocated;         /* space allocated to zToken buffer */
+} simple_tokenizer_cursor;
+
+
+/* Forward declaration */
+static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module simpleTokenizerModule;
+
+static int simpleDelim(simple_tokenizer *t, unsigned char c){
+  return c<0x80 && t->delim[c];
+}
+
+/*
+** Create a new tokenizer instance.
+*/
+static int simpleCreate(
+  int argc, const char * const *argv,
+  sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer
+){
+  simple_tokenizer *t;
+
+  t = (simple_tokenizer *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*t));
+  if( t==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+  memset(t, 0, sizeof(*t));
+
+  /* TODO(shess) Delimiters need to remain the same from run to run,
+  ** else we need to reindex.  One solution would be a meta-table to
+  ** track such information in the database, then we'd only want this
+  ** information on the initial create.
+  */
+  if( argc>1 ){
+    int i, n = strlen(argv[1]);
+    for(i=0; i<n; i++){
+      unsigned char ch = argv[1][i];
+      /* We explicitly don't support UTF-8 delimiters for now. */
+      if( ch>=0x80 ){
+        sqlite3_free(t);
+        return SQLITE_ERROR;
+      }
+      t->delim[ch] = 1;
+    }
+  } else {
+    /* Mark non-alphanumeric ASCII characters as delimiters */
+    int i;
+    for(i=1; i<0x80; i++){
+      t->delim[i] = !isalnum(i);
+    }
+  }
+
+  *ppTokenizer = &t->base;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Destroy a tokenizer
+*/
+static int simpleDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){
+  sqlite3_free(pTokenizer);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string.  The input
+** string to be tokenized is pInput[0..nBytes-1].  A cursor
+** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in 
+** *ppCursor.
+*/
+static int simpleOpen(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer,         /* The tokenizer */
+  const char *pInput, int nBytes,        /* String to be tokenized */
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor    /* OUT: Tokenization cursor */
+){
+  simple_tokenizer_cursor *c;
+
+  c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*c));
+  if( c==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+
+  c->pInput = pInput;
+  if( pInput==0 ){
+    c->nBytes = 0;
+  }else if( nBytes<0 ){
+    c->nBytes = (int)strlen(pInput);
+  }else{
+    c->nBytes = nBytes;
+  }
+  c->iOffset = 0;                 /* start tokenizing at the beginning */
+  c->iToken = 0;
+  c->pToken = NULL;               /* no space allocated, yet. */
+  c->nTokenAllocated = 0;
+
+  *ppCursor = &c->base;
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to
+** simpleOpen() above.
+*/
+static int simpleClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){
+  simple_tokenizer_cursor *c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
+  sqlite3_free(c->pToken);
+  sqlite3_free(c);
+  return SQLITE_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor.  The cursor must
+** have been opened by a prior call to simpleOpen().
+*/
+static int simpleNext(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor,  /* Cursor returned by simpleOpen */
+  const char **ppToken,               /* OUT: *ppToken is the token text */
+  int *pnBytes,                       /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */
+  int *piStartOffset,                 /* OUT: Starting offset of token */
+  int *piEndOffset,                   /* OUT: Ending offset of token */
+  int *piPosition                     /* OUT: Position integer of token */
+){
+  simple_tokenizer_cursor *c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
+  simple_tokenizer *t = (simple_tokenizer *) pCursor->pTokenizer;
+  unsigned char *p = (unsigned char *)c->pInput;
+
+  while( c->iOffset<c->nBytes ){
+    int iStartOffset;
+
+    /* Scan past delimiter characters */
+    while( c->iOffset<c->nBytes && simpleDelim(t, p[c->iOffset]) ){
+      c->iOffset++;
+    }
+
+    /* Count non-delimiter characters. */
+    iStartOffset = c->iOffset;
+    while( c->iOffset<c->nBytes && !simpleDelim(t, p[c->iOffset]) ){
+      c->iOffset++;
+    }
+
+    if( c->iOffset>iStartOffset ){
+      int i, n = c->iOffset-iStartOffset;
+      if( n>c->nTokenAllocated ){
+        c->nTokenAllocated = n+20;
+        c->pToken = sqlite3_realloc(c->pToken, c->nTokenAllocated);
+        if( c->pToken==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
+      }
+      for(i=0; i<n; i++){
+        /* TODO(shess) This needs expansion to handle UTF-8
+        ** case-insensitivity.
+        */
+        unsigned char ch = p[iStartOffset+i];
+        c->pToken[i] = ch<0x80 ? tolower(ch) : ch;
+      }
+      *ppToken = c->pToken;
+      *pnBytes = n;
+      *piStartOffset = iStartOffset;
+      *piEndOffset = c->iOffset;
+      *piPosition = c->iToken++;
+
+      return SQLITE_OK;
+    }
+  }
+  return SQLITE_DONE;
+}
+
+/*
+** The set of routines that implement the simple tokenizer
+*/
+static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module simpleTokenizerModule = {
+  0,
+  simpleCreate,
+  simpleDestroy,
+  simpleOpen,
+  simpleClose,
+  simpleNext,
+};
+
+/*
+** Allocate a new simple tokenizer.  Return a pointer to the new
+** tokenizer in *ppModule
+*/
+void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(
+  sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule
+){
+  *ppModule = &simpleTokenizerModule;
+}
+
+#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/ext/fts3/mkfts3amal.tcl

@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+#!/usr/bin/tclsh
+#
+# This script builds a single C code file holding all of FTS3 code.
+# The name of the output file is fts3amal.c.  To build this file,
+# first do:
+#
+#      make target_source
+#
+# The make target above moves all of the source code files into
+# a subdirectory named "tsrc".  (This script expects to find the files
+# there and will not work if they are not found.)
+#
+# After the "tsrc" directory has been created and populated, run
+# this script:
+#
+#      tclsh mkfts3amal.tcl
+#
+# The amalgamated FTS3 code will be written into fts3amal.c
+#
+
+# Open the output file and write a header comment at the beginning
+# of the file.
+#
+set out [open fts3amal.c w]
+set today [clock format [clock seconds] -format "%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S UTC" -gmt 1]
+puts $out [subst \
+{/******************************************************************************
+** This file is an amalgamation of separate C source files from the SQLite
+** Full Text Search extension 2 (fts3).  By combining all the individual C 
+** code  files into this single large file, the entire code can be compiled 
+** as a one translation unit.  This allows many compilers to do optimizations
+** that would not be possible if the files were compiled separately.  It also
+** makes the code easier to import into other projects.
+**
+** This amalgamation was generated on $today.
+*/}]
+
+# These are the header files used by FTS3.  The first time any of these 
+# files are seen in a #include statement in the C code, include the complete
+# text of the file in-line.  The file only needs to be included once.
+#
+foreach hdr {
+   fts3.h
+   fts3_hash.h
+   fts3_tokenizer.h
+   sqlite3.h
+   sqlite3ext.h
+} {
+  set available_hdr($hdr) 1
+}
+
+# 78 stars used for comment formatting.
+set s78 \
+{*****************************************************************************}
+
+# Insert a comment into the code
+#
+proc section_comment {text} {
+  global out s78
+  set n [string length $text]
+  set nstar [expr {60 - $n}]
+  set stars [string range $s78 0 $nstar]
+  puts $out "/************** $text $stars/"
+}
+
+# Read the source file named $filename and write it into the
+# sqlite3.c output file.  If any #include statements are seen,
+# process them approprately.
+#
+proc copy_file {filename} {
+  global seen_hdr available_hdr out
+  set tail [file tail $filename]
+  section_comment "Begin file $tail"
+  set in [open $filename r]
+  while {![eof $in]} {
+    set line [gets $in]
+    if {[regexp {^#\s*include\s+["<]([^">]+)[">]} $line all hdr]} {
+      if {[info exists available_hdr($hdr)]} {
+        if {$available_hdr($hdr)} {
+          section_comment "Include $hdr in the middle of $tail"
+          copy_file tsrc/$hdr
+          section_comment "Continuing where we left off in $tail"
+        }
+      } elseif {![info exists seen_hdr($hdr)]} {
+        set seen_hdr($hdr) 1
+        puts $out $line
+      }
+    } elseif {[regexp {^#ifdef __cplusplus} $line]} {
+      puts $out "#if 0"
+    } elseif {[regexp {^#line} $line]} {
+      # Skip #line directives.
+    } else {
+      puts $out $line
+    }
+  }
+  close $in
+  section_comment "End of $tail"
+}
+
+
+# Process the source files.  Process files containing commonly
+# used subroutines first in order to help the compiler find
+# inlining opportunities.
+#
+foreach file {
+   fts3.c
+   fts3_hash.c
+   fts3_porter.c
+   fts3_tokenizer.c
+   fts3_tokenizer1.c
+} {
+  copy_file tsrc/$file
+}
+
+close $out

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/ext/icu/CVS/Entries

@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+/README.txt/1.2/Fri Jun 22 15:21:16 2007//
+/icu.c/1.7/Thu Dec 13 21:54:11 2007//
+D

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/ext/icu/CVS/Repository

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+sqlite/ext/icu

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/ext/icu/CVS/Root

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+:pserver:drh@sqlite.org:/sqlite

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/ext/icu/README.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
+
+This directory contains source code for the SQLite "ICU" extension, an
+integration of the "International Components for Unicode" library with
+SQLite. Documentation follows.
+
+    1. Features
+    
+        1.1  SQL Scalars upper() and lower()
+        1.2  Unicode Aware LIKE Operator
+        1.3  ICU Collation Sequences
+        1.4  SQL REGEXP Operator
+    
+    2. Compilation and Usage
+    
+    3. Bugs, Problems and Security Issues
+    
+        3.1  The "case_sensitive_like" Pragma
+        3.2  The SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH Macro
+        3.3  Collation Sequence Security Issue
+
+
+1. FEATURES
+
+  1.1  SQL Scalars upper() and lower()
+
+    SQLite's built-in implementations of these two functions only 
+    provide case mapping for the 26 letters used in the English
+    language. The ICU based functions provided by this extension
+    provide case mapping, where defined, for the full range of 
+    unicode characters.
+
+    ICU provides two types of case mapping, "general" case mapping and
+    "language specific". Refer to ICU documentation for the differences
+    between the two. Specifically:
+
+       http://www.icu-project.org/userguide/caseMappings.html
+       http://www.icu-project.org/userguide/posix.html#case_mappings
+
+    To utilise "general" case mapping, the upper() or lower() scalar 
+    functions are invoked with one argument:
+
+        upper('ABC') -> 'abc'
+        lower('abc') -> 'ABC'
+
+    To access ICU "language specific" case mapping, upper() or lower()
+    should be invoked with two arguments. The second argument is the name
+    of the locale to use. Passing an empty string ("") or SQL NULL value
+    as the second argument is the same as invoking the 1 argument version
+    of upper() or lower():
+
+        lower('I', 'en_us') -> 'i'
+        lower('I', 'tr_tr') -> 'ı' (small dotless i)
+
+  1.2  Unicode Aware LIKE Operator
+
+    Similarly to the upper() and lower() functions, the built-in SQLite LIKE
+    operator understands case equivalence for the 26 letters of the English
+    language alphabet. The implementation of LIKE included in this
+    extension uses the ICU function u_foldCase() to provide case
+    independent comparisons for the full range of unicode characters.  
+
+    The U_FOLD_CASE_DEFAULT flag is passed to u_foldCase(), meaning the
+    dotless 'I' character used in the Turkish language is considered
+    to be in the same equivalence class as the dotted 'I' character
+    used by many languages (including English).
+
+  1.3  ICU Collation Sequences
+
+    A special SQL scalar function, icu_load_collation() is provided that 
+    may be used to register ICU collation sequences with SQLite. It
+    is always called with exactly two arguments, the ICU locale 
+    identifying the collation sequence to ICU, and the name of the
+    SQLite collation sequence to create. For example, to create an
+    SQLite collation sequence named "turkish" using Turkish language
+    sorting rules, the SQL statement:
+
+        SELECT icu_load_collation('tr_TR', 'turkish');
+
+    Or, for Australian English:
+
+        SELECT icu_load_collation('en_AU', 'australian');
+
+    The identifiers "turkish" and "australian" may then be used
+    as collation sequence identifiers in SQL statements:
+
+        CREATE TABLE aust_turkish_penpals(
+          australian_penpal_name TEXT COLLATE australian,
+          turkish_penpal_name    TEXT COLLATE turkish
+        );
+  
+  1.4 SQL REGEXP Operator
+
+    This extension provides an implementation of the SQL binary
+    comparision operator "REGEXP", based on the regular expression functions
+    provided by the ICU library. The syntax of the operator is as described
+    in SQLite documentation:
+
+        <string> REGEXP <re-pattern>
+
+    This extension uses the ICU defaults for regular expression matching
+    behaviour. Specifically, this means that:
+
+        * Matching is case-sensitive,
+        * Regular expression comments are not allowed within patterns, and
+        * The '^' and '$' characters match the beginning and end of the
+          <string> argument, not the beginning and end of lines within
+          the <string> argument.
+
+    Even more specifically, the value passed to the "flags" parameter
+    of ICU C function uregex_open() is 0.
+
+
+2  COMPILATION AND USAGE
+
+  The easiest way to compile and use the ICU extension is to build
+  and use it as a dynamically loadable SQLite extension. To do this
+  using gcc on *nix:
+
+    gcc -shared icu.c `icu-config --ldflags` -o libSqliteIcu.so
+
+  You may need to add "-I" flags so that gcc can find sqlite3ext.h
+  and sqlite3.h. The resulting shared lib, libSqliteIcu.so, may be
+  loaded into sqlite in the same way as any other dynamically loadable
+  extension.
+
+
+3 BUGS, PROBLEMS AND SECURITY ISSUES
+
+  3.1 The "case_sensitive_like" Pragma
+
+    This extension does not work well with the "case_sensitive_like"
+    pragma. If this pragma is used before the ICU extension is loaded,
+    then the pragma has no effect. If the pragma is used after the ICU
+    extension is loaded, then SQLite ignores the ICU implementation and
+    always uses the built-in LIKE operator.
+
+    The ICU extension LIKE operator is always case insensitive.
+
+  3.2 The SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH Macro
+
+    Passing very long patterns to the built-in SQLite LIKE operator can
+    cause a stack overflow. To curb this problem, SQLite defines the
+    SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH macro as the maximum length of a
+    pattern in bytes (irrespective of encoding). The default value is
+    defined in internal header file "limits.h".
+    
+    The ICU extension LIKE implementation suffers from the same 
+    problem and uses the same solution. However, since the ICU extension
+    code does not include the SQLite file "limits.h", modifying
+    the default value therein does not affect the ICU extension.
+    The default value of SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH used by
+    the ICU extension LIKE operator is 50000, defined in source 
+    file "icu.c".
+
+  3.3 Collation Sequence Security Issue
+
+    Internally, SQLite assumes that indices stored in database files
+    are sorted according to the collation sequence indicated by the
+    SQL schema. Changing the definition of a collation sequence after
+    an index has been built is therefore equivalent to database
+    corruption. The SQLite library is not very well tested under
+    these conditions, and may contain potential buffer overruns
+    or other programming errors that could be exploited by a malicious
+    programmer.
+
+    If the ICU extension is used in an environment where potentially
+    malicious users may execute arbitrary SQL (i.e. gears), they
+    should be prevented from invoking the icu_load_collation() function,
+    possibly using the authorisation callback.
+

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/ext/icu/icu.c

@@ -0,0 +1,499 @@
+/*
+** 2007 May 6
+**
+** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
+** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
+**
+**    May you do good and not evil.
+**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
+**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
+**
+*************************************************************************
+** $Id: icu.c,v 1.7 2007/12/13 21:54:11 drh Exp $
+**
+** This file implements an integration between the ICU library 
+** ("International Components for Unicode", an open-source library 
+** for handling unicode data) and SQLite. The integration uses 
+** ICU to provide the following to SQLite:
+**
+**   * An implementation of the SQL regexp() function (and hence REGEXP
+**     operator) using the ICU uregex_XX() APIs.
+**
+**   * Implementations of the SQL scalar upper() and lower() functions
+**     for case mapping.
+**
+**   * Integration of ICU and SQLite collation seqences.
+**
+**   * An implementation of the LIKE operator that uses ICU to 
+**     provide case-independent matching.
+*/
+
+#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU)
+
+/* Include ICU headers */
+#include <unicode/utypes.h>
+#include <unicode/uregex.h>
+#include <unicode/ustring.h>
+#include <unicode/ucol.h>
+
+#include <assert.h>
+
+#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
+  #include "sqlite3ext.h"
+  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1
+#else
+  #include "sqlite3.h"
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Maximum length (in bytes) of the pattern in a LIKE or GLOB
+** operator.
+*/
+#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH
+# define SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH 50000
+#endif
+
+/*
+** Version of sqlite3_free() that is always a function, never a macro.
+*/
+static void xFree(void *p){
+  sqlite3_free(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Compare two UTF-8 strings for equality where the first string is
+** a "LIKE" expression. Return true (1) if they are the same and 
+** false (0) if they are different.
+*/
+static int icuLikeCompare(
+  const uint8_t *zPattern,   /* LIKE pattern */
+  const uint8_t *zString,    /* The UTF-8 string to compare against */
+  const UChar32 uEsc         /* The escape character */
+){
+  static const int MATCH_ONE = (UChar32)'_';
+  static const int MATCH_ALL = (UChar32)'%';
+
+  int iPattern = 0;       /* Current byte index in zPattern */
+  int iString = 0;        /* Current byte index in zString */
+
+  int prevEscape = 0;     /* True if the previous character was uEsc */
+
+  while( zPattern[iPattern]!=0 ){
+
+    /* Read (and consume) the next character from the input pattern. */
+    UChar32 uPattern;
+    U8_NEXT_UNSAFE(zPattern, iPattern, uPattern);
+    assert(uPattern!=0);
+
+    /* There are now 4 possibilities:
+    **
+    **     1. uPattern is an unescaped match-all character "%",
+    **     2. uPattern is an unescaped match-one character "_",
+    **     3. uPattern is an unescaped escape character, or
+    **     4. uPattern is to be handled as an ordinary character
+    */
+    if( !prevEscape && uPattern==MATCH_ALL ){
+      /* Case 1. */
+      uint8_t c;
+
+      /* Skip any MATCH_ALL or MATCH_ONE characters that follow a
+      ** MATCH_ALL. For each MATCH_ONE, skip one character in the 
+      ** test string.
+      */
+      while( (c=zPattern[iPattern]) == MATCH_ALL || c == MATCH_ONE ){
+        if( c==MATCH_ONE ){
+          if( zString[iString]==0 ) return 0;
+          U8_FWD_1_UNSAFE(zString, iString);
+        }
+        iPattern++;
+      }
+
+      if( zPattern[iPattern]==0 ) return 1;
+
+      while( zString[iString] ){
+        if( icuLikeCompare(&zPattern[iPattern], &zString[iString], uEsc) ){
+          return 1;
+        }
+        U8_FWD_1_UNSAFE(zString, iString);
+      }
+      return 0;
+
+    }else if( !prevEscape && uPattern==MATCH_ONE ){
+      /* Case 2. */
+      if( zString[iString]==0 ) return 0;
+      U8_FWD_1_UNSAFE(zString, iString);
+
+    }else if( !prevEscape && uPattern==uEsc){
+      /* Case 3. */
+      prevEscape = 1;
+
+    }else{
+      /* Case 4. */
+      UChar32 uString;
+      U8_NEXT_UNSAFE(zString, iString, uString);
+      uString = u_foldCase(uString, U_FOLD_CASE_DEFAULT);
+      uPattern = u_foldCase(uPattern, U_FOLD_CASE_DEFAULT);
+      if( uString!=uPattern ){
+        return 0;
+      }
+      prevEscape = 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return zString[iString]==0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the like() SQL function.  This function implements
+** the build-in LIKE operator.  The first argument to the function is the
+** pattern and the second argument is the string.  So, the SQL statements:
+**
+**       A LIKE B
+**
+** is implemented as like(B, A). If there is an escape character E, 
+**
+**       A LIKE B ESCAPE E
+**
+** is mapped to like(B, A, E).
+*/
+static void icuLikeFunc(
+  sqlite3_context *context, 
+  int argc, 
+  sqlite3_value **argv
+){
+  const unsigned char *zA = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
+  const unsigned char *zB = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
+  UChar32 uEsc = 0;
+
+  /* Limit the length of the LIKE or GLOB pattern to avoid problems
+  ** of deep recursion and N*N behavior in patternCompare().
+  */
+  if( sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])>SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH ){
+    sqlite3_result_error(context, "LIKE or GLOB pattern too complex", -1);
+    return;
+  }
+
+
+  if( argc==3 ){
+    /* The escape character string must consist of a single UTF-8 character.
+    ** Otherwise, return an error.
+    */
+    int nE= sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]);
+    const unsigned char *zE = sqlite3_value_text(argv[2]);
+    int i = 0;
+    if( zE==0 ) return;
+    U8_NEXT(zE, i, nE, uEsc);
+    if( i!=nE){
+      sqlite3_result_error(context, 
+          "ESCAPE expression must be a single character", -1);
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if( zA && zB ){
+    sqlite3_result_int(context, icuLikeCompare(zA, zB, uEsc));
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** This function is called when an ICU function called from within
+** the implementation of an SQL scalar function returns an error.
+**
+** The scalar function context passed as the first argument is 
+** loaded with an error message based on the following two args.
+*/
+static void icuFunctionError(
+  sqlite3_context *pCtx,       /* SQLite scalar function context */
+  const char *zName,           /* Name of ICU function that failed */
+  UErrorCode e                 /* Error code returned by ICU function */
+){
+  char zBuf[128];
+  sqlite3_snprintf(128, zBuf, "ICU error: %s(): %s", zName, u_errorName(e));
+  zBuf[127] = '\0';
+  sqlite3_result_error(pCtx, zBuf, -1);
+}
+
+/*
+** Function to delete compiled regexp objects. Registered as
+** a destructor function with sqlite3_set_auxdata().
+*/
+static void icuRegexpDelete(void *p){
+  URegularExpression *pExpr = (URegularExpression *)p;
+  uregex_close(pExpr);
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of SQLite REGEXP operator. This scalar function takes
+** two arguments. The first is a regular expression pattern to compile
+** the second is a string to match against that pattern. If either 
+** argument is an SQL NULL, then NULL Is returned. Otherwise, the result
+** is 1 if the string matches the pattern, or 0 otherwise.
+**
+** SQLite maps the regexp() function to the regexp() operator such
+** that the following two are equivalent:
+**
+**     zString REGEXP zPattern
+**     regexp(zPattern, zString)
+**
+** Uses the following ICU regexp APIs:
+**
+**     uregex_open()
+**     uregex_matches()
+**     uregex_close()
+*/
+static void icuRegexpFunc(sqlite3_context *p, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){
+  UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+  URegularExpression *pExpr;
+  UBool res;
+  const UChar *zString = sqlite3_value_text16(apArg[1]);
+
+  /* If the left hand side of the regexp operator is NULL, 
+  ** then the result is also NULL. 
+  */
+  if( !zString ){
+    return;
+  }
+
+  pExpr = sqlite3_get_auxdata(p, 0);
+  if( !pExpr ){
+    const UChar *zPattern = sqlite3_value_text16(apArg[0]);
+    if( !zPattern ){
+      return;
+    }
+    pExpr = uregex_open(zPattern, -1, 0, 0, &status);
+
+    if( U_SUCCESS(status) ){
+      sqlite3_set_auxdata(p, 0, pExpr, icuRegexpDelete);
+    }else{
+      assert(!pExpr);
+      icuFunctionError(p, "uregex_open", status);
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Configure the text that the regular expression operates on. */
+  uregex_setText(pExpr, zString, -1, &status);
+  if( !U_SUCCESS(status) ){
+    icuFunctionError(p, "uregex_setText", status);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  /* Attempt the match */
+  res = uregex_matches(pExpr, 0, &status);
+  if( !U_SUCCESS(status) ){
+    icuFunctionError(p, "uregex_matches", status);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  /* Set the text that the regular expression operates on to a NULL
+  ** pointer. This is not really necessary, but it is tidier than 
+  ** leaving the regular expression object configured with an invalid
+  ** pointer after this function returns.
+  */
+  uregex_setText(pExpr, 0, 0, &status);
+
+  /* Return 1 or 0. */
+  sqlite3_result_int(p, res ? 1 : 0);
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementations of scalar functions for case mapping - upper() and 
+** lower(). Function upper() converts its input to upper-case (ABC).
+** Function lower() converts to lower-case (abc).
+**
+** ICU provides two types of case mapping, "general" case mapping and
+** "language specific". Refer to ICU documentation for the differences
+** between the two.
+**
+** To utilise "general" case mapping, the upper() or lower() scalar 
+** functions are invoked with one argument:
+**
+**     upper('ABC') -> 'abc'
+**     lower('abc') -> 'ABC'
+**
+** To access ICU "language specific" case mapping, upper() or lower()
+** should be invoked with two arguments. The second argument is the name
+** of the locale to use. Passing an empty string ("") or SQL NULL value
+** as the second argument is the same as invoking the 1 argument version
+** of upper() or lower().
+**
+**     lower('I', 'en_us') -> 'i'
+**     lower('I', 'tr_tr') -> 'ı' (small dotless i)
+**
+** http://www.icu-project.org/userguide/posix.html#case_mappings
+*/
+static void icuCaseFunc16(sqlite3_context *p, int nArg, sqlite3_value **apArg){
+  const UChar *zInput;
+  UChar *zOutput;
+  int nInput;
+  int nOutput;
+
+  UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+  const char *zLocale = 0;
+
+  assert(nArg==1 || nArg==2);
+  if( nArg==2 ){
+    zLocale = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apArg[1]);
+  }
+
+  zInput = sqlite3_value_text16(apArg[0]);
+  if( !zInput ){
+    return;
+  }
+  nInput = sqlite3_value_bytes16(apArg[0]);
+
+  nOutput = nInput * 2 + 2;
+  zOutput = sqlite3_malloc(nOutput);
+  if( !zOutput ){
+    return;
+  }
+
+  if( sqlite3_user_data(p) ){
+    u_strToUpper(zOutput, nOutput/2, zInput, nInput/2, zLocale, &status);
+  }else{
+    u_strToLower(zOutput, nOutput/2, zInput, nInput/2, zLocale, &status);
+  }
+
+  if( !U_SUCCESS(status) ){
+    icuFunctionError(p, "u_strToLower()/u_strToUpper", status);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  sqlite3_result_text16(p, zOutput, -1, xFree);
+}
+
+/*
+** Collation sequence destructor function. The pCtx argument points to
+** a UCollator structure previously allocated using ucol_open().
+*/
+static void icuCollationDel(void *pCtx){
+  UCollator *p = (UCollator *)pCtx;
+  ucol_close(p);
+}
+
+/*
+** Collation sequence comparison function. The pCtx argument points to
+** a UCollator structure previously allocated using ucol_open().
+*/
+static int icuCollationColl(
+  void *pCtx,
+  int nLeft,
+  const void *zLeft,
+  int nRight,
+  const void *zRight
+){
+  UCollationResult res;
+  UCollator *p = (UCollator *)pCtx;
+  res = ucol_strcoll(p, (UChar *)zLeft, nLeft/2, (UChar *)zRight, nRight/2);
+  switch( res ){
+    case UCOL_LESS:    return -1;
+    case UCOL_GREATER: return +1;
+    case UCOL_EQUAL:   return 0;
+  }
+  assert(!"Unexpected return value from ucol_strcoll()");
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+** Implementation of the scalar function icu_load_collation().
+**
+** This scalar function is used to add ICU collation based collation 
+** types to an SQLite database connection. It is intended to be called
+** as follows:
+**
+**     SELECT icu_load_collation(<locale>, <collation-name>);
+**
+** Where <locale> is a string containing an ICU locale identifier (i.e.
+** "en_AU", "tr_TR" etc.) and <collation-name> is the name of the
+** collation sequence to create.
+*/
+static void icuLoadCollation(
+  sqlite3_context *p, 
+  int nArg, 
+  sqlite3_value **apArg
+){
+  sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)sqlite3_user_data(p);
+  UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR;
+  const char *zLocale;      /* Locale identifier - (eg. "jp_JP") */
+  const char *zName;        /* SQL Collation sequence name (eg. "japanese") */
+  UCollator *pUCollator;    /* ICU library collation object */
+  int rc;                   /* Return code from sqlite3_create_collation_x() */
+
+  assert(nArg==2);
+  zLocale = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apArg[0]);
+  zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(apArg[1]);
+
+  if( !zLocale || !zName ){
+    return;
+  }
+
+  pUCollator = ucol_open(zLocale, &status);
+  if( !U_SUCCESS(status) ){
+    icuFunctionError(p, "ucol_open", status);
+    return;
+  }
+  assert(p);
+
+  rc = sqlite3_create_collation_v2(db, zName, SQLITE_UTF16, (void *)pUCollator, 
+      icuCollationColl, icuCollationDel
+  );
+  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
+    ucol_close(pUCollator);
+    sqlite3_result_error(p, "Error registering collation function", -1);
+  }
+}
+
+/*
+** Register the ICU extension functions with database db.
+*/
+int sqlite3IcuInit(sqlite3 *db){
+  struct IcuScalar {
+    const char *zName;                        /* Function name */
+    int nArg;                                 /* Number of arguments */
+    int enc;                                  /* Optimal text encoding */
+    void *pContext;                           /* sqlite3_user_data() context */
+    void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**);
+  } scalars[] = {
+    {"regexp",-1, SQLITE_ANY,          0, icuRegexpFunc},
+
+    {"lower",  1, SQLITE_UTF16,        0, icuCaseFunc16},
+    {"lower",  2, SQLITE_UTF16,        0, icuCaseFunc16},
+    {"upper",  1, SQLITE_UTF16, (void*)1, icuCaseFunc16},
+    {"upper",  2, SQLITE_UTF16, (void*)1, icuCaseFunc16},
+
+    {"lower",  1, SQLITE_UTF8,         0, icuCaseFunc16},
+    {"lower",  2, SQLITE_UTF8,         0, icuCaseFunc16},
+    {"upper",  1, SQLITE_UTF8,  (void*)1, icuCaseFunc16},
+    {"upper",  2, SQLITE_UTF8,  (void*)1, icuCaseFunc16},
+
+    {"like",   2, SQLITE_UTF8,         0, icuLikeFunc},
+    {"like",   3, SQLITE_UTF8,         0, icuLikeFunc},
+
+    {"icu_load_collation",  2, SQLITE_UTF8, (void*)db, icuLoadCollation},
+  };
+
+  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
+  int i;
+
+  for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<(sizeof(scalars)/sizeof(struct IcuScalar)); i++){
+    struct IcuScalar *p = &scalars[i];
+    rc = sqlite3_create_function(
+        db, p->zName, p->nArg, p->enc, p->pContext, p->xFunc, 0, 0
+    );
+  }
+
+  return rc;
+}
+
+#if !SQLITE_CORE
+int sqlite3_extension_init(
+  sqlite3 *db, 
+  char **pzErrMsg,
+  const sqlite3_api_routines *pApi
+){
+  SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT2(pApi)
+  return sqlite3IcuInit(db);
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/install.sh

@@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+#
+# install - install a program, script, or datafile
+# This comes from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh).
+#
+# Copyright 1991 by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology
+#
+# Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+# documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+# the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+# documentation, and that the name of M.I.T. not be used in advertising or
+# publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
+# written prior permission.  M.I.T. makes no representations about the
+# suitability of this software for any purpose.  It is provided "as is"
+# without express or implied warranty.
+#
+# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
+# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
+# when there is no Makefile.
+#
+# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
+# from scratch.  It can only install one file at a time, a restriction
+# shared with many OS's install programs.
+
+
+# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script
+
+# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it.
+doit="${DOITPROG-}"
+
+
+# put in absolute paths if you don't have them in your path; or use env. vars.
+
+mvprog="${MVPROG-mv}"
+cpprog="${CPPROG-cp}"
+chmodprog="${CHMODPROG-chmod}"
+chownprog="${CHOWNPROG-chown}"
+chgrpprog="${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}"
+stripprog="${STRIPPROG-strip}"
+rmprog="${RMPROG-rm}"
+mkdirprog="${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}"
+
+transformbasename=""
+transform_arg=""
+instcmd="$mvprog"
+chmodcmd="$chmodprog 0755"
+chowncmd=""
+chgrpcmd=""
+stripcmd=""
+rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
+mvcmd="$mvprog"
+src=""
+dst=""
+dir_arg=""
+
+while [ x"$1" != x ]; do
+    case $1 in
+	-c) instcmd="$cpprog"
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-d) dir_arg=true
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-m) chmodcmd="$chmodprog $2"
+	    shift
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
+	    shift
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
+	    shift
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-s) stripcmd="$stripprog"
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-t=*) transformarg=`echo $1 | sed 's/-t=//'`
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	-b=*) transformbasename=`echo $1 | sed 's/-b=//'`
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+
+	*)  if [ x"$src" = x ]
+	    then
+		src=$1
+	    else
+		# this colon is to work around a 386BSD /bin/sh bug
+		:
+		dst=$1
+	    fi
+	    shift
+	    continue;;
+    esac
+done
+
+if [ x"$src" = x ]
+then
+	echo "install:	no input file specified"
+	exit 1
+else
+	true
+fi
+
+if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]; then
+	dst=$src
+	src=""
+	
+	if [ -d $dst ]; then
+		instcmd=:
+		chmodcmd=""
+	else
+		instcmd=mkdir
+	fi
+else
+
+# Waiting for this to be detected by the "$instcmd $src $dsttmp" command
+# might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad 
+# if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
+
+	if [ -f $src -o -d $src ]
+	then
+		true
+	else
+		echo "install:  $src does not exist"
+		exit 1
+	fi
+	
+	if [ x"$dst" = x ]
+	then
+		echo "install:	no destination specified"
+		exit 1
+	else
+		true
+	fi
+
+# If destination is a directory, append the input filename; if your system
+# does not like double slashes in filenames, you may need to add some logic
+
+	if [ -d $dst ]
+	then
+		dst="$dst"/`basename $src`
+	else
+		true
+	fi
+fi
+
+## this sed command emulates the dirname command
+dstdir=`echo $dst | sed -e 's,[^/]*$,,;s,/$,,;s,^$,.,'`
+
+# Make sure that the destination directory exists.
+#  this part is taken from Noah Friedman's mkinstalldirs script
+
+# Skip lots of stat calls in the usual case.
+if [ ! -d "$dstdir" ]; then
+defaultIFS='	
+'
+IFS="${IFS-${defaultIFS}}"
+
+oIFS="${IFS}"
+# Some sh's can't handle IFS=/ for some reason.
+IFS='%'
+set - `echo ${dstdir} | sed -e 's@/@%@g' -e 's@^%@/@'`
+IFS="${oIFS}"
+
+pathcomp=''
+
+while [ $# -ne 0 ] ; do
+	pathcomp="${pathcomp}${1}"
+	shift
+
+	if [ ! -d "${pathcomp}" ] ;
+        then
+		$mkdirprog "${pathcomp}"
+	else
+		true
+	fi
+
+	pathcomp="${pathcomp}/"
+done
+fi
+
+if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]
+then
+	$doit $instcmd $dst &&
+
+	if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
+	if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
+	if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
+	if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dst; else true ; fi
+else
+
+# If we're going to rename the final executable, determine the name now.
+
+	if [ x"$transformarg" = x ] 
+	then
+		dstfile=`basename $dst`
+	else
+		dstfile=`basename $dst $transformbasename | 
+			sed $transformarg`$transformbasename
+	fi
+
+# don't allow the sed command to completely eliminate the filename
+
+	if [ x"$dstfile" = x ] 
+	then
+		dstfile=`basename $dst`
+	else
+		true
+	fi
+
+# Make a temp file name in the proper directory.
+
+	dsttmp=$dstdir/#inst.$$#
+
+# Move or copy the file name to the temp name
+
+	$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp &&
+
+	trap "rm -f ${dsttmp}" 0 &&
+
+# and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits
+
+# If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing.  If we want to
+# ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
+# errors from the above "$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp" command.
+
+	if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
+	if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
+	if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
+	if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
+
+# Now rename the file to the real destination.
+
+	$doit $rmcmd -f $dstdir/$dstfile &&
+	$doit $mvcmd $dsttmp $dstdir/$dstfile 
+
+fi &&
+
+
+exit 0

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/main.mk

@@ -0,0 +1,486 @@
+###############################################################################
+# The following macros should be defined before this script is
+# invoked:
+#
+# TOP              The toplevel directory of the source tree.  This is the
+#                  directory that contains this "Makefile.in" and the
+#                  "configure.in" script.
+#
+# BCC              C Compiler and options for use in building executables that
+#                  will run on the platform that is doing the build.
+#
+# THREADLIB        Specify any extra linker options needed to make the library
+#                  thread safe
+#
+# OPTS             Extra compiler command-line options.
+#
+# EXE              The suffix to add to executable files.  ".exe" for windows
+#                  and "" for Unix.
+#
+# TCC              C Compiler and options for use in building executables that 
+#                  will run on the target platform.  This is usually the same
+#                  as BCC, unless you are cross-compiling.
+#
+# AR               Tools used to build a static library.
+# RANLIB
+#
+# TCL_FLAGS        Extra compiler options needed for programs that use the
+#                  TCL library.
+#
+# LIBTCL           Linker options needed to link against the TCL library.
+#
+# READLINE_FLAGS   Compiler options needed for programs that use the
+#                  readline() library.
+#
+# LIBREADLINE      Linker options needed by programs using readline() must
+#                  link against.
+#
+# NAWK             Nawk compatible awk program.  Older (obsolete?) solaris
+#                  systems need this to avoid using the original AT&T AWK.
+#
+# Once the macros above are defined, the rest of this make script will
+# build the SQLite library and testing tools.
+################################################################################
+
+# This is how we compile
+#
+TCCX = $(TCC) $(OPTS) -I. -I$(TOP)/src
+
+# Object files for the SQLite library.
+#
+LIBOBJ+= alter.o analyze.o attach.o auth.o btmutex.o btree.o build.o \
+         callback.o complete.o date.o delete.o \
+         expr.o fault.o func.o hash.o insert.o journal.o loadext.o \
+         main.o malloc.o mem1.o mem2.o mem3.o mem4.o mutex.o mutex_os2.o \
+         mutex_unix.o mutex_w32.o \
+         opcodes.o os.o os_os2.o os_unix.o os_win.o \
+         pager.o parse.o pragma.o prepare.o printf.o random.o \
+         select.o table.o $(TCLOBJ) tokenize.o trigger.o \
+         update.o util.o vacuum.o \
+         vdbe.o vdbeapi.o vdbeaux.o vdbeblob.o vdbefifo.o vdbemem.o \
+         where.o utf.o legacy.o vtab.o
+
+EXTOBJ = icu.o
+EXTOBJ += fts1.o \
+	  fts1_hash.o \
+	  fts1_tokenizer1.o \
+	  fts1_porter.o
+EXTOBJ += fts2.o \
+	  fts2_hash.o \
+	  fts2_icu.o \
+	  fts2_porter.o \
+          fts2_tokenizer.o \
+	  fts2_tokenizer1.o
+EXTOBJ += fts3.o \
+	  fts3_hash.o \
+	  fts3_icu.o \
+	  fts3_porter.o \
+          fts3_tokenizer.o \
+	  fts3_tokenizer1.o
+
+# All of the source code files.
+#
+SRC = \
+  $(TOP)/src/alter.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/analyze.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/attach.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/auth.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/btmutex.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/btree.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/btree.h \
+  $(TOP)/src/btreeInt.h \
+  $(TOP)/src/build.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/callback.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/complete.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/date.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/delete.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/expr.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/fault.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/func.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/hash.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/hash.h \
+  $(TOP)/src/insert.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/journal.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/legacy.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/loadext.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/main.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/malloc.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/mem1.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/mem2.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/mem3.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/mem4.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/mutex.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/mutex.h \
+  $(TOP)/src/mutex_os2.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/mutex_unix.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/mutex_w32.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/os.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/os.h \
+  $(TOP)/src/os_common.h \
+  $(TOP)/src/os_os2.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/os_unix.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/os_win.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/pager.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/pager.h \
+  $(TOP)/src/parse.y \
+  $(TOP)/src/pragma.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/prepare.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/printf.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/random.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/select.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/shell.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/sqlite.h.in \
+  $(TOP)/src/sqlite3ext.h \
+  $(TOP)/src/sqliteInt.h \
+  $(TOP)/src/sqliteLimit.h \
+  $(TOP)/src/table.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/tokenize.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/trigger.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/utf.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/update.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/util.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vacuum.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbe.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbe.h \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbeapi.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbeaux.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbeblob.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbefifo.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbemem.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbeInt.h \
+  $(TOP)/src/vtab.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/where.c
+
+# Source code for extensions
+#
+SRC += \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts1/fts1.c \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts1/fts1.h \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts1/fts1_hash.c \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts1/fts1_hash.h \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts1/fts1_porter.c \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts1/fts1_tokenizer.h \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts1/fts1_tokenizer1.c
+SRC += \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts2/fts2.c \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts2/fts2.h \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts2/fts2_hash.c \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts2/fts2_hash.h \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts2/fts2_icu.c \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts2/fts2_porter.c \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts2/fts2_tokenizer.h \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts2/fts2_tokenizer.c \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts2/fts2_tokenizer1.c
+SRC += \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3.c \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3.h \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3_hash.c \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3_hash.h \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3_icu.c \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3_porter.c \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3_tokenizer.h \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3_tokenizer.c \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3_tokenizer1.c
+SRC += \
+  $(TOP)/ext/icu/icu.c
+
+
+# Generated source code files
+#
+SRC += \
+  keywordhash.h \
+  opcodes.c \
+  opcodes.h \
+  parse.c \
+  parse.h \
+  sqlite3.h
+
+
+# Source code to the test files.
+#
+TESTSRC = \
+  $(TOP)/src/test1.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test2.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test3.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test4.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test5.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test6.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test7.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test8.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test9.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test_autoext.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test_async.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test_btree.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test_config.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test_devsym.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test_hexio.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test_malloc.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test_md5.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test_onefile.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test_schema.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test_server.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test_tclvar.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/test_thread.c \
+
+#TESTSRC += $(TOP)/ext/fts2/fts2_tokenizer.c
+#TESTSRC += $(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3_tokenizer.c
+
+TESTSRC2 = \
+  $(TOP)/src/attach.c $(TOP)/src/btree.c $(TOP)/src/build.c $(TOP)/src/date.c  \
+  $(TOP)/src/expr.c $(TOP)/src/func.c $(TOP)/src/insert.c $(TOP)/src/os.c      \
+  $(TOP)/src/os_os2.c $(TOP)/src/os_unix.c $(TOP)/src/os_win.c                 \
+  $(TOP)/src/pager.c $(TOP)/src/pragma.c $(TOP)/src/prepare.c                  \
+  $(TOP)/src/printf.c $(TOP)/src/random.c                                      \
+  $(TOP)/src/select.c $(TOP)/src/tokenize.c                                    \
+  $(TOP)/src/utf.c $(TOP)/src/util.c $(TOP)/src/vdbeapi.c $(TOP)/src/vdbeaux.c \
+  $(TOP)/src/vdbe.c $(TOP)/src/vdbemem.c $(TOP)/src/where.c parse.c
+
+# Header files used by all library source files.
+#
+HDR = \
+   $(TOP)/src/btree.h \
+   $(TOP)/src/btreeInt.h \
+   $(TOP)/src/hash.h \
+   keywordhash.h \
+   $(TOP)/src/mutex.h \
+   opcodes.h \
+   $(TOP)/src/os.h \
+   $(TOP)/src/os_common.h \
+   $(TOP)/src/pager.h \
+   parse.h  \
+   sqlite3.h  \
+   $(TOP)/src/sqlite3ext.h \
+   $(TOP)/src/sqliteInt.h  \
+   $(TOP)/src/sqliteLimit.h \
+   $(TOP)/src/vdbe.h \
+   $(TOP)/src/vdbeInt.h 
+
+# Header files used by extensions
+#
+EXTHDR += \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts1/fts1.h \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts1/fts1_hash.h \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts1/fts1_tokenizer.h
+EXTHDR += \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts2/fts2.h \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts2/fts2_hash.h \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts2/fts2_tokenizer.h
+EXTHDR += \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3.h \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3_hash.h \
+  $(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3_tokenizer.h
+
+# This is the default Makefile target.  The objects listed here
+# are what get build when you type just "make" with no arguments.
+#
+all:	sqlite3.h libsqlite3.a sqlite3$(EXE)
+
+libsqlite3.a:	$(LIBOBJ)
+	$(AR) libsqlite3.a $(LIBOBJ)
+	$(RANLIB) libsqlite3.a
+
+sqlite3$(EXE):	$(TOP)/src/shell.c libsqlite3.a sqlite3.h
+	$(TCCX) $(READLINE_FLAGS) -o sqlite3$(EXE)                  \
+		$(TOP)/src/shell.c                                  \
+		libsqlite3.a $(LIBREADLINE) $(TLIBS) $(THREADLIB)
+
+objects: $(LIBOBJ_ORIG)
+
+# This target creates a directory named "tsrc" and fills it with
+# copies of all of the C source code and header files needed to
+# build on the target system.  Some of the C source code and header
+# files are automatically generated.  This target takes care of
+# all that automatic generation.
+#
+target_source:	$(SRC)
+	rm -rf tsrc
+	mkdir tsrc
+	cp -f $(SRC) tsrc
+	rm tsrc/sqlite.h.in tsrc/parse.y
+	touch target_source
+
+sqlite3.c:	target_source $(TOP)/tool/mksqlite3c.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/tool/mksqlite3c.tcl
+	cp sqlite3.c tclsqlite3.c
+	cat $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c >>tclsqlite3.c
+
+fts2amal.c:	target_source $(TOP)/ext/fts2/mkfts2amal.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/ext/fts2/mkfts2amal.tcl
+
+fts3amal.c:	target_source $(TOP)/ext/fts3/mkfts3amal.tcl
+	tclsh $(TOP)/ext/fts3/mkfts3amal.tcl
+
+# Rules to build the LEMON compiler generator
+#
+lemon:	$(TOP)/tool/lemon.c $(TOP)/tool/lempar.c
+	$(BCC) -o lemon $(TOP)/tool/lemon.c
+	cp $(TOP)/tool/lempar.c .
+
+# Rules to build individual *.o files from files in the src directory.
+#
+%.o: %.c $(HDR)
+	$(TCCX) -c $<
+
+# Rules to build individual *.o files from generated *.c files. This
+# applies to:
+#
+#     parse.o
+#     opcodes.o
+#
+%.o: $(TOP)/src/%.c $(HDR)
+	$(TCCX) -c $<
+
+tclsqlite.o:	$(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c $(HDR)
+	$(TCCX) $(TCL_FLAGS) -c $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c
+
+
+
+# Rules to build opcodes.c and opcodes.h
+#
+opcodes.c:	opcodes.h $(TOP)/mkopcodec.awk
+	sort -n -b -k 3 opcodes.h | $(NAWK) -f $(TOP)/mkopcodec.awk >opcodes.c
+
+opcodes.h:	parse.h $(TOP)/src/vdbe.c $(TOP)/mkopcodeh.awk
+	cat parse.h $(TOP)/src/vdbe.c |$(NAWK) -f $(TOP)/mkopcodeh.awk >opcodes.h
+
+
+# Rules to build parse.c and parse.h - the outputs of lemon.
+#
+parse.h:	parse.c
+
+parse.c:	$(TOP)/src/parse.y lemon $(TOP)/addopcodes.awk
+	cp $(TOP)/src/parse.y .
+	rm -f parse.h
+	./lemon $(OPTS) parse.y
+	mv parse.h parse.h.temp
+	awk -f $(TOP)/addopcodes.awk parse.h.temp >parse.h
+
+sqlite3.h:	$(TOP)/src/sqlite.h.in 
+	sed -e s/--VERS--/`cat ${TOP}/VERSION`/ \
+	    -e s/--VERSION-NUMBER--/`cat ${TOP}/VERSION | sed 's/[^0-9]/ /g' | $(NAWK) '{printf "%d%03d%03d",$$1,$$2,$$3}'`/ \
+                 $(TOP)/src/sqlite.h.in >sqlite3.h
+
+keywordhash.h:	$(TOP)/tool/mkkeywordhash.c
+	$(BCC) -o mkkeywordhash $(OPTS) $(TOP)/tool/mkkeywordhash.c
+	./mkkeywordhash >keywordhash.h
+
+
+
+# Rules to build the extension objects.
+#
+icu.o:	$(TOP)/ext/icu/icu.c $(HDR) $(EXTHDR)
+	$(TCCX) -DSQLITE_CORE -c $(TOP)/ext/icu/icu.c
+
+fts2.o:	$(TOP)/ext/fts2/fts2.c $(HDR) $(EXTHDR)
+	$(TCCX) -DSQLITE_CORE -c $(TOP)/ext/fts2/fts2.c
+
+fts2_hash.o:	$(TOP)/ext/fts2/fts2_hash.c $(HDR) $(EXTHDR)
+	$(TCCX) -DSQLITE_CORE -c $(TOP)/ext/fts2/fts2_hash.c
+
+fts2_icu.o:	$(TOP)/ext/fts2/fts2_icu.c $(HDR) $(EXTHDR)
+	$(TCCX) -DSQLITE_CORE -c $(TOP)/ext/fts2/fts2_icu.c
+
+fts2_porter.o:	$(TOP)/ext/fts2/fts2_porter.c $(HDR) $(EXTHDR)
+	$(TCCX) -DSQLITE_CORE -c $(TOP)/ext/fts2/fts2_porter.c
+
+fts2_tokenizer.o:	$(TOP)/ext/fts2/fts2_tokenizer.c $(HDR) $(EXTHDR)
+	$(TCCX) -DSQLITE_CORE -c $(TOP)/ext/fts2/fts2_tokenizer.c
+
+fts2_tokenizer1.o:	$(TOP)/ext/fts2/fts2_tokenizer1.c $(HDR) $(EXTHDR)
+	$(TCCX) -DSQLITE_CORE -c $(TOP)/ext/fts2/fts2_tokenizer1.c
+
+fts3.o:	$(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3.c $(HDR) $(EXTHDR)
+	$(TCCX) -DSQLITE_CORE -c $(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3.c
+
+fts3_hash.o:	$(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3_hash.c $(HDR) $(EXTHDR)
+	$(TCCX) -DSQLITE_CORE -c $(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3_hash.c
+
+fts3_icu.o:	$(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3_icu.c $(HDR) $(EXTHDR)
+	$(TCCX) -DSQLITE_CORE -c $(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3_icu.c
+
+fts3_porter.o:	$(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3_porter.c $(HDR) $(EXTHDR)
+	$(TCCX) -DSQLITE_CORE -c $(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3_porter.c
+
+fts3_tokenizer.o:	$(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3_tokenizer.c $(HDR) $(EXTHDR)
+	$(TCCX) -DSQLITE_CORE -c $(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3_tokenizer.c
+
+fts3_tokenizer1.o:	$(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3_tokenizer1.c $(HDR) $(EXTHDR)
+	$(TCCX) -DSQLITE_CORE -c $(TOP)/ext/fts3/fts3_tokenizer1.c
+
+
+# Rules for building test programs and for running tests
+#
+tclsqlite3:	$(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c libsqlite3.a
+	$(TCCX) $(TCL_FLAGS) -DTCLSH=1 -o tclsqlite3 \
+		$(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c libsqlite3.a $(LIBTCL) $(THREADLIB)
+
+
+# Rules to build the 'testfixture' application.
+#
+TESTFIXTURE_FLAGS  = -DTCLSH=1 -DSQLITE_TEST=1 -DSQLITE_CRASH_TEST=1
+TESTFIXTURE_FLAGS += -DSQLITE_SERVER=1 -DSQLITE_PRIVATE="" -DSQLITE_CORE 
+
+testfixture$(EXE): $(TESTSRC2) libsqlite3.a $(TESTSRC) $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c
+	$(TCCX) $(TCL_FLAGS) $(TESTFIXTURE_FLAGS)                            \
+		$(TESTSRC) $(TESTSRC2) $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c                \
+		-o testfixture$(EXE) $(LIBTCL) $(THREADLIB) libsqlite3.a
+
+amalgamation-testfixture$(EXE): sqlite3.c $(TESTSRC) $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c
+	$(TCCX) $(TCL_FLAGS) $(TESTFIXTURE_FLAGS)                            \
+		$(TESTSRC) $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c sqlite3.c                  \
+		-o testfixture$(EXE) $(LIBTCL) $(THREADLIB)
+
+fts3-testfixture$(EXE): sqlite3.c fts3amal.c $(TESTSRC) $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c
+	$(TCCX) $(TCL_FLAGS) $(TESTFIXTURE_FLAGS)                            \
+	-DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3=1                                               \
+		$(TESTSRC) $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c sqlite3.c fts3amal.c       \
+		-o testfixture$(EXE) $(LIBTCL) $(THREADLIB)
+
+fulltest:	testfixture$(EXE) sqlite3$(EXE)
+	./testfixture$(EXE) $(TOP)/test/all.test
+
+soaktest:	testfixture$(EXE) sqlite3$(EXE)
+	./testfixture$(EXE) $(TOP)/test/all.test -soak 1
+
+test:	testfixture$(EXE) sqlite3$(EXE)
+	./testfixture$(EXE) $(TOP)/test/quick.test
+
+sqlite3_analyzer$(EXE):	$(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c sqlite3.c $(TESTSRC) \
+			$(TOP)/tool/spaceanal.tcl
+	sed \
+	  -e '/^#/d' \
+	  -e 's,\\,\\\\,g' \
+	  -e 's,",\\",g' \
+	  -e 's,^,",' \
+	  -e 's,$$,\\n",' \
+	  $(TOP)/tool/spaceanal.tcl >spaceanal_tcl.h
+	$(TCCX) $(TCL_FLAGS)                  $(TESTFIXTURE_FLAGS)                                 \
+		-DTCLSH=2 -DSQLITE_TEST=1 -DSQLITE_DEBUG=1 -DSQLITE_PRIVATE="" \
+		$(TESTSRC) $(TOP)/src/tclsqlite.c sqlite3.c                    \
+		-o sqlite3_analyzer$(EXE)                                      \
+		$(LIBTCL) $(THREADLIB)
+
+TEST_EXTENSION = $(SHPREFIX)testloadext.$(SO)
+$(TEST_EXTENSION): $(TOP)/src/test_loadext.c
+	$(MKSHLIB) $(TOP)/src/test_loadext.c -o $(TEST_EXTENSION)
+
+extensiontest: testfixture$(EXE) $(TEST_EXTENSION)
+	./testfixture$(EXE) $(TOP)/test/loadext.test
+
+
+# Standard install and cleanup targets
+#
+install:	sqlite3 libsqlite3.a sqlite3.h
+	mv sqlite3 /usr/bin
+	mv libsqlite3.a /usr/lib
+	mv sqlite3.h /usr/include
+
+clean:	
+	rm -f *.o sqlite3 libsqlite3.a sqlite3.h opcodes.*
+	rm -f lemon lempar.c parse.* sqlite*.tar.gz mkkeywordhash keywordhash.h
+	rm -f $(PUBLISH)
+	rm -f *.da *.bb *.bbg gmon.out
+	rm -rf tsrc target_source
+	rm -f testloadext.dll libtestloadext.so
+	rm -f sqlite3.c fts?amal.c

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/mkdll.sh

@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+#
+# This script is used to compile SQLite into a DLL.
+#
+# Two separate DLLs are generated.  "sqlite3.dll" is the core
+# library.  "tclsqlite3.dll" contains the TCL bindings and is the
+# library that is loaded into TCL in order to run SQLite.
+#
+make sqlite3.c
+PATH=$PATH:/opt/mingw/bin
+TCLDIR=/home/drh/tcltk/846/win/846win
+TCLSTUBLIB=$TCLDIR/libtcl84stub.a
+OPTS='-DUSE_TCL_STUBS=1 -DSQLITE_THREADSAFE=1 -DBUILD_sqlite=1 -DOS_WIN=1'
+OPTS="$OPTS -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3=1"
+CC="i386-mingw32msvc-gcc -Os $OPTS -Itsrc -I$TCLDIR"
+NM="i386-mingw32msvc-nm"
+CMD="$CC -c sqlite3.c"
+echo $CMD
+$CMD
+CMD="$CC -c tclsqlite3.c"
+echo $CMD
+$CMD
+echo 'EXPORTS' >tclsqlite3.def
+$NM tclsqlite3.o | grep ' T ' >temp1
+grep '_Init$' temp1 >temp2
+grep '_SafeInit$' temp1 >>temp2
+grep ' T _sqlite3_' temp1 >>temp2
+echo 'EXPORTS' >tclsqlite3.def
+sed 's/^.* T _//' temp2 | sort | uniq >>tclsqlite3.def
+i386-mingw32msvc-dllwrap \
+     --def tclsqlite3.def -v --export-all \
+     --driver-name i386-mingw32msvc-gcc \
+     --dlltool-name i386-mingw32msvc-dlltool \
+     --as i386-mingw32msvc-as \
+     --target i386-mingw32 \
+     -dllname tclsqlite3.dll -lmsvcrt tclsqlite3.o $TCLSTUBLIB
+$NM sqlite3.o | grep ' T ' >temp1
+echo 'EXPORTS' >sqlite3.def
+grep ' _sqlite3_' temp1 | sed 's/^.* _//' >>sqlite3.def
+i386-mingw32msvc-dllwrap \
+     --def sqlite3.def -v --export-all \
+     --driver-name i386-mingw32msvc-gcc \
+     --dlltool-name i386-mingw32msvc-dlltool \
+     --as i386-mingw32msvc-as \
+     --target i386-mingw32 \
+     -dllname sqlite3.dll -lmsvcrt sqlite3.o

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/mkextu.sh

@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+#
+# This script is used to compile SQLite into a shared library on Linux.
+#
+# Two separate shared libraries are generated.  "sqlite3.so" is the core
+# library.  "tclsqlite3.so" contains the TCL bindings and is the
+# library that is loaded into TCL in order to run SQLite.
+#
+CFLAGS=-O2 -Wall
+make fts2amal.c
+echo gcc $CFLAGS -shared fts2amal.c -o fts2.so
+gcc $CFLAGS -shared fts2amal.c -o fts2.so
+strip fts2.so

client/src/thirdparty/sqlite-3.4.2/mkextw.sh

@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+#
+# This script is used to compile SQLite extensions into DLLs.
+#
+make fts2amal.c
+PATH=$PATH:/opt/mingw/bin
+OPTS='-DTHREADSAFE=1 -DBUILD_sqlite=1 -DOS_WIN=1'
+CC="i386-mingw32msvc-gcc -O2 $OPTS -Itsrc"
+NM="i386-mingw32msvc-nm"
+CMD="$CC -c fts2amal.c"
+echo $CMD
+$CMD
+echo 'EXPORTS' >fts2.def
+echo 'sqlite3_extension_init' >>fts2.def
+i386-mingw32msvc-dllwrap \
+     --def fts2.def -v --export-all \
+     --driver-name i386-mingw32msvc-gcc \
+     --dlltool-name i386-mingw32msvc-dlltool \
+     --as i386-mingw32msvc-as \
+     --target i386-mingw32 \
+     -dllname fts2.dll -lmsvcrt fts2amal.o
+zip fts2dll.zip fts2.dll fts2.def